FORM T-3/A
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM T-3
FOR APPLICATIONS FOR QUALIFICATION OF INDENTURES
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
CCH II, LLC
CCH II Capital Corp.
(Name of Applicants)
12405 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100
St. Louis, Missouri 63131
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER THE
INDENTURE TO BE QUALIFIED
|
|
|
Title of Class
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
13.50% Senior Notes Due 2016
|
|
$1,700,000,000 (approximate) |
Approximate date of proposed public offering:
On, or as soon as practicable following, the Effective Date under the Joint Plan of Reorganization
Grier C. Raclin, Esq.
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
12405 Powerscourt Drive
St. Louis, Missouri 63131
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Christian O. Nagler, Esq.
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
153 East 53rd Street
New York, New York 10022
(212) 446-4800
The obligor hereby amends this Application for Qualification on such date or dates as may be necessary
to delay its effectiveness until (i) the 20th day after the filing of a further amendment which
specifically states that it shall supersede this amendment, or (ii) such date as the Securities and
Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 307(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,
may determine upon the written request of the obligor.
This Amendment No. 1 to Form T-3 (this Amendment) is being filed solely to file Exhibits
T3E-1 and T3E-2. This Amendment is not intended to amend or delete any part of the Form T-3.
GENERAL
1. General Information.
(a) Form of organization. CCH II, LLC (CCH II) is a limited liability company. CCH II
Capital Corp. (CCH II Capital, together with CCH II, the Issuers) is a corporation.
(b) State or other sovereign power under the laws of which organized. Each of the Issuers was
organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.
2. Securities Act Exemption Applicable.
The Applicants intend to offer, under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Disclosure Statement (as amended or supplemented, the Disclosure Statement) and an accompanying
Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as amended or supplemented,
the Plan) of the Applicants and certain of their parents and subsidiaries (collectively, the
Debtors), copies of which are included as Exhibits T3E-1 and T3E-2, respectively, to this
application, 13.5% Senior Notes due 2016 (the New Senior Notes) in an aggregate principal amount
approximately equal to $1,700,000,000. Capitalized terms used herein and which are not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Disclosure Statement.
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of 10.25% Senior Notes due 2010 and 10.25% Senior Notes due 2013
issued by the Issuers (collectively CCH II Notes Claims) have the option to either exchange such
claims for cash or New Senior Notes. Consequently, the aggregate principal amount of the New
Senior Notes will not be known until all such holders have made their election. See Important
Aspects of the Plan Exchange and New CCH II Notes Commitment in the Disclosure Statement filed
herewith. The New Senior Notes will be issued pursuant to the indenture to be qualified under this
Form T-3 (the Indenture), a copy of which is included as Exhibit T3C to this application.
Generally, Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code exempts an offer and sale of securities
under a plan of reorganization from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities
Act) and state securities laws if three principal requirements are satisfied: (i) the securities
must be offered and sold under a plan of reorganization and must be securities of the debtor, an
affiliate participating in a joint plan with the debtor or a successor to the debtor under the
plan; (ii) the recipients of the securities must hold a prepetition or administrative expense claim
against the debtor or an interest in the debtor; and (iii) the securities must be issued entirely
in exchange for the recipients claim against or interest in the debtor, or principally in such
exchange and partly for cash or property. The Applicants believe that the offer of the New Senior
Notes under the solicitation of acceptances for the Plan and the exchange of New Senior Notes for
CCH II Notes Claims, together with certain other consideration, under the Plan will satisfy the
requirements of Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, such offer and exchange
is exempt from the registration requirements referred to above. To the extent that the
solicitation of acceptances of the Plan constitutes an offer of new securities not exempt from
registration under Section 1145(a)(1), the Company will also rely on Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act and, to the extent applicable, Regulation D promulgated thereunder.
1
AFFILIATIONS
3. Affiliates.
(a) Set forth below are all the subsidiaries of CCH II, all of which are wholly owned by CCH
II unless otherwise indicated. CCH II owns 100% of the voting securities of CCH II Capital, and
CCH II Capital does not have any subsidiaries. As of the date of this Application, and except as
otherwise set forth below, it is expected that after the Effective Date the corporate structure and
equity ownership of all subsidiaries listed below will be unchanged.
American Cable Entertainment Company, LLC
Athens Cablevision, Inc.
Ausable Cable TV, Inc.
Cable Equities Colorado, LLC
Cable Equities of Colorado Management Corp.
CC 10, LLC
CC Fiberlink, LLC
CC Michigan, LLC
CC Systems, LLC
CC V Holdings, LLC
CC VI Fiberlink, LLC
CC VI Operating, LLC
CC VII Fiberlink, LLC
CC VIII Fiberlink, LLC
CC VIII Holdings, LLC
CC VIII Leasing of Wisconsin, LLC
CC VIII Operating, LLC
CC VIII,
LLC1
CCO Fiberlink, LLC
CCO Holdings, LLC
CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
CCO NR Holdings, LLC
CCO Purchasing, LLC
Charter Advertising of Saint Louis, LLC
Charter Cable Leasing of Wisconsin, LLC
Charter Cable Operating Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
1 |
|
CCH I, LLC and Charter Investment, Inc. (CII) currently own
70% and 30%, respectively, of the Class A Preferred Membership Interests
of CC VIII, LLC (CC VIII). CII is an entity controlled by Paul Allen.
As disclosed in the Plan and Disclosure Statement, the settlement with
Mr. Allen and certain persons and entities affiliated with Mr. Allen
contemplates the transfer, upon the Effective Date of the Plan, to the
Reorganized Company (as defined in the Disclosure Statement), of the 30%
of Class A Preferred Membership Interests of CC VIII controlled by CII.
Consequently, upon the Effective Date, the Reorganized Company will own
100% of the Class A Preferred Membership Interests of CC VIII. For more
information see Important Aspects of the Plan The CII Settlement in
the Disclosure Statement. |
2
Charter Cable Partners, L.L.C.
Charter Communications Entertainment I, DST
Charter Communications Entertainment I, LLC
Charter Communications Entertainment II, LLC
Charter Communications Entertainment, LLC
Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC
Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation
Charter Communications Holdings LLC
Charter Communications Operating, LLC
Charter Communications Operating Capital Corp.
Charter Communications Properties LLC
Charter Communications V, LLC
Charter Communications Ventures, LLC
Charter Communications VI, LLC
Charter Communications VII, LLC
Charter Communications, LLC
Charter Distribution, LLC
Charter Fiberlink Alabama, LLC
Charter Fiberlink AR-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink AZ-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink CA-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink CA-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink CC VIII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink CT-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink Georgia, LLC
Charter Fiberlink ID-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink Illinois, LLC
Charter Fiberlink IN-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink KS-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink LA-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink MA-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink Michigan, LLC
Charter Fiberlink Missouri, LLC
Charter Fiberlink MS-CCVI, LLC
Charter Fiberlink NC-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink NC-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink Nebraska, LLC
Charter Fiberlink NH-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink NM-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink NV-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink NY-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink NY-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink OH-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink OK-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink OR-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink SC-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink SC-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink Tennessee, LLC
Charter Fiberlink TX-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink UT-CCVII, LLC
3
Charter Fiberlink VA-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink VT-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink WA-CCVII, LLC
Charter Fiberlink Wisconsin, LLC
Charter Fiberlink WV-CCO, LLC
Charter Fiberlink, LLC
Charter Gateway, LLC
Charter Helicon, LLC
Charter RMG, LLC
Charter Stores FCN, LLC
Charter Video Electronics, Inc.
Dalton Cablevision, Inc.
Enstar Communications Corporation
Falcon Cable Communications, LLC
Falcon Cable Media, a California Limited Partnership
Falcon Cable Systems Company II, L.P.
Falcon Cablevision, a California Limited Partnership
Falcon Community Cable, L.P.
Falcon Community Ventures I, LP
Falcon First Cable of New York, Inc.
Falcon First Cable of the Southeast, Inc.
Falcon First, Inc.
Falcon Telecable, a California Limited Partnership
Falcon Video Communications, L.P.
Helicon Group, L.P.,
The Helicon Partners I, L.P.
Hometown TV, Inc.
HPI Acquisition Co., L.L.C.
Interlink Communications Partners, LLC
Long Beach, LLC
Marcus Cable Associates, L.L.C.
Marcus Cable of Alabama, L.L.C.
Marcus Cable, Inc.
Midwest Cable Communications, Inc.
Peachtree Cable TV, L.P.
Peachtree Cable T.V., LLC
Plattsburgh Cablevision, Inc.
Rifkin Acquisition Partners, LLC
Robin Media Group, Inc.
Scottsboro TV Cable, Inc.
Tennessee, LLC
Tioga Cable Company, Inc.
Vista Broadband Communications, LLC
Pacific Microwave (Joint Venture; 50% owned by Falcon Community
Ventures I, Limited Partnership and
50% owned by Falcon Cable Systems Company II, LP)
SFC Transmission (Joint Venture; 60.94% owned by Charter
Communications Properties, LLC and 25%
owned by Falcon Cable Systems Company II, LP)
TWC/Charter Los Angeles Cable Advertising, LLC (Joint Venture; 17.94% Class A Member)
(b) Certain directors and executive officers of the Issuers may be deemed to be affiliates
of the Issuers by virtue of their positions with the Company. See Item 4, Directors and Executive
Officers.
4
(c) Certain persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the Issuers by virtue of their
holdings of the voting securities of the Issuers. See Item 5, Principal Owners of Voting
Securities.
MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL
4. Directors and Executive Officers.
CCH II is controlled by CCH I, LLC, as sole Member. As of the date of this Application, CCH
II does not have any directors. The names of all executive officers of CCH II as of the date of
this Application are set forth below. The mailing address and telephone number of each executive
officer is c/o CCH II, LLC, 12405 Powerscourt Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63131; telephone number
(314) 965-0555.
|
|
|
Name |
|
Office |
Neil Smit
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
Michael J. Lovett
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer |
Grier C. Raclin
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary |
Eloise E. Schmitz
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Gregory L. Doody
|
|
Chief Restructuring Officer and Senior Counsel |
Kevin D. Howard
|
|
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller |
Thomas M. Degnan
|
|
Vice President Finance and Corporate Treasurer |
Richard R. Dykhouse
|
|
Vice President, Senior Counsel Corporate and Securities and
Assistant Secretary |
Paul J. Rutterer
|
|
Assistant Secretary |
The names of all executive officers and the sole director of CCH II Capital as of the date of
this Application are set forth below. The mailing address and telephone number of each director
and executive officer is c/o CCH II Capital Corp., 12405 Powerscourt Drive, St. Louis, Missouri
63131; telephone number (314) 965-0555.
|
|
|
Name |
|
Office |
Neil Smit
|
|
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer |
Michael J. Lovett
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer |
Grier C. Raclin
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary |
Eloise E. Schmitz
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Gregory L. Doody
|
|
Chief Restructuring Officer and Senior Counsel |
Kevin D. Howard
|
|
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller |
Thomas M. Degnan
|
|
Vice President Finance and Corporate Treasurer |
Richard R. Dykhouse
|
|
Vice President, Senior Counsel Corporate and Securities and
Assistant Secretary |
Paul J. Rutterer
|
|
Assistant Secretary |
It is anticipated that the individuals currently serving as directors and executive officers
of each of the Applicants will continue to serve in the same capacity listed above as of the
Effective Date.
5. Principal Owners of Voting Securities.
5
As of the date of this Application for Qualification: (i) CCH I, LLC owns 100% of the voting
securities of CCH II, and (ii) CCH II owns 100% of the voting securities of CCH II Capital. The
mailing
address for each of CCH I, LLC and CCH II is c/o Charter Communications, Inc., 12405
Powerscourt Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63131; telephone number (314) 965-0555.
It is anticipated that, as of the Effective Date, (i) CCH I, LLC will continue to own 100% of
the voting securities of CCH II, and (ii) CCH II will continue to own 100% of the voting securities
of CCH II Capital.
UNDERWRITERS
6. Underwriters.
(a) The Issuers have not sold any securities through the use of an underwriter in the last
three years. In September 2006, Citigroup and Bank of America Securities, LLC conducted an offer,
as dealer managers, to exchange up to $450,000,000 principal amount outstanding of Charter
Communications, Inc.s 5.875% Convertible Senior Notes due 2009 in exchange for the Applicants
10.25% Senior Notes due 2013.
(b) No person is acting as a principal underwriter of the New Senior Notes proposed to be
offered pursuant to the Indenture.
CAPITAL SECURITIES
7. Capitalization.
(a) The following table sets forth information with respect to each authorized class of
securities of CCH II as of May 5, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Class |
|
Amount Authorized |
|
Amount Outstanding |
Limited Liability Company Interests |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
(b) The following table sets forth information with respect to each authorized class of
securities of CCH II Capital as of May 5, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Class |
|
Amount Authorized |
|
Amount Outstanding |
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
It is anticipated that the capitalization tables set forth above for each of the Applicants
will remain unchanged as of the Effective Date.
(c) Holders of common stock of each of the Applicants will be entitled to one vote for each
share held of record on the applicable record date on all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders. Holders of common stock of each of the Applicants do not have cumulative voting
rights.
INDENTURE SECURITIES
8. Analysis of Indenture Provisions.
6
The New Senior Notes will be subject to the Indenture between the Applicants and The Bank of
New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the Trustee). The following is a general
description of certain provisions of the Indenture, and the description is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the
form of Indenture filed as Exhibit T3C herewith. Capitalized terms used below and not defined
herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.
(a) Events of Default; Withholding of Notice of Default.
The occurrence of any of the following events will constitute an Event of Default under the
Indenture: (i) default for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of interest on the New
Senior Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the New
Senior Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the
provisions of Sections 4.16 (Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control) or 5.01
(Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets) of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 consecutive days after written notice thereof has been given to
the Issuers by the Trustee, or to the Issuers and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% of the
aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Notes then outstanding, to comply with any of their
other covenants or agreements in the Indenture; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or
instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the
payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: (a) is
caused by a failure to pay at final stated maturity the principal amount of such Indebtedness prior
to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a
Payment Default); or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with
the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or
the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100 million or more; (vi) failure by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments which are non-appealable
aggregating in excess of $100 million, net of applicable insurance which has not been denied in
writing by the insurer, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;
(vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its
Significant Subsidiaries; or (viii) the rendering of a decree or order by a court of competent
jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law
which remains unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.
In the case of an Event of Default arising from clauses (vii) or (viii) listed above with
respect to the Company, all outstanding New Senior Notes shall become due and payable immediately
without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee by notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding New Senior Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare all the New
Senior Notes to be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the New Senior Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not
conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of
principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been
cured or waived.
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New
Senior Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the New Senior Notes
waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a
continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or
interest on, the New Senior Notes (provided, however, that the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
7
outstanding New Senior Notes may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of
the Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair
any right consequent thereon.
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of New Senior Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee acquires knowledge thereof. Except in
the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on any New Senior Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its
Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of
the Holders of the New Senior Notes.
(b) Authentication and Delivery of New Senior Notes; Application of Proceeds.
The New Senior Notes may be executed on behalf of the Company by any of the following Officers
of the Company: the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the
Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President. The signature of these Officers on the New Senior
Notes may be by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Issuers. A New
Senior Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature (which may be by
facsimile) of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the New Senior Note has
been authenticated under the Indenture. The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuers
signed by an Officer of each of the Issuers, authenticate the New Senior Notes for original issue.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the New
Senior Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate the New Senior Notes whenever the Trustee
may do so.
The Reorganized Company (as defined in the Disclosure Statement) will utilize the proceeds
from the sale and issuance of the New Senior Notes as set forth in the Disclosure Statement under
Important Aspects of the Plan Use of Proceeds.
(c) Release of Collateral.
The New Senior Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuers and are not secured by any
property.
(d) Satisfaction and Discharge.
The Indenture, the New Senior Notes, any Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement
shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer
or exchange of New Senior Notes expressly provided for in the Indenture), and the Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, the New Senior Notes, any Note Guarantee and the
Registration Rights Agreement, when
(1) either (a) all New Senior Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than
(i) New Senior Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced
or paid as provided in Section 2.07 (Replacement Notes) of the Indenture and (ii) New Senior
Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held
in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust,)
have been
8
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all such New Senior Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, or
(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (iii) are to
be called for redemption within
one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Issuers,
in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, have deposited or caused to be deposited with the
Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge
the entire indebtedness on such New Senior Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such
deposit (in the case of New Senior Notes which have become due and payable) or to the
maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
(2) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the
Issuers; and
(3) each of the Issuers has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating
to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, the obligations of the
Issuers to the Trustee under Section 7.07 (Compensation and Indemnity), and, if money shall have
been deposited with the Trustee, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 12.02 (Application of
Trust Money) shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
(e) Evidence of Compliance with Conditions and Covenants.
The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an
Officers Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries
during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a
view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their
obligations under the Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such
certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuers have kept, observed, performed
and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in the Indenture and are not in default in the
performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture (or, if a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default
of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take
with respect thereto).
The Issuers shall, so long as any of the New Senior Notes are outstanding, deliver to the
Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers
Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuers are taking or
propose to take with respect thereto.
9. Other Obligors.
Other than each of the Applicants, no person is an obligor with respect to the New Senior
Notes.
Contents of application for qualification. This application for qualification comprises:
|
(a) |
|
Pages numbered one to twelve, consecutively. |
9
|
(b) |
|
The statement of eligibility and qualification on Form T-1 of The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., Trustee under the Indenture to be qualified (filed herewith as
Exhibit T3G). |
|
|
(c) |
|
The following exhibits in addition to those filed as part of the Form T-1 statement of
eligibility and qualification of the Trustee: |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3A-1
|
|
Certificate of Formation of CCH II, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the
registration statement on Form S-4 of CCH II, LLC and CCH
II Capital Corporation filed on March 24, 2004 (File No.
333-111423)) |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3A-2
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of CCH II Capital Corp.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Amendment No.
1 to the registration statement on Form S-4 of CCH II, LLC
and CCH II Capital Corp. filed on March 24, 2004 (File No.
333-111423)) |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3B-1
|
|
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of CCH II, LLC, dated as of July 10, 2003 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the
registration statement on Form S-4 of CCH II, LLC and CCH
II Capital Corporation filed on March 24, 2004 (File No.
333-111423)) |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3B-2
|
|
Amended and Reinstated By-laws of CCH II Capital Corp.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Amendment No.
1 to the registration statement on Form S-4 of CCH II, LLC
and CCH II Capital Corp. filed on March 24, 2004 (File No.
333-111423)) |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3C*
|
|
Form of Indenture governing the New Senior Notes |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3D
|
|
[Not applicable] |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3E-1**
|
|
Debtors Disclosure Statement, as amended, pursuant to
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the
Debtors Joint Plan of Reorganization |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3E-2**
|
|
Debtors Joint Plan of Reorganization, as amended,
pursuant to Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3F*
|
|
Cross-reference sheet |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3G*
|
|
Form T-1 qualifying The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. as Trustee under the Indenture to be
qualified pursuant to this Form T-3 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Previously filed and incorporated by reference to the Issuers T-3, file no.
022-28891, filed May 7, 2009. |
|
** |
|
Filed herewith. |
10
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, each of the applicants, CCH
II, LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware, and CCH II Capital Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware, has duly caused this application to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized on the 15th day of May, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCH II, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest:
|
|
/s/ Paul J. Rutterer
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Eloise E. Schmitz |
|
|
|
|
Name: Paul J. Rutterer
|
|
|
|
Name: Eloise E. Schmitz
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Assistant Secretary
|
|
|
|
Title: Executive Vice
President and Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCH II Capital Corp. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Eloise E. Schmitz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Eloise E. Schmitz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Executive Vice
President and Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
11
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
|
|
|
Exhibit T3A-1
|
|
Certificate of Formation of CCH II, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the
registration statement on Form S-4 of CCH II, LLC and CCH
II Capital Corporation filed on March 24, 2004 (File No.
333-111423)) |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3A-2
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of CCH II Capital Corp.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Amendment No.
1 to the registration statement on Form S-4 of CCH II, LLC
and CCH II Capital Corp. filed on March 24, 2004 (File No.
333-111423)) |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3B-1
|
|
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of CCH II, LLC, dated as of July 10, 2003 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the
registration statement on Form S-4 of CCH II, LLC and CCH
II Capital Corporation filed on March 24, 2004 (File No.
333-111423)) |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3B-2
|
|
Amended and Reinstated By-laws of CCH II Capital Corp.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Amendment No.
1 to the registration statement on Form S-4 of CCH II, LLC
and CCH II Capital Corp. filed on March 24, 2004 (File No.
333-111423)) |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3C*
|
|
Form of Indenture governing the New Senior Notes |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3D
|
|
[Not applicable] |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3E-1**
|
|
Debtors Disclosure Statement, as amended, pursuant to
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the
Debtors Joint Plan of Reorganization |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3E-2**
|
|
Debtors Joint Plan of Reorganization, as amended,
pursuant to Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3F*
|
|
Cross-reference sheet |
|
|
|
Exhibit T3G*
|
|
Form T-1 qualifying The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. as Trustee under the Indenture to be
qualified pursuant to this Form T-3 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Previously filed and incorporated by reference to the Issuers T-3, file no.
022-28891, filed May 7, 2009. |
|
** |
|
Filed herewith. |
12
EX-99.T3.E1
Exhibit T3 E-1
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) |
|
|
|
In re
|
|
|
) |
|
|
Chapter 11 |
|
|
|
) |
|
|
|
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC., et al.,1
|
|
|
) |
|
|
Case No. 09-11435 (JMP) |
|
|
|
) |
|
|
|
Debtors.
|
|
|
) |
|
|
Jointly Administered |
|
|
|
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBTORS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PURSUANT
TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE
WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBTORS JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS MAY
NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY
COURT. THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THIS DISCLOSURE
STATEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL ANY SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY ANY
SECURITIES.
|
|
|
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
|
|
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP |
Citigroup Center
|
|
200 East Randolph Drive |
153 East 53rd Street
|
|
Chicago, Illinois 60601-6636 |
New York, New York 10022-4611
|
|
Telephone: (312) 861-2000 |
Telephone: (212) 446-4800
|
|
Facsimile: (312) 851-2200 |
Facsimile: (212) 446-4900
|
|
Ray C. Schrock |
Richard M. Cieri |
|
|
Paul M. Basta |
|
|
Stephen E. Hessler |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Counsel to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
(other than Charter Investment, Inc.) |
TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP |
|
|
One Penn Plaza |
|
|
New York, New York 10119 |
|
|
Telephone: (212) 594-5000 |
|
|
Facsimile: (212) 967-4258 |
|
|
Albert Togut |
|
|
Frank A. Oswald |
|
|
|
|
Counsel to the Debtor and Debtor in Possession Charter
Investment, Inc. |
|
|
|
1 |
|
The Debtors in these cases include: Ausable Cable TV, Inc.; Hometown TV, Inc.;
Plattsburgh Cablevision, Inc.; Charter Communications Entertainment, LLC; Falcon First Cable
of New York, Inc.; Charter Communications, Inc.; Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC;
CCHC, LLC; Charter Communications Holdings, LLC; CCH I Holdings, LLC; CCH I, LLC; CCH II, LLC;
CCO Holdings, LLC; Charter Communications Operating, LLC; American Cable Entertainment
Company, LLC; Athens Cablevision, Inc.; Cable Equities Colorado, LLC; Cable Equities of
Colorado Management Corp.; CC 10, LLC; CC Fiberlink, LLC; CC Michigan, LLC; CC Systems, LLC;
CC V Holdings, LLC; CC VI Fiberlink, LLC; CC VI Operating, LLC; CC VII Fiberlink, LLC; CC VIII
Fiberlink, LLC; CC VIII Holdings, LLC; CC VIII Leasing of Wisconsin, LLC; CC VIII Operating,
LLC; CC VIII, LLC; CCH I Capital Corp.; CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.; CCH II Capital Corp.;
CCO Fiberlink, LLC; CCO Holdings Capital Corp.; CCO NR Holdings, LLC; CCO Purchasing, LLC;
Charter Advertising of Saint Louis, LLC; Charter Cable Leasing of Wisconsin, LLC; Charter
Cable Operating Company, L.L.C.; Charter Cable Partners, L.L.C.; Charter Communications
Entertainment I, DST; Charter Communications Entertainment I, LLC; Charter Communications
Entertainment II, LLC; Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation; Charter
Communications Operating Capital Corp.; Charter Communications Properties LLC; Charter
Communications V, LLC; Charter Communications Ventures, LLC; Charter Communications VI, LLC;
Charter Communications VII, LLC; Charter Communications, LLC; Charter Distribution, LLC;
Charter Fiberlink Alabama, LLC; Charter Fiberlink AR-CCVII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink
AZ-CCVII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink CA-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink CA-CCVII, LLC; Charter
Fiberlink CC VIII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink CT-CCO, LLC; (continued
on next page) |
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Charter Fiberlink Georgia, LLC; Charter Fiberlink ID-CCVII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink Illinois,
LLC; Charter Fiberlink IN-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink KS-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink LA-CCO, LLC;
Charter Fiberlink MA-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink Michigan, LLC; Charter Fiberlink Missouri,
LLC; Charter Fiberlink MS-CCVI, LLC; Charter Fiberlink NC-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink NC-CCVII,
LLC; Charter Fiberlink Nebraska, LLC; Charter Fiberlink NH-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink NM-CCO,
LLC; Charter Fiberlink NV-CCVII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink NY-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink NY-CCVII,
LLC; Charter Fiberlink OH-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink OK-CCVII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink OR-CCVII,
LLC; Charter Fiberlink SC-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink SC-CCVII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink
Tennessee, LLC; Charter Fiberlink TX-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink UT-CCVII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink
VA-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink VT-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink WA-CCVII, LLC; Charter Fiberlink
Wisconsin, LLC; Charter Fiberlink WV-CCO, LLC; Charter Fiberlink, LLC; Charter Gateway, LLC;
Charter Helicon, LLC; Charter Investment, Inc.; Charter RMG, LLC; Charter Stores FCN, LLC; Charter
Video Electronics, Inc.; Dalton Cablevision, Inc.; Enstar Communications Corporation; Falcon Cable
Communications, LLC; Falcon Cable Media, a California Limited Partnership; Falcon Cable Systems
Company II, L.P.; Falcon Cablevision, a California Limited Partnership; Falcon Community Cable,
L.P.; Falcon Community Ventures I, LP; Falcon First Cable of the Southeast, Inc.; Falcon First,
Inc.; Falcon Telecable, a California Limited Partnership; Falcon Video Communications, L.P.;
Helicon Partners I, L.P.; HPI Acquisition Co., L.L.C.; Interlink Communications Partners, LLC; Long
Beach, LLC; Marcus Cable Associates, L.L.C.; Marcus Cable of Alabama, L.L.C.; Marcus Cable, Inc.;
Midwest Cable Communications, Inc.; Pacific Microwave; Peachtree Cable TV, L.P.; Peachtree Cable
T.V., LLC; Renaissance Media LLC; Rifkin Acquisition Partners, LLC; Robin Media Group, Inc.;
Scottsboro TV Cable, Inc.; Tennessee, LLC; The Helicon Group, L.P.; Tioga Cable Company, Inc.; and
Vista Broadband Communications, LLC. |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Important Information About This Disclosure Statement |
|
|
1 |
|
|
Questions and Answers Regarding this Disclosure Statement and the Plan |
|
|
4 |
|
|
Our History and Our Chapter 11 Cases |
|
|
14 |
|
|
Important Aspects of the Plan |
|
|
24 |
|
|
Treatment of Claims Against and Interests in the Debtors |
|
|
32 |
|
|
Management of the Company After the Effective Date |
|
|
56 |
|
|
Composition of New Board of Directors After the Effective Date |
|
|
57 |
|
|
The Reorganized Debtors Upon Emergence |
|
|
58 |
|
|
The Reorganized Companys Capitalization Upon Consummation of the Plan |
|
|
59 |
|
|
Description of the New CCH II Notes |
|
|
62 |
|
|
Description of Capital Stock |
|
|
64 |
|
|
Reorganized Companys Ownership Upon Emergence |
|
|
67 |
|
|
Summary of Legal Proceedings |
|
|
68 |
|
|
Projected Financial Information |
|
|
75 |
|
|
Risk Factors |
|
|
76 |
|
|
Confirmation Of The Plan |
|
|
90 |
|
|
Effect Of Confirmation Of The Plan |
|
|
94 |
|
|
Important Securities Law Disclosure |
|
|
98 |
|
|
Voting Instructions |
|
|
99 |
|
|
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Of The Plan |
|
|
102 |
|
|
Recommendation |
|
|
110 |
|
i
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A
|
|
Joint Plan of Reorganization |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT B
|
|
Disclosure Statement Order |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT C
|
|
Reorganized Debtors Financial Projections |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT D
|
|
Reorganized Debtors Valuation Analysis |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT E
|
|
Liquidation Analysis |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT F
|
|
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures |
ii
Important Information About This Disclosure Statement
This Disclosure Statement provides information regarding the Plan of Reorganization that the
Debtors are seeking to have confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. The Debtors believe that the Plan is
in the best interests of all creditors. The Debtors urge all holders of Claims and Interests
entitled to vote on the Plan to vote in favor of the Plan.
References to New Class A Stock in this Disclosure Statement are to the new Class A common
stock, par value $0.001 per share, references to New Class B Stock in this Disclosure Statement
are to the new Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and references to New Preferred
Stock in this Disclosure Statement are to the Series A 15% Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock, par value
$.001 per share, in each case that reorganized Charter Communications, Inc. (the Reorganized
Company) will issue upon emergence as described in this Disclosure Statement and in accordance
with the Plan. References to New Common Stock in this Disclosure Statement are to the New Class A
Stock and New Class B Stock, collectively.
References to the New CCH II Notes are to the 13.5% Senior Notes due 2016 that CCH II, LLC and
CCH II Capital Corp. will issue upon emergence as described in this Disclosure Statement and in
accordance with the Plan.
References to the Plan are to the Joint Plan of Reorganization attached as Exhibit A
hereto. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning ascribed
to them in the Plan.
References to the Bankruptcy Court are to the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of New York, the court in which Charter Communications, Inc. (CCI) and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the Debtors) filed
voluntary petitions seeking reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. References to the Petition Date are to March 27, 2009.
Unless the context requires otherwise, reference to we, our, and us are to the
Debtors.
The confirmation of the Plan and effectiveness of the Plan are subject to certain material
conditions precedent described herein. There is no assurance that the Plan will be confirmed, or
if confirmed, that the conditions required to be satisfied will be satisfied or waived.
You are encouraged to read this Disclosure Statement in its entirety, including without
limitation, the Plan, which is annexed as Exhibit A hereto, and the section entitled Risk
Factors, prior to submitting your ballot to vote on the Plan.
The Bankruptcy Courts approval of this Disclosure Statement does not constitute a guarantee
of the accuracy or completeness of the information contained herein or an endorsement of the merits
of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court.
Summaries of the Plan and statements made in this Disclosure Statement are qualified in their
entirety by reference to the Plan, the exhibits and schedules attached to the Plan and this
Disclosure Statement and the Plan Supplement. The statements contained in this Disclosure Statement
are made only as of the date of this Disclosure Statement, and there is no assurance that the
statements contained herein will be correct at any time after such date. Except as otherwise
provided in the Plan or in accordance with applicable law, the Debtors are under no duty to update
or supplement this Disclosure Statement.
The information contained in this Disclosure Statement is included for purposes of soliciting
acceptances to, and confirmation of, the Plan and may not be relied on for any other purpose. The
Debtors believe that the summary of certain provisions of the Plan and certain other documents and
financial information contained or referenced in this Disclosure Statement is fair and accurate.
The summaries of the financial information and the documents annexed to this Disclosure Statement,
including, but not limited to, the Plan and the Plan Documents, or otherwise incorporated herein by
reference, are qualified in their entirety by reference to those documents. In the
1
event of any inconsistency between this Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the relevant provision
of the Plan, as it relates to such inconsistency, will govern.
No representations concerning the Debtors or the value of the Debtors property have been
authorized by the Debtors other than as set forth in this Disclosure Statement. Any information,
representations or inducements made to obtain acceptance of the Plan, which are other than or
inconsistent with the information contained in this Disclosure Statement and in the Plan, should
not be relied on by any claim holder entitled to vote on the Plan.
This Disclosure Statement has not been approved or disapproved by the United States Securities
and Exchange Commission (the SEC) or any similar federal, state, local or foreign regulatory
agency, nor has the SEC or any other such agency passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the
statements contained in this Disclosure Statement.
The Debtors have sought to ensure the accuracy of the financial information provided in this
Disclosure Statement, but the financial information contained in, or incorporated by reference
into, this Disclosure Statement has not been and will not be audited or reviewed by the Debtors
independent auditors unless explicitly provided otherwise.
Some of the securities described in this Disclosure Statement will be issued without
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), or similar
federal, state, local or foreign laws, in reliance on the exemption set forth in section 1145 of
the Bankruptcy Code. Other securities may be issued pursuant to other applicable exemptions under
the federal securities laws. To the extent exemptions from registration, other than section 1145,
apply, such securities may not be offered or sold except pursuant to a valid exemption or upon
registration under the Securities Act.
The Debtors make statements in this Disclosure Statement that are considered forward-looking
statements under the federal securities laws. The Debtors consider all statements regarding
anticipated or future matters, including the following, to be forward-looking statements:
|
|
any future effects as a result of the pendency of the
Chapter 11 Cases; |
|
|
the Debtors expected future financial position,
liquidity, results of operations, profitability and cash
flows; |
|
|
projected cost reductions; |
|
|
projected and estimated liability costs, including
pension, retiree, tort and environmental costs and
costs of environmental remediation; |
|
|
disruption of operations; |
|
|
plans and objectives of management for future
operations; |
|
|
contractual obligations; |
|
|
off-balance sheet arrangements; |
|
|
growth opportunities for existing products and
services; |
|
|
projected price increases; |
|
|
projected general market conditions; |
|
|
benefits from new technology; and |
|
|
effect of changes in accounting due to recently
issued accounting standards. |
2
Statements concerning these and other matters are not guarantees of the Debtors future
performance. Such statements represent the Debtors estimates and assumptions only as of the date
such statements were made. There are risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could
cause the Debtors actual performance or achievements to be materially different from those they
may project and the Debtors undertake no obligation to update any such statement. These risks,
uncertainties and factors include:
|
|
the Debtors ability to confirm and consummate the
Plan; |
|
|
the Debtors ability to reduce their overall financial
leverage; |
|
|
the potential adverse impact of the Chapter 11 Cases
on the Debtors operations, management and
employees, and the risks associated with operating
businesses in the Chapter 11 Cases; |
|
|
customer response to the Chapter 11 Cases; |
|
|
inability to have Claims discharged/settled during
the Chapter 11 proceedings; |
|
|
the reinstatement and unimpairment of certain credit
facilities, indentures and notes may be challenged
by the banks and/or other interested parties; |
|
|
our ability to comply with all covenants in our
indentures and credit facilities, any violation of
which, if not cured in a timely manner, could trigger
defaults under and acceleration of our indebtedness
and our other obligations under cross-default
provisions; |
|
|
the availability and access, in general, of funds to
meet interest payment obligations under our debt
and to fund our operations and necessary capital
expenditures, either through cash on hand, cash
flows from operating activities, further borrowings
or other sources and, in particular, our ability to
fund debt obligations (by dividend, investment or
otherwise) to the applicable obligor of such debt; |
|
|
our ability to repay debt prior to or when it becomes
due and/or successfully access the capital or credit
markets to refinance that debt through new
issuances, exchange offers or otherwise, including
restructuring our balance sheet and leverage
position, especially given recent volatility and
disruption in the capital and credit markets; |
|
|
the impact of competition from other distributors,
including, but not limited to, incumbent telephone
companies, direct broadcast satellite operators,
wireless broadband providers, and digital subscriber
line (DSL) providers; |
|
|
difficulties in growing and operating our telephone
services, while adequately meeting customer
expectations for the reliability of voice services; |
|
|
our ability to adequately meet demand for
installations and customer service; |
|
|
our ability to sustain and grow revenues and cash
flows from operating activities by offering video,
high-speed Internet, telephone and other services,
and to maintain and grow our customer base,
particularly in the face of increasingly aggressive
competition; |
|
|
our ability to obtain programming at reasonable
prices or to adequately raise prices to offset the
effects of higher programming costs; |
|
|
general business conditions, economic uncertainty
or downturn, including the recent volatility and
disruption in the capital and credit markets and the
significant downturn in the housing sector and
overall economy; and |
|
|
the effects of governmental regulation on our
business. |
Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the
forward-looking statements we make in this Disclosure Statement are set forth in the reports or
documents that we file from time to time with the SEC, including our most recent Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009 (File No. 001-33664), including any amendments
thereto, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
3
Questions and Answers Regarding this Disclosure Statement and the Plan
Why are the Debtors sending me this Disclosure Statement?
The Debtors are seeking to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of the Plan. Prior to soliciting
acceptances of the Plan, section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Debtors to prepare a
Disclosure Statement containing adequate information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable
a hypothetical reasonable investor to make an informed judgment regarding acceptance of the Plan.
This Disclosure Statement is being submitted in accordance with such requirements.
Am I entitled to vote on the Plan? What will I receive from the Debtors if the Plan is consummated?
Your ability to vote and your distribution under the Plan, if any, depend on what kind of
Claim or Interest you hold. A summary of the classes of Claims and Interests and their respective
voting statuses and anticipated recoveries is set forth below.
The following chart is a summary of the classification and treatment of Claims and Interests
and the potential distributions under the Plan. Any estimates of Claims or Interests in this
Disclosure Statement may vary from the final amounts allowed by the Bankruptcy Court. As a result
of the foregoing and other uncertainties which are inherent in the estimates, the estimated
recoveries in this Disclosure Statement may vary from the actual recoveries received. In addition,
your ability to receive distributions under the Plan depends upon the ability of the Debtors to
obtain Confirmation of the Plan and meet the conditions to the Effective Date of the Plan. See
Confirmation of the Plan, which begins on page 90, for a discussion of the conditions to the
Effectiveness of the Plan. The recoveries set forth below are projected recoveries only and may
change based upon changes in the amount of Allowed Claims as well as other factors related to the
Debtors business operations and general economic conditions. Reference should be made to this
entire Disclosure Statement and the Plan for a complete description of the classification and
treatment of Allowed Claims against and Interests in each of the Debtors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the |
Class |
|
Claims and Interests |
|
Status |
|
Voting Rights |
|
Plan |
CCI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CCI
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-2
|
|
Secured Claims against CCI
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-3
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CCI (other than all
General Unsecured Claims
against CCI held by any CII
Settlement Claim Party)
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-4
|
|
CCI Notes Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
19.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-5
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
against CCI (other than all
Section 510(b) Claims
against CCI held by any CII
Settlement Claim Party)
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-6
|
|
Interests in CCI (other than
all Interests in CCI held by
any CII Settlement Claim
Party)
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CII
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the |
Class |
|
Claims and Interests |
|
Status |
|
Voting Rights |
|
Plan |
B-2
|
|
Secured Claims against CII
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-3
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CII
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-4
|
|
CII Shareholder Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against Holdco, Enstar
Communications
Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-2
|
|
Secured Claims against
Holdco, Enstar
Communications
Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-3
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against Holdco, Enstar
Communications
Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-4
|
|
Holdco Notes Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
3.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-5
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
against Holdco, Enstar
Communications
Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-6
|
|
Interests in Holdco, Enstar
Communications
Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC (other than
all Interests in Holdco held
by any CII Settlement Claim
Party)
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCHC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CCHC
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-2
|
|
Secured Claims against
CCHC
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-3
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CCHC (other than all
General Unsecured Claims
against CCHC held by any
CII Settlement Claim Party)
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-4
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
against CCHC
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-5
|
|
Interests in CCHC
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. |
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the |
Class |
|
Claims and Interests |
|
Status |
|
Voting Rights |
|
Plan |
E-1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings
Capital Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-2
|
|
Secured Claims against CCH
and Charter
Communications Holdings
Capital Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-3
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings
Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-4
|
|
CCH Notes Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-5
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
against CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings
Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-6
|
|
Interests in CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings
Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CIH and CCH I
Holdings Capital Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Secured Claims against CIH
and CCH I Holdings Capital
Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CIH and CCH I
Holdings Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
CIH Notes Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
against CIH and CCH I
Holdings Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Interests in CIH and CCH I
Holdings Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G-1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CCH I and CCH I
Capital Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G-2
|
|
Secured Claims against
CCH I and CCH I Capital
Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G-3
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CCH I and CCH I
Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G-4
|
|
CCH I Notes Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
12.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G-5
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
against CCH I and CCH I
Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the |
Class |
|
Claims and Interests |
|
Status |
|
Voting Rights |
|
Plan |
G-6
|
|
Interests in CCH I and
CCH I Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H-1
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CCH II and CCH II
Capital Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H-2
|
|
Secured Claims against
CCH II and CCH II Capital
Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H-3
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CCH II and CCH II
Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H-4
|
|
CCH II Notes Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H-5
|
|
Section 510(b) Claims
against CCH II and CCH II
Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H-6
|
|
Interests in CCH II and
CCH II Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Reject)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I-1
|
|
CCOH Credit Facility
Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I-2
|
|
CCOH Notes Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I-3
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CCOH and CCO
Holdings Capital Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I-4
|
|
Secured Claims against
CCOH and CCO Holdings
Capital Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I-5
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CCOH and CCO
Holdings Capital Corp.
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I-6
|
|
Interests in CCOH and CCO
Holdings Capital Corp.
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (other than the CC VIII Preferred Units held by Holders of CII Settlement Claims) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J-1
|
|
CCO Credit Facility Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J-2
|
|
CCO Swap Agreements
Claims
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J-3
|
|
CCO Notes Claims
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J-4
|
|
Priority Non-Tax Claims
against CCO and its direct
and indirect subsidiaries
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J-5
|
|
Secured Claims against CCO
and its direct and indirect
subsidiaries
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J-6
|
|
General Unsecured Claims
against CCO and its direct
and indirect subsidiaries
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Entitled to Vote
|
|
|
100 |
% |
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the |
Class |
|
Claims and Interests |
|
Status |
|
Voting Rights |
|
Plan |
J-7
|
|
Interests in CCO and its
direct and indirect
subsidiaries (other than CC
VIII Preferred Units held by
a CII Settlement Claim
Party)
|
|
Unimpaired
|
|
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to
Accept)
|
|
N/A |
In the ordinary course of the Debtors business, certain of the Debtors hold Claims or other
Interests in the form of intercompany Claims or Interests (the Intercompany Claims or Interests).
The summary above includes Intercompany Claims or Interests between certain Debtors, which may or
may not be impaired depending on which Debtors such Claims or Interests are against.
For more information about the treatment of Claims and Interests see Treatment of Claims
Against and Interests in the Debtors, which begins on page 32.
What happens to my recovery if the Plan is not confirmed, or does not go effective?
In the event that the Plan is not confirmed, there is no assurance that the Debtors will be
able to reorganize their business. If the Plan is not confirmed in a timely manner, it is unclear
whether the transactions contemplated thereby could be implemented and what Holders of Claims and
Interests would ultimately receive in respect of their Claims and Interests. It is possible that
any alternative may provide Holders of Claims or Interests with less than they would have received
pursuant to the Plan. Moreover, nonconfirmation of the Plan may result in an extended Chapter 11
proceeding. For a more detailed description of the consequences of this or of a liquidation
scenario, see Confirmation of the Plan Best Interests of Creditors/Liquidation Analysis, which
begins on page 91, and the Liquidation Analysis attached as Exhibit E to this Disclosure
Statement.
If the Plan provides that I get a distribution, do I get it upon Confirmation or when the Plan goes
effective, and what do you mean when you refer to Confirmation, Effective Date and
consummation?
Confirmation of the Plan refers to the approval of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court.
Confirmation of the Plan does not guarantee that you will receive the distribution indicated under
the Plan. After Confirmation of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court, there are conditions that need to
be satisfied or waived so that the Plan can be consummated and go effective. References to the
Effective Date mean the date that all conditions to the Plan have been satisfied or waived and
the Plan has been fully consummated. Distributions will only be made on the Effective Date or as
soon as practicable thereafter. See Confirmation of the Plan, which begins on page 90, for a
discussion of the conditions to consummation.
Where is the cash required to fund the Plan coming from?
The cash required to fund the Plan will come from cash from operations, the sale and issuance
of up to $267 million aggregate principal amount of additional New CCH II Notes and the proceeds of
an offering of rights (the Rights) to holders, as of the close of business on April 17, 2009,
which is the date that is 12 days prior to the date for which the Disclosure Statement hearing was
originally scheduled (the Rights Offering Record Date), of senior notes of CCH I (CCH I Notes),
or transferees of such holders, that have completed and delivered an investor certification by May
11, 2009 and are accredited investors (as defined under Rule 501 of the Securities Act) or
qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) (together, the
Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders), to purchase shares of New Class A Stock along with the
issuance of shares of New Class A Stock to existing holders of CCH I Notes as of such date and that
have timely and affirmatively demonstrated that they are not Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders
(such offering of Rights and issuance of shares, together, the Rights Offering). Specifically, up
to approximately $1.6 billion in cash proceeds will be raised through the Rights Offering and up to
an additional $400 million in cash proceeds may be raised through the Overallotment Option. Certain
holders of approximately $4.1 billion in aggregate principal amount of notes issued by CCH I and
CCH II (the Committed Parties) have agreed to fully backstop the Rights Offering and have
committed to purchase the
8
additional New CCH II Notes as described above (the New CCH II Notes Commitment). See Important
Aspects of the Plan, which begins on page 24.
Are there risks to owning an interest in the Debtors upon emergence from bankruptcy?
Yes, please see Risk Factors, which begins on page 76.
What are the terms of the New CCH II Notes?
The terms of the New CCH II Notes are described in Description of the New CCH II Notes,
which begins on page 62.
Is there potential litigation related to the Plan?
Yes, in the event it becomes necessary to confirm the Plan over the objection of certain
Classes, the Debtors may seek confirmation of the Plan notwithstanding the dissent of certain
Classes of Claims. The Bankruptcy Court may confirm the Plan pursuant to the cramdown provisions
of the Bankruptcy Code, which allow the Bankruptcy Court to confirm a plan that has been rejected
by an impaired Class of Claims if it determines that the Plan satisfies section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
In addition, certain creditors have challenged the reinstatement and unimpairment of certain
credit facilities, indentures and notes under, and other aspects of, the Plan. See Summary of
Legal Proceedings Legal Proceedings in Bankruptcy Court Challenges to the Plan which begins
on page 68 and Risk Factors Risks Relating to Bankruptcy The Debtors May Not Be Able to
Obtain Confirmation of the Plan, which begins on page 76.
Will CCI, during the Chapter 11 Cases, and the Reorganized Company thereafter, continue
filing reports with the SEC?
Yes, it is expected that CCI and the Reorganized Company will continue to file periodic and
other reports with the SEC.
Will the New Class A Stock be listed on any stock exchange?
The Reorganized Company will cause the New Class A Stock to be listed on the NASDAQ Global
Select Market as promptly as practicable but in no event prior to the later of (x) the 46th day
following the Effective Date and (y) October 15, 2009 (unless Paul G. Allen and the Reorganized
Company agree to an earlier date), and the Reorganized Company will maintain such listing
thereafter.
Who will receive the Reorganized Companys capital stock and what rights will the
Reorganized Companys new stockholders have?
New Class A Stock. Shares of New Class A Stock will be issued to (a) participants in
the Rights Offering (in the case of an Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder, upon the exercise of its
Rights), (b) Equity Backstop Parties upon the exercise of the Overallotment Option, (c) Holders of
Claims with respect to the CCH I Notes, (d) the Allen Entities upon exchange of their Reorganized
Holdco equity pursuant to the reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement, to be entered into by the
Reorganized Company, reorganized Holdco, reorganized CII and Mr. Allen (the Reorganized Holdco
Exchange Agreement), (e) holders of Warrants upon any exercise of such Warrants, and
(f) holders of equity-based awards issued under the Management Incentive Plan, in each case in the
respective amounts
described in the Plan. Under the Plan, approximately 19.5% of the New Class A Stock will be
distributed to CCH I Notes Claim Holders and approximately 80.5% of the New Class A Stock will be
sold pursuant to the Rights Offering (which percentages do not give effect to any exercise of the
CCH Warrants, CIH Warrants, or CII Settlement Claim Warrants or the Overallotment Option). See
The Reorganized Companys Ownership Upon Emergence, which begins on page 67. Except as otherwise
provided in the Reorganized Companys amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), each share of New Class A Stock will be
entitled to one vote.
9
New Class B Stock. The New Class B Stock will be identical to the New Class A Stock
except with respect to certain voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each share of New Class B
Stock will be entitled to a number of votes such that the aggregate number of votes attributable to
the shares of New Class B Stock will at all times equal 35% of the combined voting power of the
capital stock of the Reorganized Company. Subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, each share of New
Class B Stock will be convertible into one share of New Class A Stock at the option of the Holder.
In addition, each share of New Class B Stock will be convertible into one share of New Class A
Stock (i) at any time on or after January 1, 2011 and until September 15, 2014, at the election of
a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors, and (ii) at any time on or after
September 15, 2014 at the election of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (other
than members of the Board of Directors elected by the holders of New Class B Stock). New Class B
Stock will only be issued to and can only be held by the Authorized Class B Holders. New Class B
Stock will be subject to restrictions on conversion and transfer as set forth in the Lock-Up
Agreement to be entered into between the Reorganized Company and Mr. Allen (the Lock-Up
Agreement). See Important Aspects of the Plan Lock-Up Agreement on page 28.
New Preferred Stock. Shares of New Preferred Stock will be issued to Holders of CCI
Notes in the respective amounts described in the Plan. The New Preferred Stock will not be
publicly listed or traded.
Warrants. Warrants to be issued pursuant to the Plan will consist solely of CIH
Warrants, CCH Warrants and CII Settlement Claim Warrants.
See Description of Capital Stock, which begins on page 64.
Will there be releases granted to parties in interest as part of the Plan?
Yes, see Releases, which begins on page 96.
What are the contents of the solicitation packages to be sent to creditors who are eligible to vote
on the Plan?
In accordance with the terms of the Bankruptcy Court order approving this Disclosure
Statement, all parties in interest will receive a notice of the hearing on the Confirmation of the
Plan. Additionally, holders of Claims who are eligible to vote on the Plan will receive this
Disclosure Statement, including the exhibits attached hereto, and ballots to vote in respect of
their Claims. In addition, Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders will receive a separate solicitation
package, which will contain the Rights Offering Documents.
The notices sent to parties in interest will indicate that this Disclosure Statement, the Plan
(including the Plan Supplement) and all of the exhibits thereto are (and in the case of any other
supplement to the Plan will be) available for viewing by any party at: www.kccllc.net/charter.
How do I vote for or against the Plan?
This Disclosure Statement, accompanied by a ballot or ballots to be used for voting on the
Plan, is being distributed to the holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote on the Plan. If
you are a holder of Claims or Interests in the following classes (collectively, the Voting
Classes), you may vote for or against the Plan by completing the ballot and returning it in the
envelope provided:
Class A-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCI)
Class A-4 (CCI Notes Claims)
Class B-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CII)
Class B-4 (CII Shareholder Claims)
Class C-3 (General Unsecured Claims against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and
Charter Gateway LLC)
Class C-4 (Holdco Notes Claims)
Class D-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCHC)
Class E-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corp.)
Class E-4 (CCH Notes Claims)
Class F-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.)
10
Class F-4 (CIH Notes Claims)
Class G-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCH I and
CCH I Capital Corp.)
Class G-4 (CCH I Notes Claims)
Class H-3 (General Unsecured
Claims against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.)
Class H-4 (CCH II Notes Claims)
Class I-5 (General Unsecured Claims against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.)
Class J-2 (CCO Swap Agreements Claims)
Class J-6 (General Unsecured Claims against CCO and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries)
The Debtors, with the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, have engaged Financial Balloting
Group, LLC to serve as the voting agent for Claims in respect of debt securities and to assist CCI
with the subscription process in connection with the Rights Offering (the Securities Voting Agent
or Subscription Agent, as applicable), and Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC to serve as the voting
agent with respect to any other Claims (the Claims Voting Agent) and to assist in the
solicitation process. The Claims Voting Agent and the Securities Voting Agent will, among other
things, answer questions, provide additional copies of all solicitation materials, and generally
oversee the solicitation process for their assigned Claims. The Claims Voting Agent and the
Securities Voting Agent will also process and tabulate ballots for each of their respective Classes
that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will file a voting report as soon as
practicable before the Confirmation Hearing.
Detailed instructions regarding how to vote on the Plan are contained on the ballots and
related voting instructions distributed to Holders of Claims that are entitled to vote on the Plan.
In addition, see Voting Instructions, which begins on page 99.
What is the deadline to vote on the Plan?
All ballots or master ballots must be received on or before 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on
June 15, 2009 (the Voting Deadline) by:
The Securities Voting Agent for Claims in respect of debt securities; and
The Claims Voting Agent for any other Claims.
Who can participate in the Rights Offering?
Pursuant to the rights offering procedures that are a part of the Rights Offering Documents
Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders will have the opportunity to purchase their pro rata share of
Rights to purchase New Class A Stock.
How do I elect to participate in the Rights Offering?
An investor certification is being distributed to the Holders of CCH I Notes Claims as of as
the Rights Offering Record Date. Only Holders of CCH I Notes Claims that timely complete the
certification and are otherwise Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders, which includes certain eligible
transferees, will be entitled to participate in the Rights Offering. If it is determined that you
are an Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder, you will receive additional materials instructing you how
to participate in the Rights Offering.
11
What is the deadline to submit an election to participate in the Rights Offering?
All rights exercise forms, which will be included in the packages of additional materials
to be sent to Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders must be received by the Securities Voting Agent on
or before 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on June 11, 2009, which date is subject to an extension of up to
5 Business Days following the notification of the non exercise of the applicable right of first
refusal to allow the completion of necessary documentation, under certain circumstances (as
detailed in the Rights Offering Documents).
What will holders of CCH I Notes Claims that are not Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders receive in
respect of their CCH I Notes Claims?
Each Holder of CCH I Notes Claims that affirmatively represents it is not an Eligible CCH I
Notes Claim Holder on a timely submitted investor certification shall receive an amount of New
Class A Stock equal to the value of the Rights that such Holder would have been offered if it were
an accredited investor or qualified institutional buyer participating in the Rights Offering. The
value of a Right will be determined (based on the difference between the aggregate equity purchase
price of New Class A Stock embedded in a Right and the value of New Class A Stock at the
termination of the Rights Offering (assuming that the Overallotment Option is exercised in full and
subject to subsequent upward adjustment to the extent not exercised in full) that can be purchased
upon exercise of a Right) by CCI in good faith and in consultation with its financial advisor. The
value determination will be filed within 10 days of the termination of the Rights Offering with the
Bankruptcy Court (assuming that the Overallotment Option is exercised in full and subject to
subsequent upward adjustment to the extent not exercised in full), and notice thereof (which shall
include the value of each Right so determined) shall be delivered to each such Holder that timely
certified it is not an Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder within five days of CCIs determination.
Holders receiving notice shall have 10 days following receipt of such notice to file a challenge to
such notice with the Bankruptcy Court, whose determination of such value shall be binding.
Why is the Bankruptcy Court holding a confirmation hearing?
Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court to hold a hearing on
confirmation of the Plan. Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any party in
interest may object to confirmation of the Plan.
When is the confirmation hearing set to occur?
The Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the confirmation hearing for July 20, 2009 to take place at
10:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) before the Honorable James M. Peck, United States Bankruptcy Judge, in
the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, located at Alexander
Hamilton Custom House, One Bowling Green, New York, New York, 10004. The confirmation hearing may
be adjourned from time to time without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned
date made at the confirmation hearing or any adjournment thereof.
Objections to Confirmation of the Plan must be filed and served on the Debtors, and certain
other parties, by no later than July 13, 2009 at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) in accordance with the
notice of the confirmation hearing that accompanies this Disclosure Statement. Unless objections
to Confirmation of the Plan are timely served and filed in compliance with the disclosure statement
order, which is attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit B, they might not be
considered by the Bankruptcy Court.
The Debtors will publish the notice of the confirmation hearing, which will contain the
deadline for objections to the Plan and the date and time of the confirmation hearing, in the
national edition of The Wall Street Journal, USA Today and the St. Louis Post-Dispatch to provide
notification to those persons who may not receive notice by mail.
What is the purpose of the confirmation hearing?
The consummation of a plan of reorganization is the principal objective of a Chapter 11 case.
The confirmation of a plan of reorganization by the Bankruptcy Court binds the debtor, any issuer
of securities under the plan of reorganization, any person acquiring property under the plan of
reorganization, any creditor or equity interest
12
holder of a debtor and any other person or entity
as may be ordered by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code. Subject to certain limited exceptions, the order issued by the Bankruptcy Court
confirming a plan of reorganization discharges a debtor from any debt that arose prior to the
confirmation of the plan of reorganization and provides for the treatment of such debt in
accordance with the terms of the confirmed plan of reorganization.
What role does the Bankruptcy Court play after the confirmation hearing?
After the Plan is confirmed, the Bankruptcy Court will still have exclusive jurisdiction over
all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan, including disputes
over any Claims or Interests arising under the Chapter 11 Cases. In addition, the Bankruptcy Court
will have exclusive jurisdiction to ensure that distributions to holders of Claims are accomplished
pursuant to the Plan. See Effects of Confirmation of the Plan
Retention of Jurisdiction by the Bankruptcy Court, which begins on page 94 for a further
description of the matters over which the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction following the
confirmation of the Plan.
What is the effect of the Plan on the Debtors ongoing business?
The Debtors are reorganizing pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result, the
confirmation of the Plan means that the Debtors will not be liquidated or forced to go out of
business. As more fully described in The Reorganized Debtors Upon Emergence, beginning on page
58, the Debtors will continue to operate their businesses going forward utilizing cash from
operations and cash received from the restructuring transactions described in this Disclosure
Statement and the Plan.
Will Any Party Have Significant Influence Over the Corporate Governance and Operations of the
Reorganized Company?
Yes. After the Effective Date, Mr. Allen and entities affiliated with Mr. Allen, will hold 35%
of the combined voting power of the capital stock of the Reorganized Company and will have the
right to elect four of 11 members of the Board of Directors. There may be additional holders of
significant voting power in the Reorganized Company, though pursuant to the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, prior to September 15, 2014, the votes attributable to each share of
New Class A Stock held by any holder (other than Mr. Allen and certain of his affiliates) will be
automatically reduced pro rata among all shares of New Class A Stock held by such holder and (if
applicable) shares of New Class A Stock held by any other holder (other than Mr. Allen and certain
of his affiliates) included in any person or group with such holder so that no person or
group (other than Mr. Allen and certain of his affiliates) is or becomes the holder or beneficial
owner (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in
calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular person (as such term is used in Section
13(d) of the Exchange Act) such person
shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the
right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the
occurrence of a subsequent condition), directly or indirectly, of more than 34.9% of the combined
voting power of the capital stock of the Reorganized Company, subject to waiver by the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation. We refer to this voting power limitation as the Voting Threshold.
Does the Company recommend voting in favor of the Plan?
Yes. In the opinion of the Debtors, the Plan is preferable to liquidation under Chapter 7 of
the Bankruptcy Code, as described in this Disclosure Statement, and any other reasonably available
alternative because the Debtors believe the Plan provides for a larger distribution to the Debtors
creditors than would otherwise result from a liquidation or any other reasonably available
alternative. In the event of a liquidation, recoveries for Holders of Allowed Claims would be
significantly reduced, if not eliminated, and no recovery would be expected for Holders of General
Unsecured Claims. Accordingly, the Debtors recommend that holders of Claims and Interests who are
entitled to vote on the Plan support Confirmation of the Plan and vote to accept the Plan.
13
Our History and Our Chapter 11 Cases
The Debtors Business
The Debtors operate broadband communications businesses in the United States with
approximately 5.5 million customers at December 31, 2008. The Debtors offer to residential and
commercial customers traditional cable video programming (basic and digital video), high-speed
Internet services, and telephone services, as well as advanced broadband services such as high
definition television, Charter OnDemand, and digital video recorder (DVR) service. The Debtors
sell their cable video programming, high-speed Internet, telephone, and advanced broadband services
primarily on a subscription basis. They also sell advertising to national and local clients on
advertising supported cable networks.
As of December 31, 2008, the Debtors served approximately 5.0 million video customers, of
which approximately 3.1 million were also digital video customers. The Debtors also served
approximately 2.9 million high-speed Internet customers and provided telephone service to
approximately 1.3 million customers.
The Debtors customers are served through a hybrid fiber and coaxial cable network with 95% of
homes passed at 550 MHZ or greater and 95% of plant miles two-way active. The Debtors provide
scalable, tailored broadband communications solutions to business organizations, such as
business-to-business Internet access, data networking, video and music entertainment services, and
business telephone. The Debtors also provide advertising solutions to local, national, and
regional businesses that target video customers.
The Debtors corporate office, which includes employees of CCI, is responsible for
coordinating and overseeing overall operations, including establishing company-wide policies and
procedures. The corporate office performs certain financial and administrative functions on a
centralized basis and performs these services on a cost reimbursement basis pursuant to a
management services agreement between CCO and CCI, which entitles CCI to payment for its
performance of various personnel, operational and financial functions. The Debtors field
operations are managed within two operating
groups.
The Debtors have a history of net losses. The Debtors net losses are principally
attributable to insufficient revenue to cover the combination of operating expenses and interest
expenses they incur because of their high amounts of debt, and depreciation expenses resulting from
the capital investments they have made and continue to make in their cable properties.
As of the Petition Date, the Debtors had approximately 16,500 employees, of which
approximately 100 employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. For the year
ended December 31, 2008, the Debtors total revenues were approximately $6.5 billion. The Debtors
derive revenues largely from the monthly fees customers pay for the Debtors services. The prices
the Debtors charge for their products and services vary based on the level of service the customer
chooses and the geographic market. The Debtors corporate headquarters are located at 12405
Powerscourt Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63131. For more information regarding the Debtors
business, see CCIs Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed
with the SEC on March 16, 2009.
Corporate Organizational Structure
CCI is a holding company whose principal asset at February 28, 2009 is its 54% equity interest
(53% for accounting purposes) in Charter Communications Holdings Company, LLC (Holdco), the
direct parent of CCHC, LLC (CCHC). CCI is the managing member of Holdco. CCI also holds certain
indebtedness of Holdco that mirrors the terms of securities issued by CCI. CCIs only business is
to act as the managing member of Holdco and its subsidiaries. As the managing member of Holdco,
CCI controls the affairs of Holdco and its limited liability company subsidiaries, including
Charter Communications Holdings, LLC (CCH).
CCH, including its direct and indirect subsidiaries CIH, CCH I, LLC (CCH I), CCH II, LLC
(CCH II), CCO Holdings, LLC (CCOH), and CCO, through the operating subsidiaries of CCO, operate
the Debtors broadband business. Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. (Charter
Capital), CCH I Holdings Capital Corp., CCH I Capital Corp., CCH II Capital Corp, CCO Holdings
Capital Corp., and Charter Communications Operating Capital Corp. are wholly-owned subsidiaries of
CCH, CIH, CCH I, CCH II, CCOH, and CCO,
14
respectively, and were formed and exist solely as
co-issuers of the debt issued with their parent companies, CCH, CIH, CCH I, CCH II, CCOH, and
CCO, respectively.
Mr. Allen owns 100% of Charter Investment, Inc. (CII) and controls CCI through a voting
control interest of approximately 91.1% as of February 28, 2009. In addition to directly owning
shares of CCIs Class A common stock and Class B common stock, Mr. Allen indirectly owns, through
CII, approximately 46% of Holdcos common equity interests and a note issued by CCHC exchangeable
into Holdco membership units. CIIs membership units in Holdco are exchangeable at any time for
shares of CCIs Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis, which shares are in turn convertible
into CCIs Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Mr. Allen would hold, directly and
indirectly, a common equity interest in CCI of approximately 52.2% on an as-exchanged basis as of
February 28, 2009. Each share of CCI Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Through his
ownership of CCIs Class B common stock, Mr. Allen is entitled to ten votes for each share of CCIs
Class B common stock and for each membership unit in Holdco held by him and his affiliates. Mr.
Allen also indirectly owns through CII 30% of the Class A preferred membership interests of CC
VIII, LLC (CC VIII), an indirect subsidiary of CCO.
The chart on the following page sets forth the Debtors organizational structure. This chart
does not include all of the Debtors affiliates and subsidiaries and, in some cases, the Debtors
have combined separate entities for presentation purposes. The equity ownership and voting
percentages shown below are approximations as of February 28, 2009, and do not give effect to any
exercise, conversion or exchange of then outstanding options, convertible notes, and other
convertible
or exchangeable securities. Indebtedness amounts shown below are accreted values for financial
reporting purposes as of December 31, 2008 and do not give effect to any debt eliminated in
consolidation. See The Debtors Pre-Petition Capital Structure, which begins on page 18, and
which also includes the principal amount of the indebtedness described below.
15
Pre-Petition Corporate Organizational and Capital Structure
16
(1) Charter Communications, Inc. (CCI):
5.875% convertible senior notes due November 16, 2009 ($3.0 million*)
6.5% convertible senior notes due October 1, 2027 ($373 million)
Guarantee/Security Interest: None.
(2) Charter Investment, Inc.
(CII):
Includes CIIs interest in Holdco as successor by merger to Vulcan Cable III Inc.
(3) CCHC, LLC (CCHC):
14% subordinated accreting note due 2020 ($75 million) (the CCHC
Note). The CCHC Note is exchangeable at CIIs option, at any time, for Class A common units of
Holdco at a rate equal to the then-accreted value, divided by $2.00. Holdco Class A common units
are exchangeable for shares of CCIs Class B common stock, which shares are in turn convertible
into CCIs Class A common stock.
(4) Charter Communications Holdings, LLC (CCH):
10% senior notes due April 1, 2009 ($53 million)
10.75% senior notes due October 1, 2009 ($4 million)
9.625% senior notes due November 15, 2009 ($25 million)
10.25% senior notes due January 15, 2010 ($1 million)
11.75% senior discount notes due January 15, 2010 ($1 million)
11.125% senior notes due January 15, 2011 ($47 million)
13.5% senior discount notes due January 15, 2011 ($60 million)
9.92% senior discount notes due April 1, 2011 ($51 million)
10% senior notes due May 15, 2011 ($69 million)
11.75% senior discount notes due May 15, 2011 ($54 million)
12.125% senior discount notes due January 15, 2012 ($75 million)
Guarantee/Security Interest: None.
(5) CCH I Holdings, LLC (CIH):
11.125% senior notes due January 15, 2014 ($151 million)
13.5% senior discount notes due January 15, 2014 ($581 million)
9.92% senior discount notes due April 1, 2014 ($471 million)
10% senior notes due May 15, 2014 ($299 million)
11.75% senior discount notes due May 15, 2014 ($815 million)
12.125% senior discount notes due January 15, 2015 ($217 million)
Guarantee: All six series of notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by CCH.
Security Interest: None.
(6) CCH I, LLC (CCH I):
11% senior secured notes due October 1, 2015 ($4,072 million)
Guarantee: The notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Charter Holding.
Security
Interest: The notes are secured by a pledge of 100% of the equity interest of CCH Is wholly owned
direct subsidiary, CCH II, and by a pledge of CCH Is 70% interest equal to 16,991,760 Class A
preferred membership units of CC VIII, and the proceeds thereof.
(7) CCH II, LLC (CCH II):
10.25% senior notes due September 15, 2010 ($1,857 million) (the CCH II 2010 Notes)
10.25% senior notes due October 1, 2013 ($598 million) (the CCH II 2013 Notes and together with the CCH II 2010 Notes, the CCH II Notes)
Guarantee: The notes due October 2013 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by CCH.
Security Interest: None.
(8) CCO Holdings, LLC (CCOH):
8 3/4% senior notes due November 15, 2013 ($796 million)
CCOH Credit Facility ($350 million)
Guarantee: None.
Security Interest: The obligations of CCOH under the CCOH Credit Facility are
secured by a junior lien on CCOHs equity interest in CCO and all proceeds of such equity interest,
junior to the liens of the holders of the notes listed under item (9) below.
(9) Charter Communications Operating, LLC (CCO):
8% senior second-lien notes due April 30, 2012 ($1,100 million)
83/8% senior second-lien notes due April 30, 2014 ($770 million)
10.875% senior second-lien notes due September 15, 2014 ($527 million)
CCO Credit Facility ($8,246 million)
17
Guarantee: All CCO notes are guaranteed by CCOH and those subsidiaries of CCO that are guarantors
of, or otherwise obligors with respect to, indebtedness under the CCO Credit Facility. The CCO
Credit Facility is guaranteed by CCOH and certain subsidiaries of CCO.
Security Interest: The CCO
notes and related note guarantees are secured by a second-priority lien on substantially all of
CCOs and certain of its subsidiaries assets that secure the obligations of CCO or any subsidiary
of CCO with respect to the CCO Credit Facility. The CCO Credit Facility is secured by a
first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of CCO and its subsidiaries and a pledge by
CCOH of its equity interests in CCO.
|
|
|
* |
|
All amounts represent accreted values for financial reporting purposes outstanding as of December
31, 2008 |
Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC. Holdco, a Delaware limited liability company
formed on May 25, 1999, is the direct 100% parent of CCHC. As of February 28, 2009, the common
membership units of Holdco are owned approximately 54% by CCI and 46% by CII. All of the
outstanding common membership units in Holdco held by CII are controlled by Mr. Allen and are
exchangeable on a one-for-one basis at any time for shares of Class B common stock of CCI, which
are in turn convertible into Class A common stock of CCI on a one-for-one basis. CCI is the
managing member of Holdco.
CCHC, LLC. CCHC, a Delaware limited liability company formed on October 25, 2005, is the
direct 100% parent of CCH and is the issuer of an accreting note held by CII, which is exchangeable
into membership units in Holdco.
Interim Holding Company Debt Issuers. As indicated in the organizational chart above, our
interim holding company debt issuers indirectly own the subsidiaries that own or operate all of our
cable systems, subject to a minority interest in the CC VIII preferred membership interests held by
CII as described below. For a description of the debt issued by these issuers please see The
Debtors Pre-Petition Capital Structure, below.
Preferred Equity in CC VIII. CII owns 30% of the CC VIII preferred membership interests. CCH
I, a direct subsidiary of CIH, directly owns the remaining 70% of these preferred interests, and
such interests, among other collateral, secure the notes issued by CCH I. The common membership
interests in CC VIII are indirectly owned by CCO.
CII Capital Stock and Promissory Notes. Mr. Allen directly owns 100% of CIIs capital stock.
As of the Petition Date, CII has 171,844.229639 shares of Class A Voting Common Stock, par value
$0.01 per share, issued and outstanding. In addition, between 2000 and 2006, CII and its
predecessors in interest issued several promissory notes to Mr. Allen in exchange for loans.
The Debtors Pre-Petition Capital Structure
As of the Petition Date, the total consolidated debt obligations of the Debtors, not including
CII, were approximately $21.7 billion and consisted of, among other things, revolving credit,
institutional term loans and secured and unsecured notes payable. The major components of the
Debtors consolidated funded debt obligations are described in greater detail below.
The CCO Credit Facility
On March 6, 2007, CCO entered into the CCO Credit Facility. The CCO Credit Facility consists
of a $6.5 billion term loan with a final maturity of March 6, 2014 and a $1.5 billion revolving
credit facility that matures on March 6, 2013. In March 2008, CCO borrowed $500 million in
principal amount of an incremental term loan with a final maturity date of March 6, 2014. The CCO
Credit Facility allows for CCO to enter into additional incremental term loans in the aggregate
amount of up to an additional $500 million. The CCO Credit Facility is secured by a lien on
substantially all of the assets of CCO and its subsidiaries and a pledge by CCOH of its equity
interests in CCO. As of February 28, 2009, approximately $44.6 million remains available under the
revolving portion of the CCO Credit Facility.
From time to time, CCO has entered into certain interest expense hedging agreements (each a
Specified Hedge Agreement) with certain non-Debtor counterparties who were at the time of the
relevant transaction lenders or affiliates of such lenders under the CCO Credit Facility. The
Debtors obligations under the Specified Hedge Agreements also constitute secured obligations under
the CCO Credit Facility and share in the pledged collateral.
18
Letters of Credit
The Debtors also had approximately $140 million in letters of credit as of February 28, 2009,
issued primarily to their various workers compensation, property and casualty, and general
liability carriers, as collateral for reimbursement of claims. These letters of credit reduce the
amount the Debtors may borrow under the CCO Credit Facility.
The CCOH Credit Facility
On March 6, 2007, CCOH entered into the credit agreement, dated as of March 6, 2007, by and
among CCOH, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain lenders
thereto (the CCOH Credit Facility). The CCOH Credit Facility consists of a $350 million term loan
that matures on September 6, 2014. Additionally, under the CCOH Credit Facility, CCOH may enter
into incremental term loans from time to time. Obligations under the CCOH Credit Facility are
secured by CCOs equity interests and are structurally subordinated to CCOs obligations under the
CCO Credit Facility and CCOs notes.
Interest Rate Swap Agreements
Certain Debtors use interest rate swap agreements to manage their interest costs and reduce
their exposure to increases in floating interest rates. Using interest rate swap agreements, such
Debtors agree to exchange, at specified intervals through 2013, the difference between fixed and
variable interest amounts calculated by reference to agreed-upon notional principal amounts. At the
counterparties option, certain interest rate swap agreements may be extended through 2014. After
the Petition Date, the counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements will have the option to
terminate the underlying contract and, upon emergence of the Debtors from bankruptcy, receive
payment for the market value of the interest rate swap agreement as measured on the date a
counterparty so terminates. The Debtors have received termination notices from all of the
counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements.
Outstanding Notes
CCI and certain of its subsidiaries have issued 26 series of notes with approximately $13
billion total aggregate principal amount outstanding as of February 28, 2009.
Common Stock and Common Stock Derivatives
Prior to the Petition Date, CCIs Class A common stock traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market (the
NASDAQ) under the ticker symbol CHTR. As of February 28, 2009, CCI had 400,801,768 shares of
Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, issued and outstanding, and 50,000 shares of
Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, issued and outstanding.
CC VIII Preferred
CII owns 30% of the CC VIII preferred membership interests. CCH I directly owns the remaining
70% of these preferred interests. The common membership interests in CC VIII are indirectly owned
by CCO.
Events that Led to Bankruptcy
A number of factors have contributed to the Debtors decision to file the Chapter 11 Cases.
Key among these factors is the Debtors significant indebtedness and the adverse changes in the
capital markets, which have severely limited the Debtors ability to recapitalize or otherwise
enter into transactions to ease their debt burdens. Notably, the Debtors, not including CII, have
$21.7 billion in funded debt as of December 31, 2008. The Debtors have historically depended, in
part, on their ability to borrow under their credit facilities and to issue debt and equity
securities to fund the significant cash required for debt service costs, capital expenditures, and
ongoing operations. Accordingly, such a debt level severely limits the Debtors ability to develop
and offer new products and to effectively implement their business plan.
19
Pre-Petition Attempts to Improve the Debtors Financial Outlook
Debt Refinancings
From 2003 to 2008, the Debtors continued to pursue opportunities to improve their liquidity.
Their efforts in this regard resulted in the completion of a number of financing transactions, as
follows:
On September 23, 2003, CCI and CCH II exchanged $609 million principal amount of convertible
senior notes issued by CCI, $1.3 billion principal amount of senior notes and senior discount notes
issued by CCH, for an aggregate of $1.6 billion principal amount of 10.250% notes due 2010 issued
by CCH II, in addition to the sale of $30 million principal amount of 10.250% notes due 2010 issued
by CCH II for an equivalent amount of cash, in a private debt exchange offer with qualified
institutional buyers, as defined by Rule 144A of the Securities Act, exempt from registration
under the Securities Act.
On September 28, 2005, CIH, CCH I, and CCH exchanged $3.4 billion aggregate principal amount
of senior notes and senior discount notes due 2009-2010 and $3.5 billion aggregate principal amount
of senior notes and senior discount notes due 2011-2012 issued by CCH, for $3.5 billion principal
amount of 11.000% senior secured notes due 2015 issued by CCH I and approximately $2.5 billion in
principal amount of various series of senior accreted notes due 2014 and 2015 of CCH I, in a
private debt exchange offer with qualified institutional buyers, as defined by Rule 144A of the
Securities Act, exempt from registration under the Securities Act.
On September 14, 2006, CCHC and CCH II exchanged $450 million principal amount of the
aggregate $862.5 million principal amount outstanding of CCIs 5.875% convertible senior notes due
2009 tendered for exchange by holders of such notes, for $188 million in cash, 45 million shares of
CCIs Class A common stock and $146 million principal amount of 10.250% senior notes due 2010
issued by CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp., plus accrued interest, pursuant to a registration
statement on Form S-4 originally filed with the SEC on August 11, 2006.
On September 14, 2006, the Debtors exchanged $797 million principal amount of senior notes due
2009-2010 and 2011-2012 of CCH, for $250 million principal amount of 10.250% senior notes due 2013
issued by CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. and $462 million principal amount of 11.000% senior
secured notes due 2015 issued by CCH I, in a private debt exchange offer with qualified
institutional buyers, as defined by Rule 144A of the Securities Act, exempt from registration
under the Securities Act.
On March 6, 2007, CCIs subsidiary, CCO, entered into the CCO Credit Facility which provided a
$1.5 billion senior secured revolving line of credit that matures on March 6, 2013, a continuation
of the existing $5.0 billion term loan facility that matures on April 28, 2013, and a new $1.5
billion term loan facility and additional incremental term loans of up to $1 billion that mature on
March 6, 2014.
On March 6, 2007, CCIs subsidiary, CCOH, entered into the CCOH Credit Facility consisting of
a $350 million term loan facility maturing September 2014.
In April 2007, CCH completed a cash tender offer and purchase of $97 million of CCHs
outstanding notes and redeemed $187 million of CCHs 8.625% senior notes due April 1, 2009 and $550
million of CCOH senior floating rate notes due December 15, 2010.
On October 8, 2007, Holdco completed an exchange offer, in which $364 million of CCIs 5.875%
convertible senior notes due 2009, plus accrued interest, were exchanged for $479 million of CCIs
6.500% convertible senior notes due 2027.
On March 19, 2008, CCO issued $546 million principal amount of 10.875% senior second-lien
notes due 2014, guaranteed by CCOH and certain subsidiaries of CCO, in a private transaction. The
net proceeds from the notes were used to repay, but not permanently reduce, the outstanding debt
balances under the existing revolving credit facility of CCO.
On March 20, 2008, CCO borrowed $500 million principal amount of incremental term loans (the
Incremental Term Loans) under the CCO Credit Facility, for net proceeds of approximately $471
million. The net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. The Incremental Term Loans
have a final maturity of March 6,
20
2014 and amortize in quarterly principal installments totaling 1%
annually beginning on June 30, 2008. The Incremental Term Loans bear interest at LIBOR plus 5%,
with a LIBOR floor of 3.5%, and are otherwise governed by and subject to the existing terms of the
CCO credit facilities.
On July 2, 2008, CCH II exchanged $338 million aggregate principal amount of their 10.250%
senior notes due 2010 for $364 million additional CCH II 10.250% senior notes due 2013, plus
accrued interest, in a private debt exchange offer with qualified institutional buyers, as
defined by Rule 144A of the Securities Act, exempt from registration under the Act.
On October 31, 2008, Holdco completed a tender offer in which a total of approximately $102
million principal amount of various CCH notes due 2009 and 2010 were exchanged for approximately
$99 million of cash.
Despite these efforts, the Debtors remained significantly over-leveraged compared to their
peers in the cable industry and faced near term challenges in sustaining their capital structure,
which were exacerbated by the deteriorating condition in the credit markets.
Recent Events
On December 10, 2008, CCI asked its long-standing financial advisor, Lazard LLC (Lazard), to
initiate discussions with the Debtors bondholders about financial alternatives to improve the
Companys balance sheet. The Debtors and their advisors developed a comprehensive plan of
reorganization and encouraged bondholders to engage in restructuring discussions. On or about
December 15, 2008, an ad hoc committee of unaffiliated holders (the Crossover Committee) of the
(i) 11.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 of CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. and (ii) 10.250% Senior
Notes due 2010 and 2013 of CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. (the 10.25% Notes) retained
professional advisors. Beginning in late December 2008, the Debtors and their advisors engaged in
significant discussions with the Crossover Committee and their advisors regarding the terms of a
consensual restructuring.
While these negotiations were underway, CCI determined, in exercising its fiduciary duties,
that it should not make interest payments on certain of its subsidiaries notes (the Overdue
Payment Notes) for junior entities in its capital structure, which were due on January 15, 2009 in
the amount of approximately $74 million (the January Interest Payment). Under the indentures
governing the Overdue Payment Notes, after failing to make an interest payment on such notes, CCIs
subsidiaries that issued the Overdue Payment Notes had a 30-day grace period in which to make the
January Interest Payment. If they were unable to do so, an Event of Default under the Overdue
Payment Notes would have occurred on February 13, 2009, giving the trustee under the indentures and
holders of the notes the ability to accelerate the Debtors obligations under the notes. Such
acceleration would have allowed the creditors under certain of the Debtors other debt agreements to
accelerate the Debtors obligations thereunder.
On February 3, 2009, CCO made a request to the administrative agent under the CCO Credit
Facility, to borrow additional revolving loans. On February 5, 2009, CCI received a notice from
the administrative agent asserting that one or more Events of Default (as defined in the CCO Credit
Facility) have occurred and are continuing under the CCO Credit Facility, including, pursuant to
section 8(g)(v) thereof. CCI disagreed with the administrative agents assertions and sent a
letter to the administrative agent on February 9, 2009, among other things, stating that it
continued to believe that no Event of Default under the CCO Credit Facility has occurred or is
continuing and requesting the administrative agent to rescind its notice of default and fund CCOs
borrowing request. The administrative agent sent a letter to CCI on February 11, 2009, stating
that it continues to believe that one or more events of default have occurred and are continuing.
As a result, with the exception of one lender who funded approximately $354,237, the lenders failed
to fund CCOs borrowing request.
After engaging in extensive negotiations, on February 11, 2009, CCI entered into separate Plan
Support Agreements with each of the Committed Parties (the Plan Support Agreements) pursuant to
which, among other things, the Committed Parties agreed to support and vote in favor of a financial
restructuring of the Debtors on terms consistent with the Plan, as described herein. Pursuant to a
separate Plan Support Agreement, Mr. Allen agreed to support the financial restructuring of the
Debtors on terms consistent with the Plan, including the compromise and settlement of certain
Claims and Interests held by Mr. Allen and certain of his affiliates as described under The CII
Settlement beginning on page 26. As part of the Plan Support Agreements, on February 13, 2009,
CCI paid the full amount of the January Interest Payment to the Paying Agent for the Overdue
Payment Notes, which constitutes
21
payment under the indentures governing those notes. In addition
to the Plan Support Agreements, CCI entered into commitment letters with each of the Committed
Parties (the Commitment Letters) and an Escrow Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2009, with
members of the ad-hoc committee of unaffiliated holders of the Overdue Payment Notes (Ad-Hoc
Holders) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Escrow Agent (the Escrow Agreement).
Under the Commitment Letters, the Committed Parties agreed to exchange and/or purchase, as
applicable, certain securities of the Debtors under the Plan. Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the
Ad-Hoc Holders deposited into an escrow account the amounts they received in respect of the January
Interest Payment and Wells Fargo will hold such amounts until (i) CCI and a majority of the Ad-Hoc
Holders agree to the release thereof, (ii) the restructuring transactions contemplated in the Plan
Support Agreements are consummated on or prior to December 15, 2009 or are not consummated by such
date due to a material breach of the Plan Support Agreements by CCI or its subsidiaries, followed
by notice thereof to Wells Fargo by a majority of the Ad-Hoc Holders and CCI, at which time Wells
Fargo will release such amounts to the Ad-Hoc Holders, or (iii) the transactions contemplated by
the Plan Support Agreements are not consummated by December 15, 2009 for any other reason, followed
by notice thereof to Wells Fargo by a majority of the Ad-Hoc Holders and CCI, at which time it will
release such amounts to CCI or its subsidiaries. The amounts deposited in escrow were
approximately $47 million. See Important Aspects of the Plan for a further discussion of the
Commitment Letters and the Plan Support Agreements.
On March 12, 2009, CCI adopted a Value Creation Plan (the VCP), which is comprised of two
components, the Restructuring Value Program (the RVP), which provides incentives to encourage
and reward participants for a successful restructuring of CCI, and the Cash Incentive Program (the
CIP), which provides annual incentives for participants to achieve specified individual
performance goals during each of the three years following CCIs emergence from bankruptcy. Under
the RVP, participants earn their RVP payments upon the earliest of either (i) CCIs emergence from
the Chapter 11 Cases, (ii) when the Commitment Fees first become payable, (iii) upon the
termination of their employment under certain circumstances or (iv) upon a change in control, as
defined in the VCP. Under the CIP, participants earn their CIP payments upon their achievement of
specified individual performance goals, or if earlier, upon the termination of their employment
under certain circumstances following the Reorganized Companys emergence form bankruptcy, or upon
a change in control, as defined in the VCP. Subject to adjustment in accordance with the VCP,
the target RVP awards for CCIs named executive officers as of March 18, 2009 are: Neil Smit
(President and Chief Executive Officer) $6 million; Michael Lovett (Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer) $2.38 million; Eloise Schmitz (Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer ) $765,000; Marwan Fawaz (Executive Vice President and Chief Technology
Officer) $765,000; and Grier Raclin (Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary) $765,000, and their annual target awards under the CIP as of such date are: Neil Smit
- - $2.5 million; Michael Lovett -$910,000; Eloise Schmitz $664,000; Marwan Fawaz -$597,000; and
Grier Raclin $597,000.
The Commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases
On March 27, 2009, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of New York seeking reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code to effectuate the restructuring contemplated by the Plan Support
Agreements.
The Chapter 11 Cases are being jointly administered under the caption Charter Communications,
Inc., et al., Case No. 09-11435 (JMP).
Events During Bankruptcy
First Day Relief
The Debtors entered into bankruptcy after a careful review of their business operations and
cash requirements to minimize the impact of the Chapter 11 Cases on their day-to-day business
operations. Integral to this transition are certain first day orders the Debtors obtained from
the Bankruptcy Court to provide, among other things, flexibility in cash management, the ability to
use cash collateral and the ability to pay certain Pre-Petition vendors. To facilitate, among
other things, noticing, Claims processing and voting-related matters, the Debtors requested that
the Bankruptcy Court enter an order granting certain relief including authorization for the joint
administration of the Debtors Chapter 11 Cases.
22
Stabilizing Operations
On the Petition Date, the Debtors filed several motions seeking orders authorizing the Debtors
to pay various Pre-Petition Claims. Entry of these orders eased the strain on the Debtors
relationships with employees, vendors, customers and taxing authorities as a consequence of the
commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases. Among other things, these orders authorized the Debtors to:
(a) honor customer obligations and continue customer programs; (b) maintain cash management
systems; (c) use Pre-Petition bank accounts, checks, and other business forms; (d) make tax
payments to federal, local and state taxing authorities; (e) prohibit utility companies from
discontinuing services; (f) pay Pre-Petition Claims of shippers, warehousemen and other lien
claimants; (g) maintain Pre-Petition insurance policies and enter into new insurance policies; (h)
maintain Pre-Petition premium financing agreements and enter into new premium financing agreements;
and (i) pay certain Pre-Petition employee wages and benefits and directors fees. In addition, on
the Petition Date, the Debtors sought authorization to pay certain fixed, liquidated, noncontingent
and undisputed Pre-Petition trade Claims of the Debtors in the ordinary course of business. The
Debtors also received authorization to enter into a surety bond program pursuant to which Travelers
Casualty and Surety Company of America will maintain and renew existing, and provide new, surety
bonds on a Post-Petition basis to facilitate the Debtors ability to conduct and continue their
operations during and the Chapter 11 Cases.
In addition, the Debtors have been funding their operations during the Chapter 11 Cases by
using cash on hand and cash flow from operations. As of March 27, 2009, CCI and its consolidated
subsidiaries had approximately $860 million on their balance sheet in cash on hand and cash
equivalents. Additionally, after the Petition Date, CCO will no longer have access to the
revolving credit facility and will rely on cash on hand and cash flows from operating activities to
fund projected cash needs. The Debtors believe their cash on hand and cash equivalents combined
with their cash flows from operating activities will be sufficient to meet projected cash needs,
including the payment of normal operating costs and expenses, as they proceed with their financial
restructuring. Therefore, the Debtors have not sought debtor-in-possession financing. On the
Petition Date, the Debtors filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court asking permission to access
these funds.
On the Petition Date, the Debtors sought authority to use cash collateral of their secured
creditors to permit, among other things, the orderly continuation of the operation of the Debtors
businesses and to satisfy their working capital and operational needs. The Cash Collateral Order
provides adequate protection to those secured creditors, including: (a) adequate protection liens;
(b) a section 507(b) superpriority claim; (c) payment of (i) Pre-Petition interest and fees, as
well as current Post-Petition interest at the default rate under the CCO Credit Facility,
(ii) reasonable fees of the administrative agent for the lenders under the CCO Credit Facility,
(iii) reasonable expenses of the members of the steering committee for the lenders under the CCO
Credit Facility, (iv) all quarterly amortization payments pursuant to the CCO Credit Facility; (d)
certain reporting requirements; and (e) certain financial and other covenants.
The Debtors also requested, on a final basis, authority to provide adequate protection to
holders of second-lien secured notes issued by CCO against any diminution in value of their
interest in certain Pre-Petition collateral on account of the use of cash collateral and imposition
of the automatic stay pursuant to section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code in the form of, among other
things, adequate protection liens, a 507(b) claim, adequate protection payments and certain
financial and other reporting requirements. The granting of adequate protection should allow the
Debtors to use the secured creditors cash collateral throughout the Chapter 11 Cases.
Preserving Value
To preserve the Debtors net operating losses (NOLs) by ensuring that an ownership change
of CCI does not occur prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors filed a motion seeking an order from
the Bankruptcy Court (the NOL Order), which, among other things, requires: (a) certain beneficial
owners of at least 20,000,000 outstanding shares of the Debtors equity securities (a Substantial
Owner) to notify the Debtors and the Bankruptcy Court that they are Substantial Owners; (b)
Substantial Owners to file a notice with the Debtors and the Bankruptcy Court before any
acquisition or disposition of CCIs common stock or options to acquire or dispose of CCIs common
stock; and (c) any other person or entity to file a notice with the Debtors and the Bankruptcy
Court before any acquisition of CCIs common stock, or option to acquire CCIs common stock, that
would make such person or entity a Substantial Owner. The NOL Order allows the Debtors to object
in the Bankruptcy Court to any such transactions, within 15 days of receipt of the filing of the
notice of such transactions, if the transaction is
23
reasonably likely to result, prior to the
Effective Date, in an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), which
ownership change would limit the Debtors ability to utilize their NOLs or other tax attributes.
Any acquisition or disposition to which the Debtors object would not become effective unless and
until the end of the 10th day after the Bankruptcy Court enters an order overruling the objection
or such objection is withdrawn. The NOL Order permits the Debtors to waive in writing, at their
sole discretion, any and all restrictions, stays and notification procedures contained in the NOL
Order.
Based on public filings in the first quarter of 2009 and company records, CCI believes the
following persons or entities beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock of CCI as
of February 28, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
Holder of Common Stock |
|
Shares Beneficially Owned |
|
Percent of Class |
Paul G. Allen |
|
405.8 million(1) |
|
52.2%(2) |
Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. |
|
65.0 million |
|
16.2% |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Assumes exchange of Holdco membership interests and
of the CCHC Note. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents 91.1% of the voting power of CCI. |
Retention of Restructuring and Other Professionals
To assist the Debtors in carrying out their duties as debtors in possession and to represent
their interests in the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors (other than CII) intend to retain, as of the
Petition Date, and upon authorization from the Bankruptcy Court, the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis
LLP (K&E) as their lead restructuring attorneys. Additionally, with the Bankruptcy Courts
approval, the Debtors intend to retain Lazard as financial advisors and investment bankers. CII
intends to retain, as of the Petition Date, and upon authorization from the Bankruptcy Court, the
law firm of Togut, Segal & Segal LLP as its lead restructuring attorneys.
In addition to these key professionals, the Debtors intend to retain the following other
professionals to assist them in managing the Chapter 11 Cases: special regulatory and litigation
counsel; conflicts counsel; accountants; tax service providers; corporate communication
consultants; and a claims and noticing agent. The Debtors also employ attorneys and other
professionals to represent or assist them in a variety of situations arising in the ordinary course
of the Debtors business in matters unrelated to the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors also intend to
retain, with the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, various experts to assist them in the valuation
process.
In addition to paying the fees of their own advisors, the Debtors will be required to pay fees
incurred by various other constituencies and their respective advisors related to the Chapter 11
Cases and the restructuring transactions provided for in the Plan.
Important Aspects of the Plan
The section below describes certain important terms of the Plan Support Agreements, as
reflected in the Plan. Under the Plan Support Agreements, and subject to, among other conditions,
Bankruptcy Court approval of an acceptable disclosure statement, the Committed Parties and Mr.
Allen are required to cast their votes in favor of the Plan and generally support the Plan. For
the expected recoveries of each Class, see Treatment of Claims Against and Interests in the
Debtors.
Exchange and New CCH II Notes Commitment
Under the Plan, each holder of a CCH II Notes Claim will be entitled to exchange (the
Exchange) its CCH II Notes for new 13.5% Senior Notes of CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. (the
New CCH II Notes). Each Holder of an Allowed CCH II Notes Claim that elects to exchange CCH II
Notes for New CCH II Notes pursuant to the Exchange, and each Rollover Commitment Party, in each
case subject to the Exchange Cutback, shall be entitled to receive (A) New CCH II Notes with a
principal amount equal to the allowed principal amount of the CCH II Notes held by such Holder or
Rollover Commitment Party, (B) New CCH II Notes with a principal amount equal to the accrued but
unpaid interest on such CCH II Notes held by such Holder or Rollover Commitment Party to the
Petition Date, and (C) New CCH II Notes with a principal amount equal to Post-Petition Interest.
No Holder or Rollover Commitment Party shall be entitled to receive any amounts for any call
premiums or prepayment penalty
24
with respect to the CCH II Notes. No partial Exchange of CCH II
Notes shall be allowed. Holders of CCH II Notes who do not elect to participate in the Exchange
will be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such
holders CCH II Notes plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon to the Petition Date plus post
petition interest, but excluding any call premiums or prepayment penalties. In addition, pursuant
to the New CCH II Notes Commitment, under certain circumstances, certain holders of CCH II Notes
have agreed to purchase up to $267 million in additional New CCH II Notes. The aggregate principal
amount of New CCH II Notes to be issued pursuant to the Plan is expected to be approximately $1.5
billion plus accrued but unpaid interest to the Petition Date plus Post-Petition interest, but
excluding any call premiums or prepayment penalties (collectively, the Target Amount), plus an
additional $85 million of New CCH II Notes which will initially be issued to holders of CCH I Notes
Claims and
deemed transferred to Mr. Allen or one of his affiliates on the Effective Date as part of the
CII Settlement (as defined below).
The Committed Parties have committed to exchange CCH II Notes for an aggregate of
approximately $1.2 billion in principal amount of New CCH II Notes, plus additional New CCH II
Notes in a principal amount equal to accrued but unpaid interest to the Petition Date plus
Post-Petition interest, but excluding any call premiums or any prepayment penalties. In the event
that the aggregate principal amount of New CCH II Notes to be issued would exceed the Target
Amount, each holder of CCH II Notes electing to participate in the Exchange, including the
Committed Parties, will receive a pro rata portion of such Target Amount of New CCH II Notes, based
upon the ratio of (i) the aggregate principal amount of CCH II Notes it has tendered to (ii) the
total aggregate principal amount of CCH II Notes tendered. Holders of CCH II Notes Claims that
participate in the Exchange will receive a commitment fee for the use of capital equal to 1.5% of
the principal amount plus interest on the CCH II Notes exchanged by such holder, payable as
provided below under Specified Fees and Expenses.
Under the New CCH II Notes Commitment, the Committed Parties have committed to purchase an
additional amount of New CCH II Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $267 million, which
amount will be reduced to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of CCH II Notes exchanged
exceeds approximately $1.2 billion (up to approximately $1.5 billion). Participants in the New CCH
II Commitment will receive a commitment fee for the use of capital equal to the greater of (i) 3%
of their respective portion of the New CCH II Notes Commitment and (ii) 0.83% of their respective
portion of the New CCH II Notes Commitment for each month beginning April 1, 2009 during which its
New CCH II Notes Commitment remains outstanding, payable as provided below under Specified Fees
and Expenses.
The Rights Offering
The Debtors intend to raise funds through the issuance of the Rights by the Reorganized
Company that may be exercised for New Class A Stock through the Rights Offering.
Under the Rights Offering, the Reorganized Company will offer to existing holders of CCH I
Notes that are Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders the ability to purchase shares of the New Class A
Stock pro rata based on a fraction, the numerator of which is the principal amount of CCH I Notes
Claims held by such holder and the denominator of which is the principal amount of CCH I Notes
Claims held by all Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders (the Pro Rata Participation Amount), to be
issued upon the Debtors emergence from bankruptcy, in exchange for a cash payment per share at a
25% discount to the Plan Value minus the Warrant Value per share of the Reorganized Company upon
its emergence from bankruptcy (the Per Share Purchase Price). The Rights will not be listed or
quoted on any public or over-the-counter exchange or quotation system and there is no assurance
that an active trading market for the Rights will develop. However, the Rights will be
independently transferable, through the expiration date of the Rights Offering, but only to
accredited investors or qualified institutional buyers, as such terms are defined in Rule 501 and
Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively, subject to a right of first refusal in favor of
certain Equity Backstop Parties. Additional information and instructions regarding participation
in the Rights Offering will be sent separately to holders of CCH I Notes. The right of first
refusal may discourage third parties from attempting to purchase any Rights. As a result, unless
Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders exercise their Rights, they may not be able to realize any value
attributable to such Rights.
All holders of CCH I Notes Claims as of April 17, 2009 have been sent an investor
certification. Only Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders will be eligible to participate in the
Rights Offering. All Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders will be mailed the Rights Offering
Documents on or about May 12, 2009. A holder of CCH I Notes
25
Claims as of the Rights Offering
Record Date that does not return the investor certification by May 11, 2009 will forfeit any and
all rights that it may have had under the Rights Offering with respect to its CCH I Notes Claim.
Each Holder of CCH I Notes Claims that affirmatively represents it is not an Eligible CCH I
Notes Claim Holder on a timely submitted investor certification shall receive an amount of New
Class A Stock equal to the value of the Rights that such Holder would have been offered if it were
an Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder participating in the Rights Offering. The value of a Right
will be determined (based on the difference between the aggregate equity purchase price of New
Class A Stock embedded in a Right and the value of New Class A Common Stock at the termination of
the Rights Offering (assuming that the Overallotment Option is exercised in full and subject to
subsequent upward adjustment to the extent not exercised in full) that can be purchased upon
exercise of a Right) by CCI in good faith and in consultation with its financial advisor. The
value determination will be filed within 10 days of the termination of the Rights Offering with the
Bankruptcy Court (assuming that the Overallotment Option is exercised in full and subject to
subsequent upward adjustment to the extent not exercised in full), and notice thereof (which shall
include the value of each Right so determined) shall be delivered to each such Holder that timely
certified it is not an Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder within five days of CCIs determination.
Holders receiving notice shall have 10 days following receipt of such notice to file a challenge to
such notice with the Bankruptcy Court, whose determination of such value shall be binding.
The Rights Offering is expected to generate proceeds in an amount equal to $1.623 billion
minus the excess, if any, of $450 million over the aggregate amount of the CCO Swap Agreement
Claims.
Pursuant to the Commitment Letters, the Equity Backstop Parties have, severally and not
jointly, agreed to subscribe for their respective pro rata portions of the Rights Offering. In
addition, pursuant to the Commitment Letters and the Excess Backstop Agreements, certain of the
Equity Backstop Parties have, severally and not jointly, agreed to subscribe for any Rights that
are not purchased by Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders (other than the Equity Backstop Parties) in
the Rights Offering (the Excess Backstop) pro rata based on their respective portions of the
Excess Backstop. Committed Parties who have committed to participate in the Excess Backstop will
be offered the option to purchase (the Overallotment Option) additional shares of New Class A
Stock, at the Per Share Purchase Price, in an amount equal to $400 million less the aggregate
dollar amount of shares purchased pursuant to the Excess Backstop. The Equity Backstop Parties
will receive a commitment fee for the use of capital equal to 3% of their respective Equity
Backstop, payable as provided below under Specified Fees and Expenses. This fee, together with
the fees described above payable to Holders of CCH II Notes Claims that participate in the Exchange
and/or have made commitments pursuant to the New CCH II Notes Commitment, are referred to herein as
the Commitment Fees.
This Disclosure Statement is not an offer to sell any securities pursuant to the Rights Offering
nor a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities pursuant to the Rights Offering or otherwise.
An offer and solicitation pursuant to the Rights Offering will be made only to Eligible CCH I Notes
Claim Holders pursuant to the Rights Offering Documents.
The CII Settlement
The Plan provides for a settlement and compromise of the legal, contractual and equitable
rights, Interests, Claims and remedies of Mr. Allen and certain persons and entities affiliated
with Mr. Allen against the Debtors (other than CII) in exchange for certain consideration described
in the Plan (the CII Settlement).
Under the CII Settlement, subject to certain exceptions, the CII Settlement Claim Parties will
compromise any Claim or Interest held by a CII Settlement Claim Party on the Effective Date against
or in a Debtor (other than CII). This includes:
|
|
|
28,467,421 shares of Class A Common Stock of CCI (unless disposed of prior to the Effective
Date, subject to the restrictions on transfer in any order of the Bankruptcy Court); |
|
|
|
|
10,000 vested options to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock of CCI; |
|
|
|
|
50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock of CCI; |
|
|
|
|
324,300,479 Class A Common Units of Holdco; |
26
|
|
|
14,831,552 Class C Common Units of Holdco; |
|
|
|
|
rights under the CCI-CII Exchange Agreement; |
|
|
|
|
all Interests with respect to 7,282,183 CC VIII Preferred Units; |
|
|
|
|
the CCHC Note; |
|
|
|
|
accrued and unpaid management fees owing to CII under the Management Agreement; |
|
|
|
|
rights under a letter agreement, dated as of September 21, 1999, by and among Vulcan Ventures
Inc. (an entity controlled by Mr. Allen), CCI, CII and Holdco, which would have granted Vulcan
Ventures Inc. exclusive rights for carriage of up to eight digital channels of each of the Debtors
(other than CII) cable systems; |
|
|
|
|
rights under that certain consulting agreement, dated as of March 10, 1999 by and among Vulcan
Inc. (an entity controlled by Mr. Allen), CCI and CCH (the Consulting Agreement), which provides
for payment of a fee to Vulcan Inc. for assistance with acquisitions by CCI or CCH; and |
|
|
|
|
any other Claim or Interest held by a CII Settlement Claim Party, including any rejection
damages Claims, other than Claims and certain Executory Contracts specifically excluded, as
described below. |
The Plan provides that certain Claims and Interests held by the CII Settlement Claim Parties
will not be compromised under the CII Settlement, including those under certain Executory
Contracts, certain indemnification agreements and certain notes issued by the Debtors, as more
fully described in the Plan.
As part of the CII Settlement, in return for their compromise of the rights, Claims, Interests
and remedies described above and in the Plan, and in addition to any amounts received by virtue of
their holding certain note Claims of the type set forth below under Treatment of Claims Against
and Interests in the Debtors:
|
|
|
CIIs equity interests in Holdco to the extent of a 1% direct equity interest in reorganized
Holdco will not be cancelled, released or extinguished, and CII will retain such interest in
reorganized Holdco under the Plan and CCI will receive all remaining equity interests in
reorganized Holdco. CCIs pre-filing equity interests in Holdco will not be cancelled, released or
extinguished and the Reorganized Company will hold a 99% direct equity interest in reorganized
Holdco under the Plan. |
|
|
|
|
After the Effective Date, Mr. Allen and certain of his affiliates will have the right to
exchange, directly or indirectly, all or a portion of their reorganized Holdco equity for New Class
A Stock as described below under Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Mr. Allen and/or certain of his affiliates will also receive: |
|
o |
|
shares of New Class B Stock representing, as of the Effective Date, 2% of the equity value
of the Reorganized Company, after giving effect to the Rights Offering, but prior to the issuance
of warrants and equity-based awards provided for by the Plan, and 35% of the combined voting power
of the Reorganized Companys capital stock; |
|
|
o |
|
warrants to purchase shares of New Class A Stock, with a term of 7 years and an exercise
price per share based on a total equity value of the Reorganized Company equal to the sum of the
Plan Value less the Warrant Value plus
the gross proceeds of the Rights Offering, in an aggregate amount equal to 4% of the equity value
of the Reorganized Company, after giving effect to the Rights Offering, but prior to the issuance
of warrants and equity-based awards provided for by the Plan; |
|
|
o |
|
$25 million in satisfaction of amounts owing to CII under a management agreement (the Allen
Management Receivable), payable as provided below under Specified Fees and Expenses; |
|
|
o |
|
$150 million in cash; |
|
|
o |
|
$85 million of New CCH II Notes, which shall be deemed transferred on the Effective Date
from the existing holders of CCH I Notes; and |
27
|
o |
|
cash of up to the amount of $20 million for payment of actual out-of-pocket fees and
expenses in connection with the proposed restructuring, after submission of documentation by Mr.
Allen to the Reorganized Debtors (other than Reorganized CII) (the Allen Fee Reimbursement),
payable as provided below under Specified Fees and Expenses. |
In addition, the preferred membership interests in CC VIII held by CII will be deemed
transferred, automatically and without further action by any party, to the Reorganized Company.
For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, CII will not be liable
for any payment or distributions on account of Claims, Interests or amounts to be paid or owing by
or other obligations of any kind of the Debtors (other than CII) under or in connection with the
Plan.
The Debtors are seeking to approve the CII Settlement in conjunction with the Plan pursuant to
Rule 9019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure. The Debtors intend to present their case in
favor of the CII Settlement at the confirmation hearing and believe the CII Settlement satisfies
the standards for approving settlements in bankruptcy cases. Absent the CII Settlement, among other
things, the Plan would not be feasible because the Debtors would not be able to reinstate certain
debt obligations at CCO and CCOH.
The CII Settlement was motivated in part by a desire to ensure that the CII Settlement Claim
Parties caused CII to remain a member of Holdco through the Effective Date, thereby ensuring that a
proportionate amount of the cancellation of debt income that will be generated by the consummation
of the Plan will be allocated to the CII Settlement Claim Parties. In turn, this will result in
the retention of a larger portion of the tax attributes (including net operating losses) that will
be available to the Reorganized Company following the Effective Date. If the CII Settlement Claim
Parties converted their interest in Holdco into stock of CCI prior to the Effective Date, all of
the cancellation of debt income resulting from the consummation of the Plan would be allocated to
the Reorganized Company, which would result in the Reorganized Company having significantly less
valuable tax attributes available after the Effective Date.
The benefit to the Debtors from the CII Settlement is derived not only from the aforementioned
tax benefits and the settlement and compromise of the rights, Claims, Interests and remedies set
forth above and in the Plan, but also from the fact that without the Debtors negotiation of the
terms of the CII Settlement, the Plan would not exist. It is only through Mr. Allens agreement
with the terms of the CII Settlement that the Debtors are able to avoid the occurrence of a Change
of Control, as defined in the CCO Credit Facility. See Summary of Legal ProceedingsLegal
Proceedings in the Bankruptcy CourtChallenges to the Plan.
Lock-Up Agreement
Pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement to be entered into by the Reorganized Company and Mr. Allen,
from and after the Effective Date to but not including the earliest to occur of (i) September 15,
2014, (ii) the repayment, replacement, refinancing or substantial modification, including any
waiver, to the change of control provisions of the CCO Credit Facility
and (iii) a Change of Control, Mr. Allen shall not transfer or sell shares of New Class B
Stock received by him under the Plan or convert shares of New Class B Stock received by him under
the Plan into New Class A Stock except to certain affiliates of Mr. Allen (and such affiliates will
also be permitted to transfer such New Class B Stock to Mr. Allen and other of such affiliates).
For purposes of the Lock-Up Agreement, Change of Control means, directly or indirectly, (i) the
sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or
recapitalization of the Company), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Reorganized Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
(ii) the consummation of any transaction, including any merger or consolidation, the result of
which is that any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended) other than Mr. Allen or certain of his affiliates, becomes the holder, directly or
indirectly, of 35% or more of the combined voting power of the capital stock of the Reorganized
Company or (iii) the consummation of any transaction (including without limitation, a merger,
consolidation or recapitalization), pursuant to which any of the outstanding capital stock of the
Reorganized Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other
than any such transaction where the capital stock of the Reorganized Company outstanding
immediately prior to such transaction (other than New Class B Stock) is converted into or exchanged
for capital stock of the surviving or transferee person constituting a majority of the outstanding
voting power of such surviving or transferee person immediately after giving effect to such
transaction.
28
Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement
In connection with the Plan, the Reorganized Company, reorganized Holdco, reorganized CII and
Mr. Allen will enter into an exchange agreement (the Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement),
pursuant to which Mr. Allen and certain persons and entities affiliated with Mr. Allen (together,
the Allen Entities) will have the right, at any time and from time to time on or before the fifth
anniversary of the date of the Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement, to require the Reorganized
Company to (i) exchange all or any portion of their membership units in reorganized Holdco for
$1,000 in cash and shares of New Class A Stock in a taxable transaction, (ii) exchange 100% of the
equity in such Allen Entity for $1,000 in cash and shares of New Class A Stock in a taxable
transaction, or (iii) permit such Allen Entity to merge with and into the Reorganized Company, or a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Reorganized Company, or undertake tax-free transactions similar to
the taxable transactions in clauses (i) and (ii), provided that the exchange rights described in
clauses (ii) and (iii) above will not be available to any Allen Entity unless and until Allen
Entities have utilized 90% of CIIs available ordinary suspended losses under Section 1366(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, against ordinary income. The number of shares of
New Class A Stock that an Allen Entity receives is subject to certain adjustments, including for
certain distributions received from reorganized Holdco prior to the date the option to exchange is
exercised and for certain distributions made by the Reorganized Company to holders of its New
Common Stock. In addition, in the event that a transaction that would constitute a Change of
Control is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors not affiliated with the
person(s) proposing such transactions, the Reorganized Company will have the right to require (no
sooner than at least 120 days following the Effective Date) the Allen Entities to effect an
exchange transaction of the type elected by the Allen Entities from subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii)
above, which election is subject to certain limitations.
Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement
As part of the Plan, the Reorganized Company, reorganized CII and reorganized Holdco will
enter into an Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of reorganized Holdco (the
Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement), pursuant to which the Reorganized Company will be the manager
of reorganized Holdco and will have the authority, subject to certain limitations, to manage the
business of reorganized Holdco, including to appoint directors to reorganized Holdcos board of
directors. As reorganized Holdcos manager, the Reorganized Companys approval will be required
for reorganized Holdco to undertake certain transactions, including, but not limited to, the
issuance of reorganized Holdco membership interests, the sale of all or substantially all of
reorganized Holdcos assets, the merger of reorganized Holdco with another entity, making or
committing to certain capital expenditures in excess of reorganized Holdcos total budget and
incurring indebtedness above certain thresholds. The approval of 100% of reorganized Holdco
membership interests will be required to undertake certain transactions during the calendar year
that includes the Effective Date, including certain transactions that may potentially result in
taxable gain to reorganized CII, including, but not limited to, the issuance of reorganized Holdco
membership interests, the sale of all or substantially all of reorganized Holdcos assets and the
merger of reorganized Holdco with another entity. The Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement also
provides that the members intend for reorganized Holdco to be treated as a partnership for income
tax purposes. As such, all items of tax income, gain, loss and deduction
generated by reorganized Holdco will be allocated to its members in accordance with the
Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement.
Reinstatement and Unimpairment of Certain Claims
The Plan provides that Allowed CCO Credit Facility Claims and Allowed CCOH Credit Facility
Claims will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy
Code. Similarly, the Plan provides that Allowed CCO Notes Claims and Allowed CCOH Notes Claims
will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Treatment of Executory Contracts
The Plan provides that all of the Debtors Executory Contracts, except certain exceptions
specified in the Plan and the Plan Supplement, shall be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date.
The Plan also provides that, for each of the Debtors Executory Contracts to be assumed, the
Debtors shall designate a proposed Cure, and any disagreements as to the proposed Cure must be
filed on or before the Cure Bar Date. The Cure Bar Date shall not apply to any franchise or
Executory Contract with a state or local franchise authority.
29
Employment Agreements
Under the Plan, the Employment Agreements of CCIs Chief Executive Officer (the CEO) and
CCIs Chief Operating Officer (the COO) will be deemed assumed by the Reorganized Company as of
the Effective Date. The CEO and COO will receive cash and bonus compensation and benefits on
substantially the same terms as (but not less economically favorable than) those contained in their
respective employment agreements in effect on the date hereof. The CEO will receive (i) long-term
incentive compensation having substantially the same value as the long-term incentive compensation
contained in his employment agreement in effect on the date hereof, and (ii) a waiver with respect
to the retention bonus clawback provision contained in his employment agreement in effect on the
date hereof.
The Employment Agreements of the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Restructuring Officer, General
Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Chief Marketing Officer, and Chief Technology Officer of CCI as of
the Petition Date will be deemed assumed by the Reorganized Company as of the Effective Date,
contingent upon amending such Employment Agreements, to the extent applicable, to: (i) conform the
definition of Change in Control to the corresponding definition in the VCP; (ii) provide that
Good Reason will not exist under the Employment Agreements by virtue of the filing of the Chapter
11 Cases or the implementation of the Plan; and (iii) include an acknowledgement that, contingent
upon the VCP becoming effective as set forth in the Plan, no awards will be granted in 2009 under
the Management Incentive Plan in place as of the Petition Date. The Employment Agreements of the
Chief Accounting Officer and certain senior vice presidents of CCI will be deemed assumed by the
Reorganized Company as of the Effective Date, contingent upon amending such Employment Agreements
as set forth in subclauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.
Other Agreements
The Mutual Services Agreement (subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Plan) shall
be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date. The Consulting Agreement will be terminated without
any further obligation on the part of the reorganized CCI or any of its subsidiaries as of the
Effective Date and all claims existing thereunder at termination shall be
released and discharged as of the Effective Date.
Management Incentive Plan
The Plan also provides for a management incentive plan, which will include, among other
things, an allocation of equity-based awards representing no less than 3% of the fully diluted New
Common Stock outstanding on the Effective Date, after giving effect to the Rights Offering and the
issuance of warrants provided for by the Plan, 50% of which will be distributed as determined by
the Board of Directors no later than one month after the Effective Date.
Use of Proceeds
The Reorganized Company will utilize the proceeds from the sale and issuance of the New CCH II
Notes pursuant to the New CCH II Notes Commitment, the Rights Offering and the Overallotment Option
(if exercised) (the Net Proceeds) (a) to pay the expenses of the Rights Offering; (b) to
contribute to reorganized CCH II an amount sufficient to fund the cash payments due on the CCH II
Notes Claims; (c) to contribute to reorganized CCO to pay the CCO Swap Agreement Claims; (d) to
contribute, as necessary, to reorganized Holdco, reorganized CCHC, reorganized CCH, reorganized
CIH, reorganized CCH I and reorganized CCH II in consideration for New Value Interests; (e) to pay
Administrative Expense Claims and to make other payments as needed to confirm the Plan and to cause
the Effective Date to occur; and (f) to pay the fees and expenses described below under Specified
Fees and Expenses in the manner and order provided therein. Subject to certain limitations
described below, plus Professional Fees, the remaining Net Proceeds, if any, will be contributed to
reorganized CCO on or about the Effective Date to fund reorganized CCOs working capital
requirements following the Effective Date.
Specified Fees and Expenses
On the Effective Date, the Allen Management Receivable will be paid in cash to the extent of
Available Cash. If the Allen Management Receivable is not paid in full on the Effective Date, then
any unpaid portion thereof will be paid in cash within 30 days after the end of the first calendar
quarter following the Effective Date to the
30
extent of Available Cash on the last day of such
calendar quarter, and within 20 days after the end of each following calendar quarter to the extent
of Available Cash on the last day of each such following calendar quarter, until the Allen
Management Receivable is paid in full.
On the Effective Date (or when the Overallotment Option is received by the Reorganized
Company), following payment of the Allen Management Receivable in full, the Commitment Fees, the
Allen Fee Reimbursement and the VCP will be paid in cash to the extent of any remaining Available
Cash; provided, however, that if there is not sufficient Available Cash for payment of the
Commitment Fees, the Allen Fee Reimbursement and the VCP in full on the Effective Date, then
payment of such fees on such date will be reduced pro rata based on the amount of each such fee in
proportion to the total amount of the Commitment Fees, the Allen Fee Reimbursement and the VCP. If
the Commitment Fees, the Allen Fee Reimbursement and the VCP are not paid in full on the Effective
Date, then any unpaid portion thereof will be paid in cash within 20 days after the end of the
first calendar quarter following the Effective Date in which the Allen Management Receivable is
paid in full in Cash if there is Available Cash on the last day of such calendar quarter; provided,
however, that, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, the Allen Fee Reimbursement, the
Commitment Fees and the VCP on a pari passu basis may be paid regardless of sufficient Available
Cash. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Commitment Fees (or any portion thereof),
the Allen Fee Reimbursement (or any portion thereof) or the VCP (or any portion thereof) be paid
unless and until the Allen Management Receivable has been paid in full. Available Cash means, as
of any date of determination, all cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet of
the Reorganized Company and its
consolidated subsidiaries, excluding any cash collateral securing letters of credit and
segregated cash that may be used only as required by contract, statute or regulation (other than
funds set aside to satisfy Specified Fees and Expenses), after giving effect to the use of proceeds
described under subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the section entitled Important Aspects of the
Plan Use of Proceeds, minus the Fee Payment Threshold; provided, that if the Overallotment
Option is exercised, the cash proceeds of the Overallotment Option shall be deemed to be included
on the balance sheet of the Reorganized Company as of the Effective Date, regardless of the actual
date of funding thereof. Fee Payment Threshold means $600 million minus the sum of (i) any cash
payment of interest made during the Chapter 11 Cases on the CCH II Notes that are exchanged for New
CCH II Notes pursuant to the Exchange and (ii) any prepayment of indebtedness for borrowed money or
cash redemption payment for New Preferred Stock after the Effective Date.
If all Specified Fees and Expenses have not been paid in full on the Effective Date, cash in
the full amount of the unpaid portion of the Specified Fees and Expenses shall be retained by the
Reorganized Company pending payment, subject to the good faith determination of the Reorganized
Company to contribute all or any portion of such retained amount to direct or indirect
subsidiaries. If such amounts are contributed, alternative arrangements for actual funding by the
Reorganized Company shall be made by the Reorganized Company.
Other Provisions
Under the Plan, upon the Debtors emergence from bankruptcy, the Reorganized Companys initial
board of directors will be comprised of 11 members as described in more detail under Composition
of New Board of Directors After the Effective Date, which begins on page 57. In addition, CCIs
current Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer will continue in their same positions.
The Reorganized Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf
registration statement, and to cause such registration statement to become effective by December
15, 2009, subject to certain exceptions, covering shares of New Class A Stock, issued or issuable
on conversion, exercise or exchange of securities, held by participants in the Rights Offering,
holders of Warrants and the CII Settlement Claim Parties. In addition, certain holders of New CCH
II Notes will have their securities registered by the Reorganized Company or in some circumstances
exchanged for registered securities following the Effective Date. These registration rights will
be subject to certain customary limitations, including that securities held by holders of less than
1% of the New Class A Stock shall not be entitled to registration rights.
The Plan also provides that for a period of at least 6 months following the Effective Date,
the Reorganized Company, reorganized Holdco, reorganized CCO and each of their respective direct
and indirect subsidiaries will not negotiate, enter into agreements, understandings or arrangements
or consummate transactions in the aggregate in excess of $500 million in total value to the extent
that such transactions would occur at a price in excess of 110% of either (i) the value implied by
the Reorganized Debtors valuation analysis set forth on Exhibit D to this Disclosure
31
Statement
(the Implied Plan Value) or (ii) the appraised values, if any such appraised values are obtained
as described in the next paragraph. Any transactions occurring at a price of 110% or lower than
both the Implied Plan Value and such appraised values (if any) will not be subject to restriction
and will not be taken into account in determining whether the $500 million limitation has been
exceeded.
The Plan also provides that within 30 days after the Effective Date, at Mr. Allens request,
the Reorganized Company, reorganized Holdco and reorganized CCO will obtain (at their expense) an
independent appraisal of the fair market value of reorganized Holdcos and reorganized CCOs (and
their respective subsidiaries) tangible and intangible assets as of the Effective Date that will
include a reasonable allocation of value on an asset-by-asset basis, including any and all below
market financing arrangements as may be appropriate. The appraisal firm and scope of the appraisal
will be reasonably acceptable to Mr. Allen and the Reorganized Company, reorganized Holdco and
reorganized CCO, but will at all
times be retained by and act under the direction of the Reorganized Company, reorganized
Holdco and reorganized CCO, consulting with Mr. Allen.
The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide for the Voting Threshold.
Subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, each share of New Class B Stock will be convertible into one
share of New Class A Stock at the option of the Holder. In addition, each share of New Class B
Stock will be convertible into one share of New Class A Stock (i) at any time on or after January
1, 2011 and until September 15, 2014, at the election of a majority of the disinterested members of
the Board of Directors, and (ii) at any time on or after September 15, 2014 at the election of a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors (other than members of the Board of Directors
elected by the holders of New Class B Stock). The Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws of the Reorganized Company will also provide for
certain voting rights with respect to the election of the members of the Board of Directors as
described under Composition of New Board of Directors After the Effective Date, which begins on
page 57. In addition, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will include provisions
with respect to any business combination with or into any related party, requiring that such
business combination be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the unrelated members of
the Board of Directors and a majority of the disinterested stockholders. The Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation also provides that the Board of Directors may impose restrictions on
the trading of the Reorganized Companys stock if (i) the Reorganized Company has experienced an
owner shift as determined for purposes of Section 382 of the IRC of at least 25 percentage
points and (ii) the equity value of the Reorganized Company has decreased by at least 35% since the
Effective Date. These restrictions, which are intended to preserve the Reorganized Companys
ability to use its NOLs, may prohibit any person from acquiring stock of the Reorganized Company if
such person is a 5% shareholder or would become a 5% shareholder as a result of such
acquisition. The restrictions will not operate to prevent any stockholder from disposing of shares
and are subject to certain other exceptions relating to shares of New Common Stock issued or
issuable under the Plan. The Board of Directors ability to impose these restrictions will
terminate on the fifth anniversary of the date of the Reorganized Companys emergence from
bankruptcy.
A comprehensive description of treatment of all Claims and Interests under the Plan is
included below in the section entitled Treatment of Claims Against and Interests in the Debtors.
Treatment of Claims Against and
Interests in the Debtors
Administrative and Priority Claims
Administrative Expense Claims
Except with respect to Administrative Expense Claims that are Professional Compensation and
Reimbursement Claims and except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense
Claim and the Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of an Allowed
Administrative Expense Claim will be paid in full in cash on the later of the Distribution Date
under the Plan and the date such Administrative Expense Claim is Allowed, and the date such Allowed
Administrative Expense Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable;
provided, however, that Allowed Administrative Expense Claims that arise in the ordinary course of
the Debtors business will be paid in full in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
the terms and subject to the conditions of any agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or
other documents relating to, such transactions.
32
Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims
Except as provided in ARTICLE II.A of the Plan, all entities seeking awards by the Bankruptcy
Court of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and
including the Confirmation Date under sections 330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4), or
503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code will (1) File, on or before the date that is ninety (90) days
after the Effective Date their respective applications for final allowances of compensation for
services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred and (2) be paid in full, in cash, in such
amounts as are Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the order relating to or Allowing
any such Administrative Expense Claim. The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to pay compensation
for Professional services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred after the Confirmation
Date in the ordinary course and without the need for Bankruptcy Court approval.
Priority Tax Claims
Each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will receive, on the Distribution Date or such
later date as such Allowed Priority Tax Claim becomes due and payable, at the option of the
Debtors, one of the following treatments on account of such Claim: (1) cash in an amount equal to
the amount of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim; or (2) such other treatment as may be agreed to by
such Holder and the Debtors or otherwise determined upon an order of the Bankruptcy Court.
Classification and Treatment of Classified Claims and Interests
In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Expense Claims,
Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified
and thus are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in ARTICLE III of the
Plan.
The categories of Claims and Interests listed below classify Claims and Interests for all
purposes, including voting, confirmation and distributions pursuant to the Plan and pursuant to
sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Plan deems a Claim or Interest to be
classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the
description of that Class and will be deemed classified in a different Class to the extent that any
remainder of such Claim or Equity Interest qualifies within the description of such different
Class. A Claim or an Interest is in a particular Class only to the extent that any such Claim or
Interest is Allowed in that Class and has not been paid or otherwise settled prior to the Effective
Date. The estimated amounts of Allowed Claims set forth below are as of an assumed Effective Date
of September 30, 2009.
Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, except for Claims that are (a) expressly exempted from the
discharge provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) specifically identified as being reinstated,
all Claims that arose prior to the confirmation of the Plan will be discharged.
A. CCI
The indenture trustee for the CCI Notes Claims has raised issues with the Debtors and the
Bankruptcy Court regarding the treatment of CCI Notes Claims under the Plan. Among other things,
the indenture trustee has raised questions
as to: (a) whether certain intercompany claims, upon which the recovery to CCI Notes Claims
under the Plan are based, were compromised in the months and weeks preceding the Petition Date via
preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or otherwise; (b) the propriety of the CII
Settlement; (c) the propriety of releases granted to parties, including Mr. Allen; (d) whether a
theory can be developed to provide a recovery to CCI Notes based on tax attributes; and (e) the
value, if any, of avoidance actions that would be available to CCI and its creditors on account of
avoidance action recoveries (which avoidance actions are waived under the Plan).
In response, the Debtors first note that intercompany claims, as general unsecured claims, are
treated as paid in full or reinstated under the Plan. Moreover, the Debtors contend that the
indenture trustees allegations relate primarily, if not exclusively, to the claim that the Plan
will fail to satisfy the requirement that the CCI Notes Claims must recover more under the Plan
than they would in liquidation under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors believe that the
Plan satisfies all legal requirements to confirm the Plan, including that the Plan will provide a
higher recovery to the CCI Notes Claims than a Chapter 7 liquidation. Absent a settlement of the
allegations made by the indenture trustee or other parties, the Debtors will present their case in
support of
33
confirmation of the Plan at the hearing to confirm the Plan, the indenture trustee will
present its objections and the Bankruptcy Court will decide the matter. As evidenced by their
filing and pursuit of the Plan, the Debtors encourage creditors of CCI entitled to vote on the Plan
to cast their vote in favor of the Plan.
1. Class A-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class A-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that
may exist against CCI.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-1 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCI is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and
will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCI and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each
Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed
and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as
is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the
ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable on or before the
Effective Date will be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms
thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
2. Class A-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class A-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CCI.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCI is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be
deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCI and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the
sole option of the Debtors,
(i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CCI will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in
accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCI will be paid in full in cash, plus
Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of
an Allowed Secured Claim against CCI will receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured
Claim, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured
Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class A-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class A-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCI other than all General Unsecured Claims against CCI held by any CII Settlement Claim
Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCI is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCI and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at
the sole option of
34
the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCI will be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCI will be paid in full in cash on the Distribution Date
or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $1,019,317
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class A-4: CCI Notes Claims
The recoveries set forth below for holders of Claims
against CCI are in part on account of
intercompany claims against CCO and include liabilities payable to third parties, cash and
intercompany loans and airplane capital lease obligations. The indenture trustee for the CCI Notes
Claims has raised issues with the Debtors and the Bankruptcy Court regarding the treatment of CCI
Notes Claims under the Plan. Among other things, the indenture trustee has raised questions as to:
(a) whether certain intercompany claims, upon which the recovery to CCI Notes Claims under the Plan
are based, were compromised in the months and weeks preceding the Petition Date via preferential
transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or otherwise; (b) the reasonableness of the CII Settlement; (c)
the propriety of releases granted to parties, including Mr. Allen; (d) whether the tax attributes
of CCI should increase the recovery to the holders of the CCI Notes; and (e) the existence, if any,
of plausible avoidance actions that would be available to CCI and its creditors on account of
avoidance action recoveries (which avoidance actions are waived under the Plan).
In response, the Debtors first note that intercompany claims, as general unsecured claims, are
treated as paid in full or reinstated under the Plan. Moreover, the Debtors contend that the
indenture trustees allegations relate primarily, if not exclusively, to the claim that the Plan
will fail to satisfy the requirement to confirm that the CCI Notes Claims must recover more under
the Plan than they would in liquidation under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors
believe that the Plan
satisfies all legal requirements to confirm the Plan, including that the Plan will provide a
higher recovery to the CCI Notes Claims than a Chapter 7 liquidation. Absent a settlement of the
allegations made by the indenture trustee or other parties, the Debtors will present their case in
support of confirmation of the Plan at the hearing to confirm the Plan, the indenture trustee will
present its objections and the Bankruptcy Court will decide the matter. As evidenced by their
filing and pursuit of the Plan, the Debtors encourage creditors of CCI entitled to vote on the Plan
to cast their vote in favor of the Plan.
(a) Classification. Class A-4 consists of all CCI Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCI Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. The CCI Notes Claims shall be deemed Allowed in the aggregate
amount of $497,489,463. On the Distribution Date, each Holder of an Allowed CCI Notes Claim shall
receive its Pro Rata share of (i) New Preferred Stock and (ii) Cash in an aggregate amount equal to
$24,549,331.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $497,489,463
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 19.4%
5. Class A-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class A-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CCI other than all Section 510(b) Claims against CCI held by any CII Settlement Claim
Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a
Section 510(b) Claim against CCI is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be
deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
35
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
6. Class A-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class A-6 consists of all Interests in CCI other than all
Interests in CCI held by any CII Settlement Claim Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Interest in CCI is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed
conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCI, whether represented by stock, preferred share
purchase rights or otherwise, will be cancelled, released, and extinguished and the Holders of such
Interests will receive no distribution under the Plan on account thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
B. CII
1. Class B-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class B-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that
may exist against CII.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class B-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CII is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and
shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CII and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each
Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date under the Plan, the date such Priority Non-Tax
Claim is Allowed, and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable, or as
soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims
that arise in the ordinary course of business and which are not due and payable on or before the
Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms
thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
2. Class B-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class B-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CII.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class B-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CII is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be
deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CII and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the
sole option of CII, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CII shall be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed
Secured Claim against CII shall be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of
the Distribution Date under the Plan and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured
Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CII shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of
36
the Distribution Date under the Plan and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured
Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class B-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class B-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CII.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class B-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed
General Unsecured Claim against CII is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CII and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at
the sole option of the applicable Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CII
shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code
or (ii) each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CII shall be paid in full in Cash
on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $ 5,900,000
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class B-4: CII Shareholder Claims
(a) Classification. Class B-4 consists of CII Shareholder Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class B-4 is Impaired by the Plan. The Holder of an Allowed CII
Shareholder Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. The Holder of Allowed CII Shareholder Claims shall receive 100,000 newly
issued shares of Class A Voting Common Stock of Reorganized CII on the Effective Date.
C. Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC
1. Class C-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively
to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC and the
applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed
Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of
the Distribution Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed
Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable;
provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course
of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date will be
paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
37
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
2. Class C-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against Holdco,
Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC
is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have
accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC and the applicable
Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i)
each Allowed Secured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway,
LLC will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy
Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications
Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the
Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against Holdco,
Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC will receive the collateral securing
its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and
the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is
practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class C-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC and the
applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the
Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications
Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC will be paid in full in
cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class C-4: Holdco Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-4 consists of Holdco Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Holdco Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. The Holdco Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount
of $497,489,463. The aggregate amount distributed under the Plan on account of Class C-4 Allowed
Holdco Notes
38
Claims shall be consideration equal to $19,549,331, which consideration shall be distributed as set
forth in Class A-4 as CCI is the sole Holder of Holdco Notes Claims.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $497,489,463
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 3.9%
5. Class C-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against
Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a
Section 510(b) Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC is
not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have rejected
the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
6. Class C-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class C-6 consists of all Interests in Holdco, Enstar
Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC other than all Interests in Holdco held by any
CII Settlement Claim Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC is not
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the
Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and
Charter Gateway, LLC will remain in place in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of
$2 million to be contributed by CCI from the Rights Offering.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
D. CCHC
1. Class D-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class D-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCHC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCHC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan
and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCHC and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder,
each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed
and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as
is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the
ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable on or before the
Effective Date will be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms
thereof.
39
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
2. Class D-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class D-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CCHC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCHC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be
deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCHC and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the
sole option of the Debtors,
(i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CCHC will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in
accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCHC will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the
Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCHC will
receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the
later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or
as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class D-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class D-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCHC other than all General Unsecured Claims against CCHC held by any CII Settlement Claim
Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCHC is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCHC and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at
the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCHC will be
reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii)
each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCHC will be paid in full in cash on the
Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class D-4: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class D-4 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CCHC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a
Section 510(b) Claim against CCHC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be
deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, released and extinguished
and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distribution under the Plan on account of
such Claims.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
40
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
5. Class D-5: Interests
(a) Classification. Class D-5 consists of all Interests in CCHC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCHC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be
deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCHC will remain in place in exchange for New Value
Consideration in the amount of $2 million to be contributed by CCI from the Rights Offering.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
E. CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class E-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is not
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the
Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors
agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution
Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided,
however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors
business and which are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date will be paid in the
ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
2. Class E-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled
to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to
less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed
Secured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. will be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. will be paid in
full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such
Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is
41
practicable, or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings Capital Corp. will receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured
Claim, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured
Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class E-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-3 consists of all General
Unsecured Claims that may exist against
CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors
agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. will
be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or
(ii) each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications
Holdings Capital Corp. will be paid in full in cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter
as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class E-4: CCH Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-4 consists of CCH Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCH Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. CCH Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of
$599,379,759. On the Distribution Date, each Holder of an Allowed CCH Notes Claim shall receive its
Pro Rata share of the CCH Warrants.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $599,379,759
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0.4%
5. Class E-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a
Section 510(b) Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled
to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
42
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
6. Class E-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class E-6 consists of all Interests in CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
will remain in place in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of $1,533,180 to be
contributed by CCI from the Rights Offering.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
F. CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class F-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid
in full in cash,
plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority
Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable,
or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax
Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable
on or before the Effective Date will be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
the terms thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
2. Class F-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against
CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CIH and
CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. will be paid in full in cash,
43
plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of
an Allowed Secured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. will receive the collateral
securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution
Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is
practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class F-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-3 consists of all General
Unsecured Claims that may exist against
CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. will be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. will be paid in full
in cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class F-4: CIH Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-4 consists of CIH Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CIH Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. CIH Notes Claims will be Allowed in the aggregate amount of
$2,625,060,226. On the Distribution Date, each Holder of CIH Notes Claim will receive its Pro Rata
share of the CIH Warrants.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $2,625,060,226
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0.5%
5. Class F-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a
Section 510(b) Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
44
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
6. Class F-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class F-6 consists of all Interests in CIH and CCH I Holdings
Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. will remain in
place in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of $8,932,440 to be contributed by CCI
from the Rights Offering.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
G. CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
1. Class G-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid in full
in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority
Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable,
or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax
Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable
on or before the Effective Date will be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
the terms thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
2. Class G-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. (but excluding any Secured Claim that is also a CCH I Notes Claim).
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan
and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment
to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CCH I and
CCH I Capital Corp. will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of
the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital
Corp. will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution
Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim,
45
or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against
CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. will receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus
Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class G-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-3 consists of all General
Unsecured Claims that may exist against
CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in
accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. will be paid in full in cash on the
Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class G-4: CCH I Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-4 consists of CCH I Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCH I Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions.
(i) The CCH I Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of $4,170,040,378. On the
Distribution Date, each Holder of a CCH I Notes Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of New Class
A Stock in an aggregate amount to all such Holders equal to 100% of the New Class A Stock
outstanding as of the Effective Date, prior to giving effect to the Rights Offering, the issuance
of Warrants and any other distributions of New Class A Stock contemplated by the Plan, which New
Class A Stock (prior to such effects) shall be deemed to have an aggregate value equal to the Plan
Value minus the Warrant Value minus 3% of the equity value of the Reorganized Company, after giving
effect to the Rights Offering, but prior to the issuance of Warrants and equity-based awards
provided for by the Plan.
Each Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder shall also receive Rights pursuant to the Rights
Offering, as set forth below.
(ii) Rights Offering. Each Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder shall be offered pursuant
to the Rights Offering Documents the right to purchase shares of New Class A Stock, according to
that Holders Pro Rata Participation Amount, for a cash payment of the product of the Per Share
Purchase Price multiplied by such Pro Rata Participation Amount.
(iii) Equity Backstop by Members of the Crossover Committee. Pursuant to the
Commitment Letters, the Equity Backstop Parties have, severally and not jointly, committed to
purchase their respective Pro Rata Participation Amount in the Rights Offering.
46
(iv) Excess Backstop by the Excess Backstop Parties. Pursuant to the Commitment
Letters and the Excess Backstop Agreements, the Excess Backstop Parties have, severally and not
jointly, committed to purchase shares of New Class A Stock underlying Rights not exercised by
Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders other than the Equity Backstop Parties.
(v) Overallotment Option. Pursuant to the Commitment Letters and the Excess Backstop
Agreements, each Excess Backstop Party shall be offered the Overallotment Option.
Each Holder of CCH I Notes Claims that affirmatively represents it is not an Eligible CCH I
Notes Claim Holder on a timely submitted investor certification shall receive an amount of New
Class A Stock equal to the value of the Rights that such Holder would have been offered if it were
an accredited investor or qualified institutional buyer participating in the Rights Offering. The
value of a Right will be determined (based on the difference between the aggregate equity purchase
price of New Class A Stock embedded in a Right and the value of New Class A Stock at the
termination of the Rights Offering (assuming that the Overallotment Option is exercised in full and
subject to subsequent upward adjustment to the extent not exercised in full) that can be purchased
upon exercise of a Right) by CCI in good faith and in consultation with its financial advisor. The
value determination
will be filed within 10 days of the termination of the Rights Offering with the Bankruptcy
Court (assuming that the Overallotment Option is exercised in full and subject to subsequent upward
adjustment to the extent not exercised in full), and notice thereof (which shall include the value
of each Right so determined) shall be delivered to each such Holder that timely certified it is not
an Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder within five days of CCIs determination. Holders receiving
notice shall have 10 days following receipt of such notice to file a challenge to such notice with
the Bankruptcy Court, whose determination of such value shall be binding.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $4,170,040,378
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 12.7%
5. Class G-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against
CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a
Section 510(b) Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
6. Class G-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class G-6 consists of all Interests in CCH I and CCH I Capital
Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or reject
the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. will remain in place in
exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of $12 million to be contributed by CCI from the
Rights Offering.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
47
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
H. CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
1. Class H-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid in full
in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority
Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable,
or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax
Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable
on or before the Effective Date will be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
the terms thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
2. Class H-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against
CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH II
and CCH II Capital Corp. will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of
the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH II and
CCH II Capital Corp. will receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus
Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class H-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
48
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in
accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. will be paid in full in cash on the
Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class H-4: CCH II Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-4 consists of CCH II Notes
Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed
CCH II Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. The CCH II Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount
of $2,575,678,701 plus Post-Petition Interest. Each Holder of CCH II Notes Claims shall be paid in
full in cash in an amount equal to the Allowed amount of its Claim plus Post-Petition Interest, on
the Distribution Date, unless such Holder is a Rollover Commitment Party or elects to exchange CCH
II Notes for New CCH II Notes pursuant to the Exchange by noting such election on such Holders
ballot. Each Holder of an Allowed CCH II Notes Claim that elects to exchange as set forth above or
is a Rollover Commitment Party, shall receive the New CCH II Notes as set forth below in a
principal amount equal to the Allowed amount of its CCH II Notes Claim plus Post-Petition Interest,
subject to the Exchange Cutback set forth below. No partial Exchange of CCH II Notes shall be
allowed.
(i) Exchange. CCH II shall effectuate the Exchange pursuant to the Plan. The
aggregate principal amount of the New CCH II Notes shall be equal to the sum of (x) the Target
Amount and (y) $85 million. Each Holder of an Allowed CCH II Notes Claim that elects to exchange
CCH II Notes for New CCH II Notes pursuant to the Exchange, and each Rollover Commitment Party, in
each case
subject to the Exchange Cutback, shall be entitled to receive (A) New CCH II Notes with a principal
amount equal to the Allowed principal amount of the CCH II Notes held by such Holder or Rollover
Commitment Party, (B) New CCH II Notes with a principal amount equal to the accrued but unpaid
interest on such CCH II Notes held by such Holder or Rollover Commitment Party to the Petition
Date, and (C) New CCH II Notes with a principal amount equal to Post-Petition Interest on such CCH
II Notes. No Holder or Rollover Commitment Party shall be entitled to receive any amounts for any
call premiums or prepayment penalty with respect to the CCH II Notes.
(ii) Rollover Commitment. Pursuant to the Commitment Letters, the Rollover Commitment
Parties have, severally and not jointly (in the respective amounts set forth on Annex C), committed
to exchange on the Effective Date an aggregate of $1.21 billion in principal amount of CCH II
Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the Petition Date, plus Post-Petition Interest, but
excluding any call premiums or any prepayment penalties, for New CCH II Notes pursuant to the
Exchange, subject to the Exchange Cutback.
(iii) Exchange Cutback. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the aggregate principal
amount of New CCH II Notes to be issued to Holders of CCH II Notes Claims (including the Rollover
Commitment Parties) electing to participate in the Exchange would exceed the Target Amount, then
each participating Holder (including the Rollover Commitment Parties) shall receive its pro rata
portion of the Target Amount of New CCH II Notes in the same proportion that the Allowed amount of
CCH II Notes sought to be exchanged by such Holder bears to the total Allowed amount of CCH II
Notes sought to be exchanged, and the remainder of such Holders Allowed CCH II Notes Claims shall
be paid in full in cash on the Distribution Date.
(iv) New CCH II Notes Commitment. Pursuant to the Commitment Letters, the New CCH II
Notes Commitment Parties have, severally and not jointly (in the respective amounts set forth on
Annex D), committed to purchase additional New CCH II Notes in an aggregate principal amount of
$267 million. If the aggregate principal amount of New CCH II Notes to be issued to Holders
(including the Rollover Commitment
49
Parties) electing to participate in the Exchange is less than
the Target Amount, then the New CCH II Notes Commitment shall be funded up to the extent of such
shortfall.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $2,575,678,701
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
5. Class H-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against
CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a
Section 510(b) Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and
will be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
6. Class H-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class H-6 consists of all Interests in CCH II and CCH II Capital
Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. will remain in place
in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of $15 million to be contributed by CCI from
the Rights Offering.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 0%
I. CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class I-1: CCOH Credit Facility Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-1 consists of CCOH Credit Facility Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCOH Credit Facility Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be
deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Each Allowed CCOH Credit Facility Claim will be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $350,000,000
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
50
2. Class I-2: CCOH Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-2 consists of CCOH Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCOH Notes Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed
conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Each Allowed CCOH Notes Claim will be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired and each Holder of such Claims will receive Post-Petition Interest in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $822,471,731
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class I-3: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-3 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-3 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid
in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such
Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and
payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority
Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and
payable on or before the Effective Date will be paid in the ordinary course of business in
accordance with the terms thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class I-4: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-4 consists of all Secured Claims (but excluding CCOH
Credit Facility Claims) that may exist against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-4 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against
CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to
such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CCOH and CCO
Holdings Capital Corp. will be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124
of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings
Capital Corp. will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the
Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCOH and CCO
Holdings Capital Corp. will receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus
Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
51
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
5. Class I-5: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-5 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist against
CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. will be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. will be paid in full in
cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
6. Class I-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class I-6 consists of all Interests in CCOH and CCO Holdings
Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-6 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. will be reinstated
and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
J. CCO (and its direct and indirect subsidiaries)
1. Class J-1: CCO Credit Facility Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-1 consists of CCO Credit Facility Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCO Credit Facility Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be
deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Each Allowed CCO Credit Facility Claim will be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors will waive
and/or abjure any right to require any lender to make loans (whether term, incremental term,
revolving or swingline loans) under the CCO Credit Facility, other than loans outstanding as of the
Effective Date.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $8,246,604,237
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
52
2. Class J-2: CCO Swap Agreements Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-2 consists of CCO Swap Agreements Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-2 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCO Swap Agreements Claim against CCO is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan;
provided, however, the Debtors reserve their right to argue the proposed distribution to each
Holder of an Allowed CCO Swap Agreements Claim renders Class J-2 Unimpaired, not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan, and deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. CCO Swap Agreements Claims will be Allowed in the aggregate amount
determined by the Bankruptcy Court, plus Post-Petition Interest, but excluding any call premiums or
any prepayment penalties. Each Holder of an Allowed CCO Swap Agreements Claim shall be paid in
full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such
CCO Swap Agreements Claim becomes an Allowed CCO Swap Agreements Claim, or as soon thereafter as is
practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $497,417,000
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
3. Class J-3: CCO Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-3 consists of CCO Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-3 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCO Notes Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed
conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Each Allowed CCO Notes Claim will be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $2,400,068,487
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
4. Class J-4: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-4 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-4 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries is not entitled
to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim will be paid
in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such
Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and
payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority
Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and
payable on or before the Effective Date will be paid in the ordinary course of business in
accordance with the terms thereof.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
53
5. Class J-5: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-5 consists of all Secured Claims (but excluding CCO
Credit Facility Claims, CCO Notes Claims and CCO Swap Agreements Claims) that may exist against CCO
and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-5 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed
Secured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured
Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries will be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code,
(ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect
subsidiaries will be paid in full in cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the
Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCO and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries will receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim,
plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $8,080,000
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
6. Class J-6: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries other than all General Unsecured Claims
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries held by any CII Settlement Claim Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries is entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries will be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of
an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries will be
paid in full in cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $42,207,023
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
7. Class J-7: Interests (other than CC VIII Preferred Units held by a CII Settlement Claim
Party)
(a) Classification. Class J-7 consists of all Interests in CCO and its direct and
indirect subsidiaries (other than CC VIII Preferred Units held by a CII Settlement Claim Party).
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-7 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (other than CC VIII Preferred
Units held by a CII Settlement Claim Party) is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan
and will be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
54
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (other than CC
VIII Preferred Units held by a CII Settlement Claim Party) shall be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(d) Estimated Allowed Amount of Claims: $0
(e) Projected Percentage Recovery: 100%
55
Management of the Company After the Effective Date
The Plan provides that at least CCIs Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer will
continue in their current positions. Other key executives of the Reorganized Debtors will be
determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with CCIs Chief Executive Officer.
Biographical information for Neil Smit, President and Chief Executive Officer of CCI, Michael J.
Lovett, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of CCI and Eloise E. Schmitz,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CCI, is set forth below:
Neil Smit President and Chief Executive Officer
Neil Smit joined CCI in August 2005 as President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director. Mr. Smit has more than 20 years of experience working with multi-service
providers and leading consumer brands. Prior to joining CCI, Mr. Smit worked at Time
Warner, Inc. most recently serving as the President of Time Warners America Online Access
Business, overseeing Internet access services including America OnLine (AOL), CompuServe,
and Netscape ISP. He also served at AOL as Executive Vice President, Member Services; Chief
Operating Officer of MapQuest and several other operating roles. Prior to joining AOL in
2000, Mr. Smit was a regional president with Nabisco and was with Pillsbury in a number of
management positions. Mr. Smit served for five and a half years on active duty in the Navy
SEAL Teams and retired from the service as a lieutenant commander.
Mr. Smit serves on the boards of the National Cable and Telecommunications
Association, CableLabs and C-SPAN. He has a bachelors of science degree from Duke
University and a masters degree from Tufts Universitys Fletcher School.
Michael J. Lovett Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Mike Lovett is Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, with
responsibility for oversight of the Debtors two operating groups and company-wide customer
care. Mr. Lovett was promoted to Executive Vice President of Operations and Customer Care
in September 2004, and to his current position in April 2005. He joined CCI in August 2003
as Senior Vice President of Operations Support, providing strategic and tactical support to
field operations to ensure cross-functional alignment of all elements of the Company.
Mr. Lovetts career in cable television began in 1980 with Centel Communications where
he held a number of positions in operations. He was with Jones Intercable, Inc. from 1989
to 1999, rising to Senior Vice President with responsibility for operations in nine states;
and AT&T Broadband as Regional Vice President of Operations from June 1999 to November
2000. He served as Executive Vice President of Operations for OneSecure, Inc., a startup
managed security service company providing management/monitoring of firewalls and virtual
private networks, from November 2000 to December 2001; and was Chief Operating Officer for
Voyant Technologies Inc., a voice conferencing hardware/software solutions provider in
Denver, from December 2001 to August 2003.
Eloise E. Schmitz Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Eloise Schmitz is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for CCI. Ms.
Schmitz manages the Debtors mergers and acquisitions, strategic planning and capital
structure activities, as well as the Companys financial functions, including accounting,
financial planning and analysis, tax, and treasury.
Ms. Schmitz joined CCI in July 1998 as Vice President, Finance and Acquisitions. Prior
to joining CCI, Ms. Schmitz was Vice President, Group Manager, of the Franchise and
Communications Group for Mercantile Bank, now US Bank, in St. Louis. There, she was
responsible for initiating, structuring, and arranging leverage-acquisition debt facilities
for companies in the telecommunications and media industries. Before that, she served as a
corporate banker at First Union for five years.
56
Composition of New Board of Directors After the Effective Date
Under the Plan, upon the Debtors emergence from bankruptcy, the Reorganized Companys initial
Board of Directors will be fixed at 11 members. Each projected holder of 10% or more of the voting
power of the Reorganized Company on the Effective Date (and giving effect to the Overallotment
Option) based on such holders pro rata share of New Class A Stock (i) to be received in respect of
its CCH I Notes Claims, (ii) purchased pursuant to its exercise of Rights and (iii) purchased
pursuant to the exercise by such holder of its Overallotment Option, if any, on or prior to the
date that is five business days prior to the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, will have
the right to appoint one member of the initial Board of Directors upon emergence for each 10% of
the voting power attributable to such holders New Class A Stock based on clauses (i) through (iii)
above. Mr. Allen will have the right to appoint four of the 11 members of the initial Board of
Directors, and Neil Smit, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Reorganized Company,
will also serve on the initial Board of Directors. The identity of these members will be disclosed
in a supplement to the Plan prior to the hearing on Confirmation of the Plan. Members of the
initial Board of Directors will serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders which will not
be held until at least 12 months after the Effective Date. Thereafter, for as long as shares of New
Class B Stock are outstanding, holders of New Class B Stock will have the right to elect 35% of the
members of the Board of Directors (rounded up to the next whole number), and all other members of
the Board of Directors will be elected by majority vote of the holders of New Class A Stock and New
Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, members of the Board of Directors
elected by holders of New Class B Stock will have no less than proportionate representation on each
committee of the Board of Directors, subject to applicable SEC and stock exchange rules and except
for any committee formed solely for the purpose of reviewing, recommending and/or authorizing any
transaction in which holders of New Class B Stock or their affiliates (other than the Reorganized
Company or its subsidiaries) are interested parties. In addition, CCIs current Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Operating Officer will continue in their same positions.
In order for the Board of Directors to take action at any meeting, a quorum must be present.
Because the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for 11 seats on the Board of
Directors, in order to establish a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, six or more
directors must be present.
Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors will disclose, prior to
Confirmation of the Plan, the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the
initial Board of Directors or be an officer of each of the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent any
such director or officer of CCI is an insider under the Bankruptcy Code, the nature and amount of
any compensation to be paid to such director or officer will also be disclosed.
57
The Reorganized Debtors Upon Emergence
The Reorganized Debtors Business Upon Emergence
The Debtors will continue to be principally engaged in the operation of broadband
communications businesses in the United States. We expect to continue to offer traditional cable
video programming, high-speed Internet access, and telephone service, as well as advanced broadband
services (such as Charter OnDemand video service, high definition television service, and digital
video recorder service).
The Reorganized Debtors Capital Structure Upon Emergence
Secured Bank Debt
Following consummation of the Plan, the CCO Credit Facility and the CCOH Credit Facility will
remain outstanding. However, the Debtors have irrevocably waived any right to engage in any
additional borrowing under the reinstated CCO Credit Facility and the reinstated CCOH Credit
Facility. See Our History and Our Chapter 11 Cases The Debtors Pre-Petition Capital
Structure.
Outstanding Notes
Following consummation of the Plan, all of the currently outstanding notes issued by CCOH and
CCO will remain outstanding, along with the New CCH II Notes to be issued under the Plan on the
Effective Date. See Our History and Our Chapter 11 Cases The Debtors Pre-Petition Capital
Structure, which begins on page 18, and Description of the New CCH II Notes, which begins on
page 62.
Trade Claims
Pursuant to the Plan, and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Debtors will continue
to pay trade Claims in the ordinary course of business.
Interests of Certain Reorganized Debtors
Upon consummation of the Plan, New Common Stock, New Preferred Stock and additional new stock
of reorganized CII will be issued in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Reorganized CIIs
equity interests in reorganized Holdco to the extent of a 1% direct equity interest in reorganized
Holdco will not be cancelled, released or extinguished, and reorganized CII will retain such
interest in reorganized Holdco under the Plan. The Reorganized Company will receive all remaining
equity interests in reorganized Holdco. See Description of Capital Stock, which begins on page
64.
Interests in Holdco, CCHC, CCH, Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., CIH, CCH I
Holdings Capital Corp., CIH, CCH I Capital Corp., CCH II, CCH II Capital Corp., Enstar
Communications Corporation and Charter Gateway, LLC shall remain in place in exchange for new value
consideration to be contributed by the Reorganized Company from the Rights Offering.
Interests in CCO Holdings, CCO and its subsidiaries, except for the preferred membership
interests in CC VIII, will be Unimpaired and will be reinstated and remain in place following the
Effective Date. Reorganized CCH I shall retain its preferred membership interests in CC VIII and
the preferred membership interests in CC VIII held by CII shall be deemed transferred,
automatically and without further action by any party, to the Reorganized Company.
58
The Reorganized Companys Capitalization Upon Consummation of the Plan
The following table sets forth both the Reorganized Companys and its consolidated
subsidiaries cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of February 28, 2009, (i) on an
actual basis and (ii) on an as-adjusted basis to reflect the consummation of the Plan and
application of the proceeds from the Rights Offering and New CCH II Notes Commitment, assuming $267
million aggregate principal amount of New CCH II Notes are issued and sold pursuant to the New CCH
II Notes Commitment, as described under the heading Important Aspects of the Plan Use of
Proceeds, and assumes an Effective Date of September 30, 2009.
This table should be read together with the more detailed information contained elsewhere in
this Disclosure Statement, including Treatment of Claims Against and Interests in the Debtors,
beginning on page 32.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2009 |
|
|
|
Pre-Emergence |
|
|
Post-Emergence |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
(in millions except per |
|
|
|
share data) |
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
$ |
722 |
|
|
$ |
571 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charter Communications, Inc.: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.875% convertible senior notes due 2009 |
|
$ |
3 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
6.500% convertible senior notes due 2027(1) |
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
|
|
Charter Communications Holdings, LLC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior and senior discount notes |
|
|
440 |
|
|
|
|
|
CCH I Holdings, LLC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior and senior discount notes(1) |
|
|
2,534 |
|
|
|
|
|
CCH I, LLC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.000% senior notes due 2015(1) |
|
|
4,071 |
|
|
|
|
|
CCH II, LLC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.250% senior notes due 2010 |
|
|
1,857 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.250% senior notes due 2013(1) |
|
|
598 |
|
|
|
|
|
13.500% senior notes due 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,706 |
|
CCO Holdings, LLC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.750% senior notes due 2013 |
|
|
797 |
|
|
|
797 |
|
Charter Communications Operating, LLC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.000% senior second lien notes due 2012 |
|
|
1,100 |
|
|
|
1,100 |
|
83/8% senior second lien notes due 2014 |
|
|
770 |
|
|
|
770 |
|
10.875% senior second lien notes due 2014 |
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
527 |
|
Credit Facilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCOH |
|
$ |
350 |
|
|
$ |
350 |
|
CCO |
|
|
8,247 |
|
|
|
8,247 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Long-Term Debt |
|
$ |
21,670 |
|
|
$ |
13,497 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans Payable Related Party(2) |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
72 |
|
Noncontrolling Interest(3) |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity (Deficit) |
|
|
(10,544 |
) |
|
|
2,413 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Capitalization |
|
$ |
11,369 |
|
|
$ |
15,982 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The accreted values presented above generally represent the principal amount of the notes less
the original issue discount at the time of sale, plus the accretion to the balance sheet date.
However, the current accreted |
59
|
|
|
|
|
value for legal purposes and notes indenture purposes (the amount that is currently payable
if the debt becomes immediately due) is equal to the principal amount of notes. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents an exchangeable accreting note that was issued in October 2005 by CCHC in relation
to the CC VIII settlement. |
|
(3) |
|
Noncontrolling interest represents Mr. Allens 30% preferred membership interests in CC VIII,
an indirect subsidiary of Holdco and an allocation of approximately 47% of Holdcos net losses
since January 2009. |
The Debtors Organizational and Capital Structure Upon Consummation of the Plan
The chart on the following page sets forth the Debtors organizational and capital structure
on the Effective Date of the Plan. The equity ownership, voting percentages, and indebtedness
amounts shown below are approximations based on information available to the Debtors as of February
28, 2009, and do not give effect to any exercise, conversion or exchange of then outstanding
options, and other convertible or exchangeable securities or intercompany debt eliminated in
consolidation for accounting purposes. Indebtedness amounts shown below are accreted values for
financial reporting purposes as of December 31, 2008 and do not give effect to any debt eliminated
in consolidation. All amounts shown reflect the confirmation of the Plan and application of the
proceeds from the Rights Offering and New CCH II Notes Commitment, assuming $267 million aggregate
principal amount of New CCH II Notes are issued and sold pursuant to the New CCH II Notes
Commitment, as described under the heading Important Aspects of the Plan Use of Proceeds.
60
Corporate Organizational and Capital Structure Upon Effective Date
61
(1) CCH II, LLC (CCH II):
13.500% senior notes due 2016
Guarantee: The notes due October 2016 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by CCH.
Security Interest: None.
(2) CCO Holdings, LLC (CCOH):
8 3/4% senior notes due November 15, 2013 ($796 million)
CCOH Credit Facility ($350 million)
Guarantee: None
Security Interest: The obligations of CCOH under the junior credit facility are secured by a junior lien on CCOHs equity interest in Charter
Communications Operating, LLC and all proceeds of such equity interest, junior to the liens of the holders of the notes listed under item (3)
below.
(3) Charter Communications Operating, LLC (CCO):
8.000% senior second-lien notes due April 30, 2012 ($1,100 million)
83/8% senior second-lien notes due April 30, 2014 ($770 million)
10.875% senior second-lien notes due September 15, 2014 ($527 million)
CCOH Credit Facility ($8,246 million)
Guarantee: All CCO notes are guaranteed by CCOH and those subsidiaries of CCO that are guarantors
of, or otherwise obligors with respect to, indebtedness under the CCO credit facilities. The CCO
Credit Facility is guaranteed by CCOH and certain subsidiaries of CCO.
Security Interest: The CCO notes and related note guarantees are secured by a second-priority lien
on substantially all of CCOs and certain of its subsidiaries assets that secure the obligations
of CCO or any subsidiary of CCO with respect to the CCO senior secured credit facilities. The CCO
Credit Facility is secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of CCO and
its subsidiaries and a pledge by CCOH of its equity interests in CCO.
* All amounts outstanding assume an Effective Date of September 30, 2009
Description of the New CCH II Notes
The New CCH II Notes will be issued by reorganized CCH II and reorganized CCH II Capital Corp.
The New CCH II Notes will pay interest in cash semi-annually in arrears at the rate of 13.5% per
annum and will be unsecured. The notes will mature in 2016.
The New CCH II Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture a draft of which will be
available on CCIs website at www.charter.com under the Financial Restructuring tab at least 10
days prior to the Voting Deadline. This description is not complete and is qualified in it entirety
by the form of the indenture.
Redemption
At any time prior to the third anniversary of their issuance, reorganized CCH II will be
permitted to redeem up to 35% of the New CCH II Notes with the proceeds of an equity offering, for
cash equal to 113.5% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the New CCH II Notes being
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
At or any time prior to the third anniversary of their issuance, reorganized CCH II will be
permitted to redeem the New CCH II Notes, in whole or in part, at the principal amount outstanding
plus a make-whole premium calculated based on a discount rate of the Treasury rate plus 50 basis
points.
After the third anniversary of their issuance, the New CCH II Notes will be subject to
redemption by reorganized CCH II for cash equal to 106.75% of the principal amount of the New CCH
II Notes being redeemed for redemptions made during the fourth year following their issuance,
103.375% for redemptions made during the fifth year following their issuance, 101.6875% in the
sixth year following their issuance, and 100.000% for redemptions made thereafter, in each case,
together with accrued and unpaid interest.
Change of Control Offer
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in the indenture, each holder of New
CCH II Notes will have the right to require reorganized CCH II to repurchase all or any part of
that holders New CCH II Notes at
62
a repurchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the New CCH II Notes
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.
Restrictive Covenants
The indenture will contain restrictions on the ability of reorganized CCH II and reorganized
CCH IIs restricted subsidiaries to, without limitation: (i) incur indebtedness, (ii) create liens,
(iii) pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock and other restricted
payments, (iv) make investments, (v) sell assets, (vi) create restrictions on the ability of
restricted subsidiaries to make certain payments and asset transfers, (vii) enter into
sale-leaseback transactions, (viii) enter into transactions with affiliates, (ix) consolidate,
merge or sell all or substantially all of their assets or (x) engage in certain types of
transactions with respect to indebtedness of parents and subsidiaries. However, such covenants will
be subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions including, without limitation,
provisions allowing reorganized CCH II and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional
indebtedness as long as reorganized CCH IIs leverage ratio is not greater than 5.75 to 1.0. In
addition, reorganized CCH II will be permitted to incur up to $1 billion of additional indebtedness
under one or more credit facilities and will be permitted to incur another $300 million under a
general exception.
Events of Default
Holders of at least 25% in the aggregate of the New CCH II Notes then outstanding may
accelerate the obligations due under the notes upon any of the following circumstances: (i) default
for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of interest on the New CCH II Notes; (ii) default
in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the New CCH II Notes; (iii) the
failure to comply with the indentures change of control or merger covenants; (iv) the failure to
comply with other covenants for 30 consecutive days after notice is given by holders of at least
25% of the aggregate principal amount of the New CCH II Notes then outstanding; (v) the occurrence
of a payment default or acceleration of indebtedness in excess of $100 million under another
instrument of reorganized CCH II or its restricted subsidiaries; (vi) failure to pay a judgment in
excess of $100 million against reorganized CCH II or its restricted subsidiaries which judgment is
not paid, discharged or stayed for 60 days; or (viii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or
liquidation.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
Without the consent of holders of the New CCH II Notes, reorganized CCH II and the trustee may
amend or supplement the indenture or the notes to (i) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(ii) provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes; (iii)
provide for or confirm the issuance of additional New CCH II Notes; (iv) provide for the assumption
of obligations under the New CCH II Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all
or substantially all of the assets of reorganized CCH II and its restricted subsidiaries; (v) make
any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of New CCH II Notes
or that does not adversely affect the legal rights of holders of the New CCH II Notes under the
indenture; (vi) release any subsidiary guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the
indenture; (vii) add a guarantor; or (viii) comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect
or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,
or otherwise as necessary to comply with applicable law.
Except as provided in the next paragraph, the indenture or the New CCH II Notes may be amended
or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the New CCH II Notes then outstanding.
Without the consent of each holder of New CCH II Notes affected thereby, an amendment,
supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any New CCH II Notes held by such holder): (i) reduce
the principal amount of such notes; (ii) change the fixed maturity of such notes or reduce the
premium payable upon redemption of such notes; (iii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for
payment of interest on such notes; (iv) waive a default or an event of default in the payment of
principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the notes (except a rescission of acceleration of
the notes by the holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from
such acceleration); (v) make such notes payable in money other than that stated in such notes; (vi)
make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past defaults applicable
to any notes or the rights of holders thereof to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if
any, or
63
interest on such notes; (vii) waive certain redemption payments with respect to such notes; or
(viii) make any changes to the provisions of the indenture relating to amendments and waivers
requiring the consent of holders.
Description of Capital Stock
The following is a description of the material terms of the Reorganized Companys capital
stock to be issued upon emergence from Chapter 11. This description also summarizes certain
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL).
Authorized Capital Stock
Following the Debtors emergence from bankruptcy, the Reorganized Company will have the
authority to issue a total of 1,175,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of:
|
|
|
900,000,000 shares of New Class A Stock; |
|
|
|
|
25,000,000 shares of New Class B Stock; and |
|
|
|
|
250,000,000 shares of preferred stock, including 72,000 shares of New Preferred
Stock. |
Outstanding Capital Stock
The number of shares of capital stock to be issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date
will be determined prior to the Confirmation of the Plan.
Rights and Preferences of the Reorganized Companys Capital Stock
Voting Rights
Holders of shares of our capital stock issued upon emergence will be entitled to vote on all
matters submitted to a vote of the Reorganized Companys stockholders, including the election of
directors as follows:
|
|
|
Shares of New Class A Stock will be entitled to one vote per share; |
|
|
|
|
Shares of New Class B Stock will be entitled to a number of votes per share,
which at all times when shares of New Class B Stock are outstanding will represent
35% of the combined voting power of the Reorganized Companys capital stock; and |
|
|
|
|
Shares of New Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote per share. |
Holders of capital stock of the Reorganized Company, other than Mr. Allen and certain of his
affiliates, will be subject to a reduction of their voting power to comply with the Voting
Threshold. The holders of New Common Stock and holders of New Preferred Stock and their respective
affiliates will not have cumulative voting rights.
Under the amended and restated bylaws of the Reorganized Company, the number of members of the
Board of Directors shall be fixed at 11 members. Except for the initial Board of Directors, which
will be appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan as described above in Composition of New Board
of Directors After the Effective Date, for as long as shares of New Class B Stock are outstanding,
holders of New Class B Stock will have the right to elect 35% of the members of the Board of
Directors (rounded up to the next whole number), and all other members of the Board of Directors
will be elected by majority vote of the holders of New Class A Stock (and any series of preferred
stock then entitled to vote at an election of the directors).
Under the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (i) any director may be removed
for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding New Class A
Stock and New Class B Stock (and any series of preferred stock then entitled to vote at an election
of directors), voting together as a single class, (ii) any director elected by the holders of New
Class B Stock voting separately as a class may be removed
64
from office, without cause, solely by the vote of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding
New Class B Stock, voting as a separate class, and (iii) any director elected by the vote of the
holders of New Class A Stock voting separately as a class (including holders of voting preferred
stock, as applicable) may be removed from office, without cause, solely by the vote of a majority
of the voting power of the outstanding New Class A Stock, voting separately as a class (including
any holders of voting preferred stock entitled to vote thereon).
Common Stock
General
The New Class B Stock will be identical to the New Class A Stock except with respect to
certain voting, transfer and conversion rights. Subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, each share of New
Class B Stock will be convertible into one share of New Class A Stock at the option of the holder
or, at any time on or after January 1, 2011, at the option of the disinterested members of the
Board of Directors.
New Class B Stock will be subject to significant transfer restrictions. New Class A Stock,
however, issued upon conversion of the New Class B Stock, will not be subject to the same
restrictions. Shares of New Class B Stock will at all times be held only by Authorized Class B
Holders, and upon any transfer to a person or entity other than an Authorized Class B Holder, each
share of New Class B Stock will be automatically converted into one share of New Class A Stock. In
addition, certain restrictions on conversion and transfer of New Class B Stock will be set forth in
the Lock-Up Agreement. Shares of the New Class B Stock will only be issued to Mr. Allen or certain
of his affiliates as described under The CII Settlement beginning on page 26.
Upon consummation of the Plan, certain holders of New Class A Stock and securities
convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into New Class A Stock and certain holders of the New CCH
II Notes will have their securities registered by the Reorganized Company or in some circumstances
exchanged for registered securities following the Effective Date. These registration rights will be
subject to certain customary limitations, including that securities held by holders of less than 1%
of the New Class A Stock shall not be entitled to registration rights.
Dividend Rights
Subject to limitations under Delaware law, preferences that may apply to any outstanding
shares of preferred stock, and contractual restrictions, holders of each class of New Common Stock
are entitled to receive ratably dividends or other distributions when and if declared by the Board
of Directors. In addition to such restrictions, whether any future dividends are paid to the
Reorganized Companys stockholders will depend on decisions that will be made by the Board of
Directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including the Debtors financial condition,
contractual restrictions, corporate law restrictions, capital requirements and business prospects.
The ability of the Board of Directors to declare dividends also will be subject to the rights of
any holders of outstanding shares of the Reorganized Companys preferred stock, including the New
Preferred Stock, and the availability of sufficient funds under the DGCL to pay dividends. For a
more complete description of the dividend rights of holders of shares of the Reorganized Companys
preferred stock, see Series A 15% Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock, Blank Check Preferred Stock and
Liquidation Preference below.
Warrants to Purchase New Class A Stock
The CIH Settlement Claim Warrants will have an exercise price based on a total equity value of
the Reorganized Company of $5.3 billion and shall expire five years after the date of issuance. The
CCH Settlement Claim Warrants will have an exercise price based on a total equity value of the
Reorganized Company of $5.8 billion and shall expire five years after the date of issuance. The CII
Settlement Claim Warrants will have the terms set forth under Important Aspects of the Plan The
CII Settlement. The Warrants provide for a cashless exercise by the Warrant holder. The Warrant
exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to
adjustment upon certain events including:
stock subdivisions, combinations, splits, stock dividends, capital reorganizations, or capital
reclassifications of the New Class A Stock and in connection with certain distributions of cash,
assets or securities. In addition, holders of CII Settlement Claim Warrants will have the right to
participate, along with other holders of New Common Stock, in future below-market offerings of
rights to purchase securities (including but not limited to New Common Stock) on an as-exercised
basis. The Warrants are not redeemable.
65
Series A 15% Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock
Shares of our New Preferred Stock will rank senior as to dividends to shares of New Common
Stock. For the first four years after the Effective Date, each share of New Preferred Stock is
entitled to an annual dividend at the rate of 15% of the initial liquidation preference of $1,000
(equivalent to $150 per annum per share), payable in cash or, at the option of the Reorganized
Company, by issuing additional New Preferred Stock in the amount of the dividend payment, or a
combination of both. Such dividends will be cumulative and will be payable semi-annually in arrears
on January 15 and July 15 of each year. The New Preferred Stock is not convertible or exchangeable
at the option of a holder thereof into any other class or series of stock or obligations of the
Reorganized Company and for the first six months after the Effective Date the New Preferred Stock
may only be redeemed in cash.
Thereafter, the Reorganized Company may redeem the New Preferred Stock in whole or in part at
any time upon at least 15 days prior written notice and payment of 100% of the liquidation
preference, together with accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not declared, which
amounts are payable in cash, New Common Stock or a combination of both. To the extent any shares of
New Preferred Stock are not redeemed within the four years following the Effective Date, the New
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to an annual dividend as follows: in the fifth year after the
Effective Date, 17%, in the sixth year after the Effective Date, 19%, and in the seventh year after
the Effective Date or any time thereafter, 21%. The terms of the New Preferred Stock require that
seven years after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Company shall redeem the New Preferred Stock
at 100% of the liquidation preference, together with accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, whether
or not declared, which amounts are payable in cash, New Common Stock or a combination of both. Any
redemption payment in New Common Stock may not exceed 20% of the fully diluted New Common Stock at
the time of such redemption payment.
In the event of the Reorganized Companys voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding-up,
bankruptcy or dissolution, after payment in full of all amounts owed to the Debtors creditors and
any stock senior to the New Preferred Stock, holders of New Preferred Stock will be entitled to
receive and to be paid out of the Reorganized Companys assets available for distribution to its
stockholders, before any payment or distribution is made to holders of junior stock (including New
Common Stock), a liquidation preference in the amount of $1,000 per share of New Preferred Stock,
plus accumulated and unpaid dividends on the shares to the payment date of liquidation, winding-up,
bankruptcy or dissolution. If, upon the Reorganized Companys voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
winding-up, bankruptcy or dissolution, the amounts payable with respect to the liquidation
preference of the New Preferred Stock and all stock pari passu to the New Preferred Stock are not
paid in full, the holders of the New Preferred Stock and such pari passu stock will share equally
and ratably in any distribution of the Reorganized Companys assets in proportion to the full
liquidation preference and accumulated and unpaid dividends to which they are entitled. In each
case, after the payment in full of all amounts owed to the Debtors creditors and all amounts owed
to holders of New Preferred Stock or any other preferred stock outstanding, the remaining assets of
the Reorganized Company will be distributed ratably to the holders of shares of New Common Stock,
treated as a single class. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of shares of New
Common Stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares
of the New Preferred Stock as well as any series of preferred stock which the Reorganized Company
may designate and issue in the future without stockholder approval.
Blank Check Preferred Stock
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of
Directors will be authorized to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of approximately 250
million shares of additional series of preferred stock and to fix or alter the designations,
preferences, rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each
series, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and
terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation
preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. These additional shares may be used
for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital
or to facilitate acquisitions. If the Board of Directors decides to issue shares to persons
supportive of current management, this could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to
obtain
control of the company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.
Authorized but unissued shares also could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking
to obtain control of the Reorganized Company.
66
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for the Reorganized Companys New Class A Stock will be
determined prior to the Effective Date of the Plan.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to
corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors fiduciary
duties. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to
the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, the Reorganized Companys bylaws provide
that the Reorganized Company must indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by the DGCL. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision
that eliminates the personal liability of directors to the Reorganized Company or its stockholders
for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such
exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists
or hereafter may be amended.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and the Reorganized Companys bylaws may discourage stockholders from
bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also
have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers,
even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In
addition, the Reorganized Company may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of
settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification
provisions.
The Reorganized Companys Ownership Upon Emergence
Upon emergence, all shares of New Class B Stock will be owned by Mr. Allen and entities
affiliated with Mr. Allen, which will be approximately 2% of the outstanding New Common Stock and
35% of the voting power of all of the outstanding New Common Stock.
The identity of the owners of the New Class A Stock upon emergence, which will be
approximately 97% of the outstanding New Common Stock (including the impact of the exchange of
reorganized Holdco equity for New Class A Stock by Mr. Allen and certain of his affiliates) and 65%
of the voting power of all of the New Common Stock, is not determinable at this time because, among
other reasons, the identity of all creditors receiving New Class A Stock is not known.
Shares of New Class A Stock will be distributed upon emergence as follows:
|
|
approximately 19.5% of the New Class A Stock will be distributed to CCH I Notes
Claim Holders; and |
|
|
|
approximately 80.5% of the New Class A Stock will be sold
pursuant to the Rights Offering. |
The allocation of New Class A Stock outlined above does not give effect to New Class A Stock
distributable upon exercise of:
|
|
CIH Warrants (which are exercisable for 5% of that number of shares of New Common Stock
outstanding upon emergence, on a fully-diluted basis); |
|
|
|
CCH Warrants (which are exercisable for 1% of that number of shares of New Common Stock
outstanding upon emergence, on a fully-diluted basis); |
|
|
|
CII Settlement Claim Warrants (which are exercisable for 4% of that number of shares of
New Common Stock outstanding upon emergence, on a fully-diluted basis); |
|
|
|
the Overallotment Option which is the option to purchase additional shares of New
Class A Stock at the Per Share Purchase Price for approximately 16% of the shares of New Common
Stock to be outstanding upon emergence. |
67
In addition, the Management Incentive Plan will include, among other things, an allocation of
equity-based awards of New Class A Stock in the amount of 3% of the shares of New Class A Stock
outstanding on the Effective Date.
The parties who have committed to purchase New Class A Stock are affiliates of the Apollo
Management, Crestview Partners, Franklin Templeton, MFC Global, Oaktree Capital, and Western Asset
Management.
If the Overallotment Option is exercised, holders of New Common Stock and Warrants will suffer
dilution of their investment due to sales of New Common Stock Stock at a discount to the valuation
used to satisfy Claims. Issuances of awards under the Management Incentive Plan may also dilute the
investment of holders of New Class A Stock and Warrants.
Summary of Legal Proceedings
Because of the size and nature of the Debtors business, the Debtors are party to numerous
legal proceedings. Most of these legal proceedings have arisen in the ordinary course of the
Debtors business and involve claims for money damages. Whether these claims are or will be
liquidated or resolved in the Bankruptcy Court or in some other jurisdiction depends upon the
nature of the claims and the debt arising therefrom.
Following is a summary of certain of the Debtors significant legal
proceedings:2
Legal Proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court
Avoidance Actions
A number of transactions occurred prior to the Petition Date that may have given rise to
Claims, including preference actions, fraudulent transfer and conveyance actions, rights of setoff
and other Claims or causes of action under sections 510, 544, 547, 548, 549, 550 and/or 553 of the
Bankruptcy Code and other applicable bankruptcy or non-bankruptcy law (collectively, the Avoidance
Actions).
Pursuant to section 546(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the statute of limitations with respect to
the commencement of avoidance or recovery actions under sections 544, 545, 547, 548, and 553 of the
Bankruptcy Code will expire on March 27, 2011, i.e., two years after the Petition Date. To date,
the Debtors have not made a determination whether they have any Avoidance Actions to prosecute. See
Effect of Confirmation of the Plan, which begins on page 94.
Challenges to the Plan
First Lien Lenders
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JPM) is the administrative agent under the CCO Credit Facility
(in such capacity, the Administrative Agent) for the lenders from time to time party thereto
(collectively, the Lenders).
JPM asserts that the Plan cannot be confirmed and, as a result, should not be proposed.
Specifically JPM contends the following with respect to the Plan:
A. The Plan Cannot Be Confirmed Because It Fails to Give Effect to the Cross Acceleration
Default.
JPMs Argument
|
|
|
2 |
|
This summary is not intended as an exhaustive description of all pending legal matters or
proceedings in which CCI or its Debtor and non-Debtor affiliates are involved. Certain legal
proceedings may be subject to appeal in or outside the Bankruptcy Court. Nothing in this
discussion is deemed to be an admission by CCI or any of its Debtor or non-Debtor affiliates
of any liability or wrongdoing. Please consult each Debtors Schedule of Liabilities and
Statement of Financial Affairs, which were filed with the Bankruptcy Court on April 10, 2009,
for additional information. |
68
Pursuant to the CCO Credit Facility, it is an Event of Default if the Indebtedness of any
Designated Holding Company (DHC) is accelerated (among other events). The Plan cannot be
confirmed because its treatment of the CCO Credit Facility obligations as unimpaired under Section
1124 of the Bankruptcy Code assumes that the cross acceleration Event of Default under the CCO
Credit Facility is not enforceable. However, this Event of Default is enforceable both as a matter
of law and equity because CCO is solvent; all of its creditors will be paid in full; and there are
no overriding bankruptcy policies which would render cross acceleration unenforceable. To the
contrary, when a debtor is solvent the bankruptcy rule is that where there is a contractual
provision, valid under state law...the bankruptcy court will enforce the contractual provision.
Gencarelli v. UPS Capital Bus. Credit, 501 F.3d 1, 7 (1st Cir., 2007) (internal quotation marks and
italics omitted) (citing Debentureholders Protective Comm. of Contl Inv. Corp. v. Contl Inv.
Corp., 679 F.2d 264, 269 (1st Cir. 1982)). Moreover, because the Plan does not cure this Event of
Default, the Debtors cannot satisfy the standards for unimpairment under Section 1124 and thus the
Plan cannot be confirmed.
The Debtors Response
In contrast, the Debtors maintain that JPMs position is inconsistent with the plain language
of Section 1124, which expressly prevents a creditor from exercising its contractual rights of
acceleration. 11 U.S.C. § 1124(2) (notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable law
that entitles the holder of such claim or interest to demand or receive accelerated payment ...);
see also In re Kizzac Mgmt. Corp., 44 B.R. 496, 501 (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. 1984) (Although the
creditors rights arising out of acceleration are in fact affected by cure and reinstatement, they
are deemed unimpaired.). Moreover, Section 1124 also makes plain that ipso facto defaults do not
need to be cured in order for a claim to be unimpaired. Where a single acceleration clause cannot
bar reinstatement, it follows with equal force that multiple cross-referencing acceleration clauses
cannot do so either. See, e.g., In re Mirant Corp., 2005 Bankr. LEXIS 909, at *28 (Bankr. N.D. Tex.
2005) (holding that affirming cross-defaults to defeat non-impairment of senior claims would be
inconsistent with the purposes of Chapter 11). Thus, Debtors submit that, contrary to JPMs
assertion, there is in fact an overriding bankruptcy policy that renders cross-acceleration
unenforceable: the language and purpose of Section 1124 itself.
B. Pre-Petition, the Debtors Made Certain Misrepresentations in Connection With $750 Million
of Borrowings That Are Neither Cured Nor Curable by the Plan.
JPMs Argument
On or about October 1, 2008 (if not earlier), at least two of the DHCs, CCH and CCH I
Holdings, LLC (CIH), had become unable to pay their debts as they came due resulting in an Event
of Default under the CCO Credit Facility. This Event of Default was evidenced by, among other
things, the fact that in the fourth quarter of 2008 the Debtors discontinued their historical
practice of paying interest on CCHs debt via dividend payments up from CCO. The Debtors
discontinued their practice because certain of the DHCs had become insolvent or otherwise
financially distressed and laws, such as the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, fraudulent
transfer laws and fiduciary duty laws, prohibited such dividends in those circumstances, and those
same circumstances establish that at least CCH and CIH had become unable to pay their debts as they
would become due.
From October 2 through November 5, 2008, CCO borrowed funds totaling $750 million from the
Lenders in four separate borrowing requests. Each time CCO represented under the CCO Credit
Facility that no Default or Event of Default had occurred and was continuing. These representations
were false when made because, as discussed above, by this time at least CCH and CIH had become
unable to pay their debts as they would become due, and these false representations gave rise to
additional Events of Default.
These (and other) Events of Default are set forth in detail in an adversary proceeding
commenced by JPM in the bankruptcy case. See Complaint, Docket No. 1, Adv. Pro. 09-01132 (JMP)
(Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Mar. 27, 2009). These Events of Default are continuing and cannot be cured.
Because the Plan does not cure these Events of Default it cannot satisfy the standards for
unimpairment under Section 1124 and thus the Plan cannot be confirmed.
The Debtors Response
As set forth in Debtors motion to dismiss JPMs adversary proceeding, JPM has not alleged any
actual default under the CCO Credit Facility. JPM does not and cannot allege that the DHCs
ever missed a debt
69
payment as it became due, and instead attempts to assert the existence of an obligation that
appears nowhere in the CCO Credit Facility. The CCO Credit Facility contains no requirement that
the Debtors be able to pay their debts as they would become due at an indefinite point in the
future, yet JPMs entire complaint rests on the faulty premise that Debtors had this obligation.
Accordingly, Debtors maintain that dismissal of all claims is appropriate.
C. Consummation of the Plan Would Create a New Event of Default Under the CCO Credit Facility
Because a Group, Other Than the Paul Allen Group, Would Have the Power to Vote More Than 35% of
the Ordinary Voting Power.
JPMs Argument
Under the CCO Credit Facility, it is an Event of Default if the Paul Allen Group ceases to
have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of Equity Interests having at
least 35% (determined on a fully diluted basis) of the ordinary voting power for the management of
CCO. It also is an Event of Default if a transaction is consummated through which a person or
group other than the Paul Allen Group has the power to vote or direct the voting of Equity
Interests having more than 35% of the ordinary voting power for the management of CCO, unless the
Paul Allen Group has a greater voting percentage. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 defines a
group as when two or more persons agree to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding,
voting or disposing of equity securities of an issuer. A group is deemed to have been formed if
persons agree to act in concert or in furtherance of a common objective, and their agreement to
act together relates to the acquisition, holding, voting or disposing of equity securities of an
issuer. See, e.g., Wellman v. Dickinson, 682 F.2d 355, 263 (2d Cir. 1982).
The New Class B Stock gives the Paul Allen Group 35% voting control over CCI. It does not give
the Paul Allen Group voting control over CCOs equity shares, but rather that CCO remains under the
control of its parent affiliates, ultimately CCI. The noteholders constituting the Crossover
Committee will retain the vast majority of the voting interests in CCI. Consequently, under the
Plan, the majority of CCIs directors are selected by the noteholders constituting the Crossover
Committee, not the Paul Allen Group. Under this structure the Paul Allen Group therefore has no
voting control over CCO.
In addition, there is ample evidence that that noteholders in these cases constitute a
group. This evidence includes (without limitation):
|
|
|
the formation of a self-appointed Committee by this group of
bondholders; |
|
|
|
|
the retention of common counsel to represent the
group and each member thereof; |
|
|
|
|
the groups retention of common
financial advisors; |
|
|
|
|
the commitment to execute, and actual execution, by each group member of
identical Plan Support Agreements and Commitment Letters incorporating identical Plan-related
term sheets; |
|
|
|
|
the groups commitment to purchase reorganized equity under the Rights Offering; |
|
|
|
|
the ability of the majority of the group to bind each member to the groups
determination of whether the Plan, Disclosure Statement and Confirmation Order are acceptable
and thus binding on all of the members of that Committee; |
|
|
|
|
the ability of the majority of the group to modify the obligations of individual
Committee members under the Restructuring Agreement and related Term Sheet; |
|
|
|
|
the ability of the majority of the group to waive certain deadlines under a
members Restructuring Agreement; and |
|
|
|
|
the coordination of all group activities with the Allen Entities (thus creating
another group). |
70
Consequently, the restructuring transactions described in the Plan create new Events of
Default. The Paul Allen Group has no equity voting power over CCO and that all of the equity voting
control over CCO has been transferred to the noteholder group. Because nothing in the Plan cures
these Events of Default, the Lenders Obligations cannot be rendered unimpaired under the Plan and
thus the Plan cannot be confirmed.
The Debtors Response
No Event of Default has occurred and no group, as defined in the CCO Credit Facility, has
been formed. Even if what Lenders describe could be characterized as a change of control a
characterization that Debtors contest on legal, factual and contractual grounds such an alleged
change of control would not render the Lenders claims impaired under Section 1124. Moreover, this
alleged change of control would have no bearing on the Lenders rights to receive their
contracted-for interest and principal and thus would not prevent reinstatement in any event. See,
e.g., In re Orlando Tennis World Dev. Co., 34 B.R. 558, 562 (Bankr. M.D. Fla. 1983).
D. The Plans Releases and Injunctions Impair the Lenders.
JPMs Argument
The Plan provides that:
the Holders of Claims and Interests shall be deemed to provide a full discharge and release to
the Debtor Releasees and their respective property from any and all Causes of Action, whether known
or unknown, whether for tort, contract, violations of federal or state securities laws or
otherwise, arising from or related in any way to the Debtors, including those in any way related to
the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan; provided, that the foregoing Third Party Release shall not
operate to waive or release any person or Entity (other than a Debtor Releasee) from any Causes of
Action expressly set forth in and preserved by the Plan, the Plan Supplement or related documents.
See the Plan, Article X, E. In addition, the Plan seeks to permanently enjoin all entities
from commencing or continuing any Cause of Action released or to be released pursuant to the Plan.
See the Plan, Article X, F.
These Plan provisions would release and enjoin the Lenders from prosecuting any claims or
causes of action the Lenders have against the Debtors pursuant to the CCO Credit Facility. Section
1124 requires that the Plan preserve all of the Lenders legal, equitable and contractual rights.
Because the Plan releases and prevents the Lenders from prosecuting claims they may have arising
under the CCO Credit Facility, the Debtors cannot satisfy the standards for unimpairment under
Section 1124 and thus the Plan cannot be confirmed.
The Debtors Response
The Debtors assert that none of the releases in the Plan affect the Unimpaired status of
ones Claim.
E. The Lenders Appeal Rights Are Preserved Under the Plan and Any Reversal on Appeal May Give
Rise to Plan Defaults and Losses for Non-CCO Creditors.
JPMs Argument
The Plan, if confirmed, would by law preserve all of the Lenders legal, equitable and
contractual rights. See 11 U.S.C § 1124. The right to appeal is among the Lenders rights the Plan
would expressly preserve. Accordingly, in the event the Lenders pursue any appeal after
confirmation of any adverse ruling of any of the above issues, the reversal on appeal of such an
order would permit the Lenders to accelerate and demand immediate payment of all Obligations under
the CCO Credit Facility. If the Obligations are accelerated after the Plan becomes effective, the
consequences and potential economic losses to other holders of claims against the Debtors, other
than CCO, and to those who acquire interests in reorganized CCI under the Plan, could be material
and may give rise to post consummation Plan defaults.
The aggregate principal amount of the Obligations as of the Petition Date is approximately
$8,246,604,237, plus letters of credit in the face amount of approximately $140,074,350, plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon and fees and expenses.
71
The Debtors Response
Contrary to the Lenders assertion, the Debtors note that Section 1124 does not require
preservation of all legal, equitable and contractual rights in order for a claim or interest to be
unimpaired. It contemplates only those legal, equitable and contractual rights to which such claim
or interest entitles the holder of such claim or interest. 11 U.S.C. §§ 1124(1); 1124(2)(E). Here,
the Lenders claims and interests in the bankruptcy estate do not entitle them to a right to
appeal. Any right to appeal arises from and depends on the procedural posture of pending
litigation, not as an entitlement inherent in the Lenders contractual claims and interests.
Moreover, no right to appeal has been limited here, as the Lenders are still free to file
whatever legal papers they choose. By the Lenders expansive interpretation of that right,
reinstatement under Section 1124 would never be viable because a creditor could always argue that
it intended to appeal the confirmation order and might have a chance of winning. Such an
interpretation would render Section 1124 meaningless.
The First Lien Lender Group
The foregoing contentions of JPM are also supported by an unofficial group of unaffiliated
Lenders (the First Lien Lender Group) holding approximately $2.0 billion of indebtedness under
the Credit Agreement. The First Lien Lender Group is comprised of the Lenders listed in the
Verified Statement of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP Pursuant to Rule 2019 of the Federal
Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, Dkt. No. 168, as amended from time to time.
First Lien Lenders Argument
In addition to joining in the contentions of JPM, the First Lien Lender Group asserts that the
Plan cannot be confirmed due to the existence of certain other defaults under the Credit Agreement.
The First Lien Lender Group filed an objection to the Disclosure Statement (see Dkt. No. 248)
contending, inter alia, that the Plan is unconfirmable on its face and that approval of the
Disclosure Statement should be deferred pending judicial determination of the foregoing issues,
among others.
The First Lien Lender Group also asserts that the Debtors failure to disclose the identities
of the directors that are to serve on the board of directors of reorganized CCI gives rise to the
possibility that the composition of the board of directors, when it is finally revealed, may result
in additional defaults under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides that it shall be a
default if a majority of the members of CCIs board of directors cease to be Continuing
Directors, i.e., directors who were members of the board of directors of CCI on the date certain
indebtedness was issued or directors who were nominated or elected with the approval of a majority
of the Continuing Directors. Without knowing the identity of the proposed directors of
reorganized CCI, it is impossible to evaluate the Debtors compliance with the Continuing
Directors mandate. Moreover, the identity of the proposed directors of reorganized CCI, as well as
the process that was used to select such directors, the business affiliations of such directors,
and any relationships between such directors and the members of Crossover Committee, among other
things, are all factors that are relevant to the existence of the defaults raised by JPM that are
discussed above.
The Debtors Response
The Debtors maintain that there are no defaults under the CCO Credit Facility that make the
Plan unconfirmable, and that no basis exists for deferring approval of this Disclosure Statement.
Second and Third Lien Lenders
Second and Third Lien Lenders Argument
Wilmington Trust Company, as indenture trustee on behalf of the holders of the CCO Notes (the
Second Lien Indenture Trustee), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in its capacities as successor
Administrative Agent and Successor Collateral Agent (collectively, the Third Lien Agent), for the
third
lien prepetition secured lenders under the CCOH Credit Facility, contend that if, as the First
Lien Lenders allege above, the Debtors are unable to reinstate the claims arising under the CCO
Credit Facility, the Debtors will also be unable to reinstate the claims
72
arising under the CCO Notes and the CCOH Credit Facility. Moreover, the Second Lien Indenture
Trustee and Third Lien Agent believe that the restructuring proposed in the Plan will constitute a
Change of Control as that term is defined in the indentures governing the CCO Credit Facility and
the CCO Notes, which will entitle the holders of the CCO Notes and the secured lenders under the
CCOH Credit Facility to demand immediate repayment of their claims in accordance with the terms of
the CCO Notes and the CCOH Credit Facility. Finally, the Second Lien Indenture Trustee and the
Third Lien Agent also contend that the releases and exculpations granted under the Plan may prevent
reinstatement of the CCO Notes and the CCOH Credit Facility and are otherwise invalid under
controlling Second Circuit authorities.
The Debtors Response
In response, Debtors note that whether or not one claim is unimpaired should have no bearing
on the impairment of another claim; the reinstatement analysis under Section 1124 will be conducted
independently for each set of claims and interests. Moreover, even if what Lenders describe could
be characterized as a change of control a characterization that Debtors contest on legal,
factual and contractual grounds such an alleged change of control would not render the Lenders
claims impaired under Section 1124. Moreover, this alleged change of control event would have no
bearing on the Lenders rights to receive their contracted-for interest and principal and thus
would not prevent reinstatement in any event. See, e.g., In re Orlando Tennis World Dev. Co., 34
B.R. 558, 562 (Bankr. M.D. Fla. 1983). Finally, the Debtors dispute on a variety of grounds that
any of the releases in the Plan affects the Unimpaired status of ones Claim.
Pending Legal Proceedings outside the Bankruptcy Court
Through the Petition Date, the Debtors were involved in the following material legal
proceedings. The Debtors are vigorously defending themselves in each of these matters. The
proceedings set forth below are stayed under the automatic stay provisions of section 362 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Claims arising from these proceedings will be treated in accordance with the Plan.
Patent Litigation
Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. v. Charter Communications, Inc. et. al. On September
5, 2006, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. served a lawsuit on CCI, CCHC, CCO, and Charter
Communications Entertainment LLC, and a group of other companies, in the U.S. District Court for
the District of Delaware alleging that CCI and the other defendants have infringed its interactive
telephone patents. The Charter entities denied the allegations raised in the complaint. On March
20, 2007, the Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation transferred this case, along with 24
others, to the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California for coordinated and
consolidated pretrial proceedings. is The Charter entities are vigorously contesting this matter.
Rembrandt Patent Litigation. On June 1, 2006, Rembrandt Technologies, LP sued CCI, CCO, and
several other cable companies in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas,
alleging that each defendants high-speed data service infringes three patents owned by Rembrandt
and that CCIs and CCOs receipt and retransmission of ATSC digital terrestrial broadcast signals
infringes a fourth patent owned by Rembrandt (Rembrandt I). On November 30, 2006, Rembrandt
Technologies, LP again filed suit against CCI, CCO, and another cable company in the U.S. District
Court for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging patent infringement of an additional five patents
allegedly related to high-speed Internet over cable (Rembrandt II). CCI and CCO have denied all of
Rembrandts allegations. On June 18, 2007, the Rembrandt I and Rembrandt II cases were combined in
a multi-district litigation proceeding in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. On
November 21, 2007, certain vendors of the equipment that is the subject of Rembrandt I and
Rembrandt II cases filed an action against Rembrandt in U.S. District Court for the District of
Delaware seeking a declaration of non-infringement and invalidity on all but one of the patents at
issue in those cases. On January 16, 2008 Rembrandt filed an answer in that case and a third party
counterclaim against CCI, CCO, and the other multiple system operators for infringement of all but
one of the patents already at issue in Rembrandt I and Rembrandt II cases. On February 7, 2008, CCI
and CCO answered Rembrandts counterclaims and added a counter-counterclaim against Rembrandt for a
declaration of non-infringement on the remaining patent. CCI and CCO are vigorously contesting
the Rembrandt I and Rembrandt II cases.
73
Verizon Patent Litigation. On February 5, 2008, four Verizon entities sued CCI and two other
CCI subsidiaries in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging that the
provision of telephone service by CCI infringes eight patents owned by the Verizon entities
(Verizon I). A trial is scheduled for February 2010. On December 31, 2008, forty-four of the
Debtors filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia alleging
that Verizon and two of its subsidiaries infringe four patents related to television transmission
technology (Verizon II). On February 6, 2009, Verizon responded to the complaint by denying the
Debtors allegations, asserting counterclaims for non-infringement and invalidity of Debtors
patents and asserting counterclaims against CCI for infringement of eight patents. On January 15,
2009, CCI filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York
seeking a declaration of non-infringement on two patents owned by Verizon (Verizon III). The
Debtors are vigorously contesting the allegations made against it in Verizon I and Verizon II.
We are also a defendant or co-defendant in several other unrelated lawsuits claiming
infringement of various patents relating to various aspects of our businesses. Other industry
participants are also defendants in certain of these cases, and, in many cases including those
described above, we expect that any potential liability would be the responsibility of our
equipment vendors pursuant to applicable contractual indemnification provisions.
In the event that a court ultimately determines that we infringe on any intellectual property
rights, we may be subject to substantial damages and/or an injunction that could require us or our
vendors to modify certain products and services we offer to our subscribers, as well as negotiate
royalty or license agreements with respect to the patents at issue. While we believe the lawsuits
are without merit and intend to defend the actions vigorously, all of these patent lawsuits could
be material to our consolidated results of operations of any one period, and no assurance can be
given that any adverse outcome would not be material to our consolidated financial condition,
results of operations, or liquidity.
Employment Litigation
Marc Goodell v. Charter Communications, LLC and Charter Communications, Inc. On August 28,
2008, plaintiff filed a complaint against Charter Communications, LLC (CC LLC) and CCI in the
United States District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin. The complaint subsequently was
amended on or about October 31, 2008, and again on January 7, 2009, to reduce the scope of the
claims asserted and add four additional plaintiffs. In their Second Amended Complaint, Plaintiffs
seek to represent a class of current and former broadband, system, and other types of technicians
who are or were employed by CC LLC or CCI in Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri or California. They
allege that CC LLC and CCI violated certain wage and hour statutes of those four states by failing
to pay technicians for all hours worked. CC LLC and CCI have answered the second amended complaint,
asserting a variety of defenses. By stipulation, the parties jointly moved the district court to
stay the proceedings in this action on or about in February 20, 2009 in response to CCIs announced
intention to make a bankruptcy filing. On February 23, 2009, the district court, sua sponte, issued
an order dismissing the lawsuit without prejudice. The district court reserved the right to vacate
the order upon request by either party and further indicated that the matter would be reinstated
under a number of conditions, including CCIs emergence from bankruptcy if the claims were not
disposed of in the bankruptcy case. Plaintiff moved the district court to vacate its dismissal
order on March 12, 2009, arguing that the dismissal would be prejudicial to the putative class
members. On March 31, 2009, the district court entered an order, vacating its prior order,
reinstating the action and staying it. Although CC LLC and CCI question the authority of the
district court to modify its dismissal order after CCI filed for bankruptcy, neither party nor the
district court has raised that issue. CC LLC and CCI continue to deny all liability, believe that
they have substantial defenses and intend, if and when the action resumes active litigation, to
contest the claims asserted there vigorously. We have been subjected, in the normal course of
business, to the assertion of other similar claims and could be subjected to additional such
claims. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any such claims.
Other Proceedings
Gerald Paul Bodet, Jr. v. Charter Communications, Inc. and Charter Communications Holding
Company, LLC. On or about March 16, 2009, plaintiff filed, but did not serve, a class action
against CCI
and Holdco, alleging violations of the Sherman Act and Louisiana Unfair Trade Practices Act
for allegedly tying the provision of premium cable programming to the purchase or rental of a set
top box from CCI and Holdco. We understand similar claims have been made against other multiple
system cable operators. At the appropriate time, CCI and Holdco
74
intend to deny any liability, are advised that they have substantial defenses, and intend to
vigorously defend this case.
We also are party to other lawsuits and claims that arise in the ordinary course of conducting
our business. The ultimate outcome of these other legal matters pending against us or our
subsidiaries cannot be predicted, and although such lawsuits and claims are not expected
individually to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of
operations, or liquidity, such lawsuits could have in the aggregate a material adverse effect on
our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity. Whether or not we
ultimately prevail in any particular lawsuit or claim, litigation can be time consuming and costly
and injure our reputation.
Projected Financial Information
Attached as Exhibit C is consolidated projected financial statement information, including
consolidated balance sheets, consolidated income statements and consolidated statements of cash
flows (together, the Projections) for the period from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2013
(the Projection Period). The Projections assume an Effective Date of September 30, 2009.
The Projections have been prepared by the Debtors management. Such Projections were not
prepared to comply with the guidelines for prospective financial statements published by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the rules and regulations of the United
States Securities and Exchange Commission. The Debtors relied upon the accuracy and completeness of
publicly available information, and portions of the information herein may be based upon certain
statements, estimates and forecasts provided by third parties with respect to the anticipated
future performance of the Reorganized Company. The Debtors did not attempt independently to audit
or verify such information. Further, the Debtors independent accountants have neither examined nor
compiled the accompanying actual results and projections and, accordingly, do not express an
opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to the Projections, assume no responsibility
for the Projections and disclaim any association with the projections. Except for purposes of this
disclosure statement, the Debtors do not publish projections of their anticipated financial
position or results of operations.
The Projections contain certain statements that are forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are subject to a
number of assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, many of which are and will be beyond the control
of the Reorganized Company, including the implementation of the Plan, the continuing availability
of sufficient borrowing capacity or other financing to fund future principal payments of debt,
existing and future governmental regulations and actions of government bodies, natural disasters
and unusual weather conditions and other market and competitive conditions. Holders of Claims and
Interests are cautioned that the forward-looking statements speak as of the date made and are not
guarantees of future performance. Actual results or developments may differ materially from the
expectations expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements, and the Debtors and the
Reorganized Company undertake no obligation to update any such statements.
The Projections, while presented with numerical specificity, are necessarily based on a
variety of estimates and assumptions which, though considered reasonable by the Debtors, may not be
realized and are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, industry,
regulatory, market and financial uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are and will be
beyond the Reorganized Companys control. The Debtors caution that no representations can be made
or are made as to the accuracy of the historical financial information or the Projections or to the
Reorganized Companys ability to achieve the projected results. Some assumptions may prove to be
inaccurate. Moreover, events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the date on which the
Projections were prepared may be different from those assumed, or, alternatively, may have been
unanticipated, and thus the occurrence of these events may affect financial results in a materially
adverse or materially beneficial manner. The Debtors and the Reorganized Company do not intend and
undertake no obligation to update or otherwise revise the Projections to reflect events or
circumstances existing or arising after the date this Disclosure Statement is initially filed or to
reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. The projections, therefore, may not be relied upon
as a
guaranty or other assurance of the actual results that will occur. In deciding whether to vote
to accept or reject the Plan, holders of Claims or Interests must make their own determinations as
to the reasonableness of such assumptions and the reliability of the Projections.
75
Creditors and other interested parties should see the section entitled Risk Factors of this
Disclosure Statement for a discussion of certain factors that may affect the future financial
performance of the Reorganized Debtors.
The Projections make certain assumptions regarding, among other things, the growth of the
Debtors subscriber base, the Debtors penetration into the telephone market, the growth in their
sales of bundled cable, internet and telephone services, the proportion of the Debtors revenue
growth derived from their video-on-demand and digital video recorder services and the proportion of
the Debtors revenue growth derived from their telephone and high-speed Internet services.
Moreover, the Projections have been prepared based on assumption that the Effective Date of the
Plan is September 30, 2009 and assume the successful implementation of the Reorganized Companys
business plan. Although the Debtors presently intend to cause the Effective Date to occur as soon
as practical following confirmation of the Plan, there can be no assurance as to when the Effective
Date will actually occur given the conditions for the Effective Date to occur pursuant to the terms
of the Plan.
The Projections are based on, among other things: (a) current and projected market conditions
in each of the Reorganized Companys respective markets; (b) the ability to maintain sufficient
working capital to fund operations; and (c) confirmation of the Plan.
Risk Factors
Before voting on the Plan, holders of Claims and Interests should read and consider carefully
the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information set forth in this Disclosure
Statement and the documents delivered together herewith, referred to or incorporated by reference
herein, including the Risk Factors set forth in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, prior to voting to
accept or reject the Plan. Although these risk factors are many, these factors should not be
regarded as constituting the only risks present in connection with the Debtors businesses or the
Plan and its implementation.
Risks Relating to Bankruptcy
Debtors May Not Be Able to Obtain Confirmation of the Plan
To emerge successfully from Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection as a viable entity, the Debtors,
like any debtor, must obtain approval of a plan of reorganization from their creditors,
confirmation of the plan through the Bankruptcy Court and successfully implement this confirmed
plan. The foregoing process requires the Debtors to (a) meet certain statutory requirements with
respect to the adequacy of disclosure with respect to any proposed plan, (b) solicit and obtain
creditor acceptances of the proposed plan and (c) fulfill other statutory conditions with respect
to plan confirmation.
With regard to any proposed plan of reorganization, the Debtors may not receive the requisite
acceptances to confirm a plan. If the requisite acceptances of the Plan are received, the Debtors
intend to seek Confirmation of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court. If the requisite acceptances are
not received, the Debtors may nevertheless seek Confirmation of the Plan notwithstanding the
dissent of certain Classes of Claims. The Bankruptcy Court may confirm the Plan pursuant to the
cramdown provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, which allow the Bankruptcy Court to confirm a plan
that has been rejected by an impaired class of Claims if it determines that the plan satisfies
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. In order to confirm a plan against a dissenting class, the
Bankruptcy Court also must find that at least one impaired class has accepted the plan, with such
acceptance being determined without including the acceptance of any insider in such class.
The Debtors will seek under the Plan to reinstate and render unimpaired certain classes of
Claims based on notes and credit facilities pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. The
creditor banks and/or other interested parties are expected to challenge reinstatement and
unimpairment. In particular, the Administrative Agent has commenced an adversary proceeding seeking
a declaratory judgment that certain defaults and events of default have occurred and are continuing
under the CCO Credit Facility. The Administrative Agent contends that the alleged existence of such
defaults and events of default prevent
reinstatement of the claims arising under the CCO Credit Facility. The contentions of JPM are
also supported by the First Lien Lender Group. In addition to joining in the contentions of the
Administrative Agent, the First Lien Lender Group believes that the Plan cannot be confirmed due to
the existence of certain other defaults under the CCO Credit Facility. The Indenture Trustee and
the CCOH
76
Administrative Agent contend that, as a result of certain cross acceleration clauses contained in
the indentures governing the CCO Notes and in the CCOH Credit Facility, the Debtors inability to
reinstate the claims arising under the CCO Credit Facility will also result in the Debtors
inability to reinstate the claims arising under the CCO Notes and the CCOH Credit Facility. The
Administrative Agent, the First Lien Lender Group, the Indenture Trustee and the CCOH
Administrative Agent contend that a Change of Control as defined in the CCO Credit Facility, the
indenture governing the CCO Notes, and other documents, may occur, thus creating further defaults
under the CCO Credit Facility and the CCOH Credit Facility, accelerating the debt under the CCO
Credit Facility and entitling the holders of the CCO Notes and the lenders under the CCOH Credit
Facility to demand immediate repayment of their claims in accordance with the terms of the CCO
Notes and the CCOH Credit Facility. The First Lien Lender Group, the CCOH Administrative Agent and
the Indenture Trustee also contend that the releases and exculpations granted under the Plan may
prevent reinstatement of the CCO Credit Facility, the CCO Notes and the CCOH Credit Facility, and
are otherwise invalid. Because the Plan is contingent on reinstatement and unimpairment, failure to
reinstate the credit facilities, indentures and certain notes would require the Debtors to revise
or abandon the Plan. Moreover, if reinstatement and unimpairment does not occur and current capital
market conditions persist, the Debtors may not be able to secure adequate new financing and the
cost of any such new financing would likely be materially higher.
Even if the requisite acceptances of a proposed plan are received, the Bankruptcy Court may
not confirm the plan as proposed. A dissenting Holder of a claim against the Debtors could
challenge the balloting procedures and results as not being in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code.
Finally, even if the Bankruptcy Court determined that the balloting procedures and results were
appropriate, the Bankruptcy Court could still decline to confirm a proposed plan if it found that
any of the statutory requirements for confirmation had not been met. Specifically, section 1129 of
the Bankruptcy Code sets forth the requirements for confirmation and requires, among other things,
a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that (a) the debtors plan does not unfairly discriminate and
is fair and equitable with respect to any non-accepting classes, (b) confirmation of the debtors
plan is not likely to be followed by a liquidation or a need for further financial reorganization
and (c) the value of distributions to non-accepting Holders of Claims within a particular class
under the debtors plan will not be less than the value of distributions such Holders would receive
if the debtor was liquidated under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Bankruptcy Court may
determine that a proposed plan does not satisfy one or more of these requirements, in which case
the proposed plan would not be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.
If the Plan is not confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, it is unclear whether the Debtors would
be able to reorganize their businesses and what, if any, distributions Holders of Claims against or
Holders of the Debtors common stock or other equity interests ultimately would receive with
respect to their Claims or equity interests. There also can be no assurance that the Debtors will
be able to successfully develop, prosecute, confirm, and consummate an alternative plan of
reorganization with respect to the Chapter 11 Cases that is acceptable to the Bankruptcy Court and
the Debtors creditors, equityholders and other parties in interest. Additionally, it is possible
that third parties may seek and obtain approval to terminate or shorten the exclusivity period
during which only the Debtors may propose and confirm a plan of reorganization. Finally, the
Debtors emergence from bankruptcy is not assured. While the Debtors expect to emerge from
bankruptcy in the future, there can be no assurance that the Debtors will successfully reorganize
or when this reorganization will occur.
The conditions precedent to the Effective Date of the Plan may not occur.
As more fully set forth in Exhibit A, the Effective Date is subject to a number of conditions
precedent. If such conditions precedent are not met or waived, the Effective Date will not take
place.
Historical financial information of the Debtors may not be comparable to the financial information
of the Reorganized Debtors.
As a result of the consummation of the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Reorganized Debtors from and after the
Effective Date
may not be comparable to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in the
Debtors historical financial statements.
77
The Debtors may not be able to achieve their projected financial results.
The financial projections set forth on Exhibit C to this Disclosure Statement represent the
Debtors managements best estimate of the Debtors future financial performance based on currently
known facts and assumptions about the Debtors future operations as well as the U.S. and world
economy in general and the industry segments in which the Debtors operate in particular. The
Debtors actual financial results may differ significantly from the projections. If the Debtors do
not achieve their projected financial results, the trading prices of the New Common Stock may be
negatively affected and the Debtors may lack sufficient liquidity to continue operating as planned
after the Effective Date.
The Plan Support Agreements may terminate.
Pursuant to the Plan Support Agreements, the Committed Parties have agreed to support the
Plan; subject, however to certain termination events not having occurred, including, without
limitation:
|
|
|
CCIs board of directors shall have been advised in writing by its outside counsel that
continued pursuit of the Plan is inconsistent with its fiduciary duties because, and the
board of directors determines in good faith that, (A) a proposal or offer from a third
party is reasonably likely to be more favorable to the Debtors than is proposed under the
Plan, taking into account, among other factors, the identity of the third party, the
likelihood that any such proposal or offer will be negotiated to finality within a
reasonable time, and the potential loss to the company if the proposal or offer were not
accepted and consummated, or (B) the Plan is no longer confirmable or feasible; |
|
|
|
|
the Plan or any subsequent plan filed by the Debtors with the Bankruptcy Court
(or a plan supported or endorsed by the Debtors) is not reasonably consistent in all material
respects with the terms of the Plan Support Agreements; |
|
|
|
|
a disclosure statement order reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the holders of
a majority of the CCH I Notes held by the Crossover Committee (the Requisite Holders) and Mr.
Allen has not been entered by the bankruptcy court on or before the 50th day following the
Petition Date; |
|
|
|
|
a confirmation order reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Requisite Holders
and Mr. Allen is not entered by the bankruptcy court on or before the 130th day following the
Petition Date; |
|
|
|
|
the Effective Date shall not have occurred on or before the 150th day following
the Petition Date, or before December 15, 2009 in the case that certain consents, approvals or
waivers required to be obtained from governmental authorities have not been obtained on or
before the 150th day following the Petition Date, and all other conditions precedent to the
Effective Date shall have been satisfied before the 150th day following the Petition Date or
waived by the Requisite Holders (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be
satisfied on the Effective Date); |
|
|
|
|
any of the Chapter 11 cases of the Debtors is converted to cases under Chapter 7
of the Bankruptcy Code if as a result of such conversion the Plan is not confirmable; |
|
|
|
|
the Bankruptcy Court enters an order in any of the Chapter 11 Cases appointing
(i) a trustee under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) a responsible officer
or (iii) an examiner, in each case with enlarged powers relating to the operation of the
business (powers beyond those set forth in subclauses (3) and (4) of section 1106(a)) under
section 1106(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; |
|
|
|
|
any of the Chapter 11 cases of the Debtors is dismissed if as a result of such
dismissal the Plan is not confirmable; |
|
|
|
|
the order confirming the Plan is reversed on appeal or vacated; |
|
|
|
|
any party breaches any material provision of the Plan Support Agreements or the
Plan and any such breach has not been duly waived or cured after a period of five days; |
78
|
|
|
CCI withdraws the Plan or publicly announces its intention not to support the Plan; and |
|
|
|
|
any Plan Support Agreement or the separate restructuring agreement among CCI, Mr.
Allen and CII has terminated or been breached in any material respect, subject to notice and
cure provisions. |
To the extent the terms or conditions of the Plan Support Agreements are not satisfied, or to
the extent events of termination arise under the Plan Support Agreements, the Plan Support
Agreements may terminate prior to the confirmation or consummation of the Plan, which could result
in the loss of support for the Plan by important creditor constituents. Any such loss of support
could adversely effect the Debtors ability to confirm and consummate the Plan.
A liquid trading market for New Common Stock may not develop.
As of the Effective Date, New Class A Stock will not be listed for trading on any stock
exchange or trading system, however, the Reorganized Company will cause New Class A Stock to be
listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market within the timeframe specified in the Plan. Consequently,
the near-term trading liquidity of the New Class A Stock will be limited. The future liquidity of
the trading market for New Class A Stock will depend on, among other things, the number of holders
of New Class A Stock, whether the stock is listed for trading on an exchange, and whether the
Reorganized Company continues to be a public reporting company following the Effective Date.
Certain holders of Claims may acquire a substantial amount of New Common Stock upon consummation of
the Plan.
During the Chapter 11 Cases, there is no limitation on the trading of Claims, except the
requirement under the Plan Support Agreements that any transferee of Claims agrees to become bound
by the transferors Plan Support Agreement. Accordingly, upon consummation of the Plan, certain
holders of Claims are likely to receive distributions of the New Common Stock representing a
substantial amount of the outstanding shares of the New Common Stock. In addition, certain holders
of Claims may already hold a sufficiently sizeable position that they may receive a distribution of
a significant percentage of the New Common Stock, and thus could be in a position to influence the
outcome of actions requiring stockholder approval, including, among other things, election of
directors (subject to the Voting Threshold). This concentration of ownership could also facilitate
or hinder a negotiated change of control of the Reorganized Company and, consequently, impact the
value of the New Common Stock. Furthermore, the possibility that one or more holders of a
significant number of shares of New Common Stock may sell all or a large portion of its shares of
New Common Stock in a short period of time may adversely affect the trading prices of the New
Common Stock.
Holders of New Class A Stock may be diluted by the Overallotment Option
Committed Parties who have committed to participate in the Excess Backstop for the Rights
Offering will be offered, under certain conditions, the option to purchase additional shares of New
Class A Stock, at a 25% discount to the net Plan Value per share of the Reorganized Company upon
its emergence from bankruptcy. If exercised, holders of New Class A Stock will suffer dilution of
their investment due to sales of New Class A Stock at a discount to the valuation used to satisfy
Claims.
Certain tax consequences of the Debtors Plan raise unsettled and complex legal issues and involve
various factual determinations.
Some of the material consequences of the Plan regarding U.S. federal income taxes are
summarized under Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan. Many of these tax
issues raise unsettled and complex legal issues, and also involve various factual determinations,
such as valuations, that raise additional uncertainties. No ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) has been or will be sought by the Debtors regarding most of the tax consequences
described in this Disclosure Statement, except as described in Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences of the Plan. The IRS may challenge the various positions the Debtors have taken, or
intend to take, with respect to their
tax treatment, and a court may sustain such a challenge or objection by the IRS. For a more
detailed discussion of risks relating to the specific positions the Debtors intend to take with
respect to various tax issues, please review Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Plan, which begins on page 102.
79
The ownership change caused by the restructuring of the Debtors will result in a limitation on or
a loss of the net operating losses.
As of December 31, 2008, the Debtors have approximately $8.7 billion of federal tax net
operating losses, resulting in a gross deferred tax asset of approximately $3.1 billion, expiring
in the years 2009 through 2028. In addition, the Debtors have state tax net operating losses,
resulting in a gross deferred tax asset (net of federal tax benefit) of approximately $325 million,
generally expiring in years 2009 through 2028. Currently, such tax net operating losses can
accumulate and be used to offset most of the Debtors expected future taxable income. However, as
further described in this Disclosure Statement, the issuance under the Plan of the New Common
Stock, along with the cancellation of existing equity interests through the Plan, is expected to
cause an ownership change of CCI as of the Effective Date. As a result, Section 382 of the IRC
will limit CCIs use of its net operating losses after the Effective Date. We cannot assure you
that the limitation on the Reorganized Companys ability to use its net operating losses will not
have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. For a more
detailed discussion of limitations on or loss of the net operating losses, please review Certain
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Of The Plan Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to
Reorganized Debtors Limitation of Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Other Tax Attributes,
which begins on page 103.
The Reorganized Companys charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts that some shareholder
may consider desirable, which could adversely affect the price of the New Common Stock.
Various provisions of the Reorganized Companys Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and Delaware law, could make acquiring control of
the Reorganized Company without the requisite support of its Board of Directors difficult for a
third party, even if the change of control would be beneficial to a recipient of New Common Stock.
The existence of these provisions could deprive certain recipients of New Common Stock of an
opportunity to sell their shares of New Common Stock at a premium over the prevailing market price.
The potential inability of holders of New Common Stock to obtain a control premium could, in
certain instances, depress any future trading prices of New Common Stock.
Risks Related to the Debtors Significant Indebtedness
The Debtors will have significant indebtedness upon their emergence from bankruptcy.
Upon emergence from bankruptcy, the Debtors will have a significant amount of indebtedness.
This could have important consequences, including the following:
|
|
|
we will have to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow to making
interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our
cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general
corporate purposes; |
|
|
|
|
the post-emergence levels of indebtedness may make us less attractive to
potential acquirers or acquisition targets; |
|
|
|
|
the post-emergence levels of indebtedness may limit our flexibility to adjust to
changing business and market conditions, and make us more vulnerable to a downturn in general
economic conditions as compared to competitors that may be less leveraged; |
|
|
|
|
the post-emergence levels of indebtedness may make us vulnerable to interest rate
increases, because a substantial amount of our borrowings will be subject to variable rates of
interest; |
|
|
|
|
the post-emergence levels of indebtedness may adversely affect our relationship
with customers and suppliers; |
|
|
|
|
the post-emergence levels of indebtedness may limit our ability to borrow
additional funds in the future, or to access financing at the necessary level of the capital
structure, due to applicable financial and restrictive covenants in our debt; |
80
|
|
|
the post-emergence levels of indebtedness may make it difficult for us to satisfy
our obligations to the holders of our notes and for our subsidiaries to satisfy their
obligations to the lenders under their credit facilities and to their noteholders; and |
|
|
|
|
the post-emergence levels of indebtedness may limit future increases in the
value, or cause a decline in the value of our equity, which could limit our ability to raise
additional capital by issuing equity. |
Furthermore, our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations will depend, among other
things, upon our future operating performance and ability to refinance indebtedness when necessary.
These factors depend partly on economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond the
Debtors control. The Debtors may not be able to generate sufficient cash from operations to meet
their debt service obligations as well as fund necessary capital expenditures and investments in
sales and marketing. In addition, if we need to refinance our debt, obtain additional financing or
sell assets or equity, we may not be able to do so on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
A default by one of the Debtors under its debt obligations could result in the acceleration of
those obligations, which in turn could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements governing our
long-term indebtedness giving holders of such indebtedness the right to accelerate. In addition,
the secured lenders under the CCO Credit Facility, the holders of the CCO senior second-lien notes
and the secured lenders under the CCOH Credit Facility could foreclose on the collateral, which
includes equity interests in certain Debtors, and exercise other rights of secured creditors. Any
default under our debt could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of
operations, the value of our equity and our ability to make payments on our debt. We may incur
significant additional debt in the future. If current debt amounts increase, the related risks that
we now face will intensify.
The agreements and instruments governing our debt and the debt of our subsidiaries contain
restrictions and limitations that could significantly affect our ability to operate our business,
as well as significantly affect our liquidity.
Our credit facilities and the indentures governing our debt contain a number of significant
covenants that could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, as well as significantly
affect our liquidity, and therefore could adversely affect our results of operations. These
covenants restrict, among other things, the Debtors ability to:
|
|
|
incur additional debt; |
|
|
|
|
repurchase or redeem equity interests and debt; |
|
|
|
|
issue equity; |
|
|
|
|
make certain investments or
acquisitions; |
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make
other distributions; |
|
|
|
|
dispose of assets or merge; |
|
|
|
|
enter into related party transactions; and |
|
|
|
|
grant liens and pledge assets. |
The breach of any covenants or obligations in the foregoing indentures or credit facilities,
not otherwise waived or amended, could result in a default under the applicable debt obligations
and could trigger acceleration of those obligations, which in turn could trigger cross defaults
under other agreements governing our long-term indebtedness and acceleration of such indebtedness.
In addition, the secured lenders under the CCO Credit Facility, the holders of the reorganized CCO
senior second-lien notes and the secured lenders under the CCOH Credit Facility could foreclose on
their collateral, which includes equity interests in certain Debtors, and exercise other rights of
secured creditors. Any default under those credit facilities or the indentures governing our
convertible notes or our debt could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, results
of operations and ability to make payments on our debt.
81
We depend on generating (and having available to the applicable obligor) sufficient cash flow to
fund our debt obligations, capital expenditures, and ongoing operations. Our access to additional
financing may be limited, which could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to
conduct our business.
Our ability to service our debt and to fund our planned capital expenditures and ongoing
operations will depend on both our ability to generate and grow cash flow and our access (by
dividend or otherwise) to additional liquidity sources. Our ability to generate and grow cash flow
is dependent on many factors, including:
|
|
|
the impact of competition from other distributors, including but not limited
to incumbent telephone companies, direct broadcast satellite operators, wireless broadband
providers and DSL providers; |
|
|
|
|
difficulties in growing and operating our telephone services, while
adequately meeting customer expectations for the reliability of voice services; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to adequately meet demand for installations and customer
service; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to sustain and grow revenues and cash flows from operating
activities by offering video, high-speed Internet, telephone and other services, and to
maintain and grow our customer base, particularly in the face of increasingly aggressive
competition; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain programming at reasonable prices or to adequately
raise prices to offset the effects of higher programming costs; |
|
|
|
|
general business conditions, economic uncertainty or downturn, including the
recent volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets and the significant
downturn in the housing sector and overall economy; and |
|
|
|
|
the effects of governmental regulation on our business. |
Some of these factors are beyond our control. It is also difficult to assess the impact that
the general economic downturn and recent turmoil in the credit markets will have on future
operations and financial results. However, the general economic downturn has resulted in reduced
spending by customers and advertisers, which may have impacted our revenues and our cash flows from
operating activities from those that otherwise would have been generated. If we are unable to
generate sufficient cash flow or we are unable to access additional liquidity sources, we may not
be able to service and repay our debt, operate our business, respond to competitive challenges, or
fund our other liquidity and capital needs. It is uncertain whether we will be able, under
applicable law, to make distributions or otherwise move cash to the relevant entities for payment
of interest and principal.
Risks Related to Our Business
The Debtors operate in a very competitive business environment, which affects the Debtors ability
to attract and retain customers and can adversely affect the Debtors business and operations.
The industry in which the Debtors operate is highly competitive and has become more so in
recent years. In some instances, we compete against companies with fewer regulatory burdens, easier
access to financing, greater personnel resources, greater resources for marketing, greater and more
favorable brand name recognition, and long-established relationships with regulatory authorities
and customers. Increasing consolidation in the cable industry and the repeal of certain ownership
rules have provided additional benefits to certain of our competitors, either through access to
financing, resources, or efficiencies of scale.
Our principal competitors for video services throughout our territory are direct broadcast
satellite (DBS) providers. The two largest DBS providers are DirecTV and Echostar. Competition
from DBS, including intensive marketing efforts with aggressive pricing, exclusive programming and
increased high definition broadcasting has had an adverse impact on our ability to retain
customers. DBS has grown rapidly over the last several years. DBS companies have also recently
announced plans and technical actions to expand their activities in the multiple
82
dwelling unit (MDU) market. The cable industry, including us, has lost a significant number of
video customers to DBS competition, and we face serious challenges in this area in the future.
Telephone companies, including two major telephone companies, AT&T and Verizon, and utility
companies can offer video and other services in competition with us, and we expect they will
increasingly do so in the future. Upgraded portions of these networks carry two-way video and data
services (DSL and FiOS) and digital voice services that are similar to ours. In the case of
Verizon, high-speed data services (FiOS) operate at speeds as high as or higher than ours. These
services are offered at prices similar to those for comparable Charter services. Based on our
internal estimates, we believe that AT&T and Verizon are offering these services in areas serving
approximately 14% to 17% of our estimated homes passed as of December 31, 2008. AT&T and Verizon
have also launched campaigns to capture more of the MDU market. Additional upgrades and product
launches are expected in markets in which we operate. With respect to our Internet access services,
we face competition, including intensive marketing efforts and aggressive pricing, from telephone
companies and other providers of DSL. DSL service is competitive with high-speed Internet service
and is often offered at prices lower than our Internet services, although often at speeds lower
than the speeds we offer. In addition, in many of our markets, these companies have entered into
co-marketing arrangements with DBS providers to offer service bundles combining video services
provided by a DBS provider with DSL and traditional telephone and wireless services offered by the
telephone companies and their affiliates. These service bundles substantially resemble our bundles.
Moreover, as we expand our telephone offerings, we will face considerable competition from
established telephone companies and other carriers.
The existence of more than one cable system operating in the same territory is referred to as
an overbuild. Overbuilds could adversely affect our growth, financial condition, and results of
operations, by creating or increasing competition. Based on internal estimates and excluding
telephone companies, as of December 31, 2008, we are aware of traditional overbuild situations
impacting approximately 8% to 9% of our estimated homes passed, and potential traditional overbuild
situations in areas servicing approximately an additional 1% of our estimated homes passed.
Additional overbuild situations may occur in other systems.
In order to attract new customers, from time to time we make promotional offers, including
offers of temporarily reduced price or free service. These promotional programs result in
significant advertising, programming and operating expenses, and also require us to make capital
expenditures to acquire and install customer premise equipment. Customers who subscribe to our
services as a result of these offerings may not remain customers following the end of the
promotional period. A failure to retain customers could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
Mergers, joint ventures, and alliances among franchised, wireless, or private cable operators,
DBS providers, local exchange carriers, and others, may provide additional benefits to some of our
competitors, either through access to financing, resources, or efficiencies of scale, or the
ability to provide multiple services in direct competition with us.
In addition to the various competitive factors discussed above, our business is subject to
risks relating to increasing competition for the leisure and entertainment time of consumers. Our
business competes with all other sources of entertainment and information delivery, including
broadcast television, movies, live events, radio broadcasts, home video products, console games,
print media, and the Internet. Technological advancements, such as video-on-demand, new video
formats, and Internet streaming and downloading, have increased the number of entertainment and
information delivery choices available to consumers, and intensified the challenges posed by
audience fragmentation. The increasing number of choices available to audiences could also
negatively impact advertisers willingness to purchase advertising from us, as well as the price
they are willing to pay for advertising. If we do not respond appropriately to further increases in
the leisure and entertainment choices available to consumers, our competitive position could
deteriorate, and our financial results could suffer.
We cannot assure you that the services we provide will allow us to compete effectively.
Additionally, as we expand our offerings to include other telecommunications services, and to
introduce
new and enhanced services, we will be subject to competition from other providers of the
services we offer. Competition may reduce our expected growth of future cash flows. We cannot
predict the extent to which competition may affect our business and results of operations.
83
If our required capital expenditures exceed our projections, we may not have sufficient funding,
which could adversely affect our growth, financial condition and results of operations.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Debtors spent approximately $1.2 billion on
capital expenditures. During 2009, we expect capital expenditures to be approximately $1.2 billion.
The actual amount of our capital expenditures depends on the level of growth in high-speed Internet
and telephone customers, and in the delivery of other advanced broadband services such as
additional high-definition channels, faster high-speed Internet services, DVRs and other customer
premise equipment, as well as the cost of introducing any new services. We may need additional
capital if there is accelerated growth in high-speed Internet customers, telephone customers or
increased need to respond to competitive pressures by expanding the delivery of other advanced
services. If we cannot provide for such capital spending from increases in our cash flow from
operating activities, additional borrowings, proceeds from asset sales or other sources, our
growth, competitiveness, financial condition, and results of operations could suffer materially.
We may not have the ability to reduce the high growth rates of, or pass on to our customers, our
increasing programming costs, which would adversely affect our cash flow and operating margins.
Programming has been, and is expected to continue to be, our largest operating expense item.
In recent years, the cable industry has experienced a rapid escalation in the cost of programming,
particularly sports programming. We expect programming costs to continue to increase, and at a
higher rate than in 2008, because of a variety of factors including amounts paid for retransmission
consent, annual increases imposed by programmers and additional programming, including high
definition and OnDemand programming, being provided to customers. The inability to fully pass these
programming cost increases on to our customers has had an adverse impact on our cash flow and
operating margins associated with the video product. We have programming contracts that have
expired and others that will expire at or before the end of 2009. There can be no assurance that
these agreements will be renewed on favorable or comparable terms. To the extent that we are
unable to reach agreement with certain programmers on terms that we believe are reasonable we may
be forced to remove such programming channels from our line-up, which could result in a further
loss of customers.
Increased demands by owners of some broadcast stations for carriage of other services or
payments to those broadcasters for retransmission consent are likely to further increase our
programming costs. Federal law allows commercial television broadcast stations to make an election
between must-carry rights and an alternative retransmission-consent regime. When a station opts
for the latter, cable operators are not allowed to carry the stations signal without the stations
permission. In some cases, we carry stations under short-term arrangements while we attempt to
negotiate new long-term retransmission agreements. If negotiations with these programmers prove
unsuccessful, they could require us to cease carrying their signals, possibly for an indefinite
period. Any loss of stations could make our video service less attractive to customers, which could
result in less subscription and advertising revenue. In retransmission-consent negotiations,
broadcasters often condition consent with respect to one station on carriage of one or more other
stations or programming services in which they or their affiliates have an interest. Carriage of
these other services may increase our programming expenses and diminish the amount of capacity we
have available to introduce new services, which could have an adverse effect on our business and
financial results.
We face risks inherent in our telephone business.
We may encounter unforeseen difficulties as we increase the scale of our telephone service
offerings. First, we face heightened customer expectations for the reliability of telephone
services as compared with our video and high-speed data services. We have undertaken significant
training of customer service representatives and technicians, and we will continue to need a highly
trained workforce. If the service is not sufficiently reliable or we otherwise fail to meet
customer expectations, our telephone business could be adversely affected. Second, the competitive
landscape for telephone services is intense; we face competition from providers of Internet
telephone services, as well as incumbent telephone companies. Further, we face increasing
competition for residential telephone services as more consumers
in the United States are replacing traditional telephone service with wireless service. All of
this may limit our ability to grow our telephone service. Third, we depend on interconnection and
related services provided by certain third parties. As a result, our ability to implement changes
as the service grows may be limited. Finally, we expect advances in communications technology, as
well as changes in the marketplace
84
and the regulatory and legislative environment. Consequently, we are unable to predict the effect
that ongoing or future developments in these areas might have on our telephone business and
operations.
Our inability to respond to technological developments and meet customer demand for new products
and services could limit our ability to compete effectively.
The Debtors business is characterized by rapid technological change and the introduction of
new products and services, some of which are bandwidth-intensive. We cannot assure you that we will
be able to fund the capital expenditures necessary to keep pace with technological developments, or
that we will successfully anticipate the demand of our customers for products and services
requiring new technology or bandwidth beyond our expectations. Our inability to maintain and expand
our upgraded systems and provide advanced services in a timely manner, or to anticipate the demands
of the marketplace, could materially adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers.
Consequently, our growth, financial condition and results of operations could suffer materially.
Our exposure to the credit risks of our customers, vendors and third parties could adversely affect
our cash flow, results of operations and financial condition.
The Debtors are exposed to risks associated with the potential financial instability of our
customers, many of whom may be adversely affected by the general economic downturn. Dramatic
declines in the housing market over the past year, including falling home prices and increasing
foreclosures, together with significant increases in unemployment, have severely affected consumer
confidence and may cause increased delinquencies or cancellations by our customers or lead to
unfavorable changes in the mix of products purchased. The general economic downturn also may affect
advertising sales, as companies seek to reduce expenditures and conserve cash. Any of these events
may adversely affect our cash flow, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, we are susceptible to risks associated with the potential financial instability
of the vendors and third parties on which we rely to provide products and services or to which we
delegate certain functions. The same economic conditions that may affect our customers, as well as
volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets, also could adversely affect vendors
and third parties and lead to significant increases in prices, reduction in output or the
bankruptcy of our vendors or third parties upon which we rely. Any interruption in the services
provided by our vendors or by third parties could adversely affect our cash flow, results of
operation and financial condition.
We depend on third party service providers, suppliers and licensors; thus, if we are unable to
procure the necessary services, equipment, software or licenses on reasonable terms and on a timely
basis, our ability to offer services could be impaired, and our growth, operations, business,
financial results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
We depend on third party service providers, suppliers and licensors to supply some of the
services, hardware, software and operational support necessary to provide some of our services. We
obtain these materials from a limited number of vendors, some of which do not have a long operating
history or which may not be able to continue to supply the equipment and services we desire. Some
of our hardware, software and operational support vendors, and service providers represent our sole
source of supply or have, either through contract or as a result of intellectual property rights, a
position of some exclusivity. If
demand exceeds these vendors capacity or if these vendors experience operating or financial
difficulties, or are otherwise unable to provide the equipment or services we need in a timely
manner and at reasonable prices, our ability to provide some services might be materially adversely
affected, or the need to procure or develop alternative sources of the affected materials or
services might delay our ability to serve our customers. These events could materially and
adversely affect our ability to retain and attract customers, and have a material negative impact
on our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. A limited number of vendors
of key technologies can lead to less product innovation and higher costs. For these reasons, we
generally endeavor to establish alternative vendors for materials we consider critical, but may not
be able to establish these relationships or be able to obtain required materials on favorable
terms.
In that regard, we currently purchase set-top boxes from a limited number of vendors, because
each of our cable systems use one or two proprietary conditional access security schemes, which
allows us to regulate subscriber access to some services, such as premium channels. We believe that
the proprietary nature of these conditional access schemes makes other manufacturers reluctant to
produce set-top boxes. Future innovation in set-top boxes
85
may be restricted until these issues are resolved. In addition, we believe that the general lack
of compatibility among set-top box operating systems has slowed the industrys development and
deployment of digital set-top box applications. In addition, in 2009, we plan to convert from two
billing service providers to one. We will be dependent on these vendors for a properly executed
conversion and for the ongoing timely and appropriate service from the single remaining vendor.
Malicious and abusive Internet practices could impair our high-speed Internet services.
The Debtors high-speed Internet customers utilize our network to access the Internet and, as
a consequence, we or they may become victim to common malicious and abusive Internet activities,
such as peer-to-peer file sharing, unsolicited mass advertising (i.e., spam) and dissemination of
viruses, worms, and other destructive or disruptive software. These activities could have adverse
consequences on our network and our customers, including degradation of service, excessive call
volume to call centers, and damage to our or our customers equipment and data. Significant
incidents could lead to customer dissatisfaction and, ultimately, loss of customers or revenue, in
addition to increased costs to service our customers and protect our network. Any significant loss
of high-speed Internet customers or revenue, or significant increase in costs of serving those
customers, could adversely affect our growth, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Mr. Allens Controlling Position
The failure by Paul G. Allen, CCIs chairman and controlling stockholder, to maintain both a
minimum voting interest and the largest voting interest in the Reorganized Company could trigger a
change of control default under the credit facilities of the Reorganized Companys subsidiaries.
The CCO Credit Facility provides that the failure by (a) Mr. Allen, (b) his estate, spouse,
immediate family members and heirs and (c) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or other owners of which consist exclusively of Mr. Allen or
such other persons referred to in (b) above or a combination thereof to maintain both a 35% direct
or indirect voting interest and the largest voting interest in the applicable borrower would result
in a change of control default. However, prior to September 15, 2014, the New Class A Stock will be
subject to the Voting Threshold. Such a default could result in the acceleration of indebtedness
of the Reorganized Company and the Reorganized Companys subsidiaries, including borrowings under
the CCO Credit Facility.
Mr. Allen will control a large percentage of the Reorganized Companys stockholder votes.
After the Effective Date, Mr. Allen, directly or through certain of his affiliates, will own
approximately 35% of the voting power of the Reorganized Companys capital stock and be entitled to
elect four of the 11 members to the Board of Directors. Mr. Allen thus may have the ability to
influence fundamental corporate transactions requiring equity holder approval, including, but not
limited to, merger transactions involving us and the sale of all or substantially all of our
assets.
Risks Related to Regulatory and Legislative Matters
Our business is subject to extensive governmental legislation and regulation, which could adversely
affect our business.
Regulation of the cable industry has increased cable operators operational and administrative
expenses and limited their revenues. Cable operators are subject to, among other things:
|
|
|
rules governing the provision of cable equipment and compatibility with new
digital technologies; |
|
|
|
|
rules and regulations relating to subscriber and employee privacy; |
|
|
|
|
limited rate regulation; |
|
|
|
|
rules governing the copyright royalties that must be paid for retransmitting broadcast signals; |
86
|
|
|
requirements governing when a cable system must carry a particular broadcast
station and when it must first obtain consent to carry a broadcast station; |
|
|
|
|
requirements governing the provision of channel capacity to unaffiliated
commercial leased access programmers; |
|
|
|
|
rules limiting our ability to enter into exclusive agreements with multiple
dwelling unit complexes and control our inside wiring; |
|
|
|
|
rules, regulations, and regulatory policies relating to provision of voice
communications and high-speed Internet service; |
|
|
|
|
rules for franchise renewals and transfers; and |
|
|
|
|
other requirements covering a variety of operational areas such as equal
employment opportunity, technical standards, and customer service requirements. |
Additionally, many aspects of these regulations are currently the subject of judicial
proceedings and administrative or legislative proposals. There are also ongoing efforts to amend or
expand the federal, state, and local regulation of some of our cable systems, such as net
neutrality regulations that may inhibit our ability to manage our network, or which may compound
the regulatory risks we already face, and proposals that might make it easier for our employees to
unionize. Certain states and localities are considering new cable and telecommunications taxes
that could increase operating expenses.
Our cable system franchises are subject to non-renewal or termination. The failure to renew a
franchise in one or more key markets could adversely affect our business.
Our cable systems generally operate pursuant to franchises, permits, and similar
authorizations issued by a state or local governmental authority controlling the public
rights-of-way. Many franchises establish comprehensive facilities and service requirements, as well
as specific customer service standards and monetary penalties for non-compliance. In many cases,
franchises are terminable if the franchisee fails to comply with significant provisions set forth
in the franchise agreement governing system operations. Franchises are generally granted for fixed
terms and must be periodically renewed. Franchising authorities may resist granting a renewal if
either past performance or the prospective operating proposal is considered inadequate. Franchise
authorities often demand concessions or other commitments as a condition to renewal. In some
instances, local franchises have not been renewed at expiration, and we have operated and are
operating under either temporary operating agreements or without a franchise while negotiating
renewal terms with the local franchising authorities. Approximately 10% of our franchises,
covering approximately 11% of our video customers, were expired as of December 31, 2008. On or
about January 1, 2009, the Debtors converted a number of these expired franchises to statewide
authorization and were no longer considered expired. Approximately 4% of additional franchises,
covering approximately an additional 4% of our video customers, will expire on or before December
31, 2009, if not renewed prior to expiration.
The traditional cable franchising regime is currently undergoing significant change as a
result of various federal and state actions. Some of the new state franchising laws do not allow us
to immediately opt into statewide franchising until (i) we have completed the term of the local
franchise, in good standing, (ii) a competitor has entered the market, or (iii) in limited
instances, where the local franchise allows the state franchise license to apply. In many cases,
state franchising laws, and their varying application to us and new video providers, will result in
less franchise imposed requirements for our competitors who are new entrants than for us until we
are able to opt into the applicable state franchise.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with all significant provisions of our
franchise agreements and certain of our franchisors have from time to time alleged that we have not
complied with these agreements. Additionally, although historically we have renewed our franchises
without incurring significant costs, we cannot assure you that we will be able to renew, or to
renew as favorably, our franchises in the future. A termination of or a sustained failure to renew
a franchise in one or more key markets could adversely affect our business in the affected
geographic area.
87
Our cable system franchises are non-exclusive. Accordingly, local and state franchising authorities
can grant additional franchises and create competition in market areas where none existed
previously, resulting in overbuilds, which could adversely affect results of operations.
Our cable system franchises are non-exclusive. Consequently, local and state franchising
authorities can grant additional franchises to competitors in the same geographic area or operate
their own cable systems. In some cases, local government entities and municipal utilities may
legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from the local franchising authority. In
addition, certain telephone companies are seeking authority to operate in communities without first
obtaining a local franchise. As a result, competing operators may build systems in areas in which
we hold franchises.
In a series of recent rulemakings, the FCC adopted new rules that streamline entry for new
competitors (particularly those affiliated with telephone companies) and reduce franchising burdens
for these new entrants. At the same time, a substantial number of states recently have adopted new
franchising laws. Again, these new laws were principally designed to streamline entry for new
competitors, and they often provide advantages for these new entrants that are not immediately
available to existing operators. As a result of these new franchising laws and regulations, we
have seen an increase in the number of competitive cable franchises or operating certificates being
issued, and we anticipate that trend to continue.
Local franchise authorities have the ability to impose additional regulatory constraints on our
business, which could further increase our expenses.
In addition to the franchise agreement, cable authorities in some jurisdictions have adopted
cable regulatory ordinances that further regulate the operation of cable systems. This additional
regulation increases the cost of operating our business. We cannot assure you that the local
franchising authorities will not impose new and more restrictive requirements. Local franchising
authorities who are certified to regulate rates in the communities where they operate generally
have the power to reduce rates and order refunds on the rates charged for basic service and
equipment.
Further regulation of the cable industry could cause us to delay or cancel service or programming
enhancements, or impair our ability to raise rates to cover our increasing costs, resulting in
increased losses.
Currently, rate regulation is strictly limited to the basic service tier and associated
equipment and installation activities. However, the FCC and Congress continue to be concerned that
cable rate increases are exceeding inflation. It is possible that either the FCC or Congress will
further restrict the ability of cable system operators to implement rate increases. Should this
occur, it would impede our ability to raise our rates. If we are unable to raise our rates in
response to increasing costs, our losses would increase.
There has been legislative and regulatory interest in requiring cable operators to offer
historically bundled programming services on an á la carte basis, or to at least offer a separately
available child-friendly family tier. It is possible that new marketing restrictions could be
adopted in the future. Such restrictions could adversely affect our operations.
Actions by pole owners might subject us to significantly increased pole attachment costs.
Pole attachments are cable wires that are attached to utility poles. Cable system attachments
to public utility poles historically have been regulated at the federal or state level, generally
resulting in favorable pole attachment rates for attachments used to provide cable service. The FCC
previously determined that the lower cable rate was applicable to the mixed use of a pole
attachment for the provision of both cable and Internet access services. However, in late 2007, the
FCC issued an NPRM, in which it tentatively concludes that this approach should be modified. The
change could affect the pole attachment rates we pay when we offer either data or voice services
over our broadband facility. Any changes in the FCC approach could result in a substantial increase
in our pole attachment costs.
88
Increasing regulation of our Internet service product adversely affect our ability to provide new
products and services.
There has been continued advocacy by certain Internet content providers and consumer groups
for new federal laws or regulations to adopt so-called net neutrality principles limiting the
ability of broadband network owners (like us) to manage and control their own networks. In August
2005, the FCC issued a nonbinding policy statement identifying four principles to guide its
policymaking regarding high-speed Internet and related services. These principles provide that
consumers are entitled to: (i) access lawful Internet content of their choice; (ii) run
applications and services of their choice, subject to the needs of law enforcement; (iii) connect
their choice of legal devices that do not harm the network; and (iv) enjoy competition among
network providers, application and service providers, and content providers. In August 2008, the
FCC issued an order concerning one Internet network management practice in use by another cable
operator, effectively treating the four principles as rules and ordering a change in network
management practices. Although that decision is on appeal, additional proposals for new
legislation, and for more expansive conditions associated with the broadband provisions of the new
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, could impose additional obligations on high-speed Internet
providers. Any such rules or statutes could limit our ability to manage our cable systems
(including use for other services), obtain value for use of our cable systems and respond to
competitive competitions.
Changes in channel carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs on us.
Cable operators also face significant regulation of their channel carriage. We can be required
to devote substantial capacity to the carriage of programming that we might not carry voluntarily,
including certain local broadcast signals; local public, educational and government access (PEG)
programming; and unaffiliated, commercial leased access programming (required channel capacity for
use by persons unaffiliated with the cable operator who desire to distribute programming over a
cable system). The FCC adopted a transition plan in 2007 addressing the cable industrys broadcast
carriage obligations once the broadcast industry migration from analog to digital transmission is
completed, which is expected to occur in June 2009. Under the FCCs transition plan, most cable
systems will be required to offer both an analog and digital version of local broadcast signals for
three years after the digital transition date. This burden could increase further if we are
required to carry multiple programming streams included within a single digital broadcast
transmission (multicast carriage) or if our broadcast carriage obligations are otherwise expanded.
The FCC also adopted new commercial leased access rules which dramatically reduce the rate we can
charge for leasing this capacity and dramatically increase our associated administrative burdens.
These regulatory changes could disrupt existing programming commitments, interfere with our
preferred use of limited channel capacity, and limit our ability to offer services that would
maximize our revenue potential. It is possible that other legal restraints will be adopted limiting
our discretion over programming decisions.
Offering voice communications service may subject us to additional regulatory burdens, causing us
to incur additional costs.
We offer voice communications services over our broadband network and continue to develop and
deploy voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) services. The FCC has declared that certain VoIP
services are not subject to traditional state public utility regulation. The full extent of the FCC
preemption of state and local regulation of VoIP services is not yet clear. Expanding our offering
of these services may require us to obtain certain authorizations, including federal and state
licenses. We may not be able to obtain such authorizations in a timely manner, or conditions could
be imposed upon such licenses or authorizations that may not be favorable to us. The FCC has
extended certain traditional telecommunications requirements, such as E911, Universal Service fund
collection, CALEA, Customer Proprietary Network Information and telephone relay requirements to
many VoIP providers such as us. Telecommunications companies generally are subject to other
significant regulation which could also be extended to VoIP providers. If additional
telecommunications regulations are applied to our VoIP service, it could cause us to incur
additional costs.
89
Confirmation Of The Plan
The Confirmation Hearing
Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court, after notice, to hold a
hearing on confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization. Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code
provides that any party in interest may object to confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization.
The Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the confirmation hearing for July 20, 2009 at 10:00 a.m.
(Eastern Time) before the Honorable James M. Peck, United States Bankruptcy Judge, in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, located at Alexander Hamilton Custom
House, One Bowling Green, New York, New York, 10004. The confirmation hearing may be adjourned
from time to time without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned date made at
the confirmation hearing or any adjournment thereof.
Deadline To Object To Confirmation
Objections to the Bankruptcy Courts Confirmation of the Plan must be filed and served at or
before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on July 13, 2009 in accordance with the notice of the confirmation
hearing that accompanies this Disclosure Statement. Unless objections to the Confirmation are
timely served and filed, they may not be considered by the Bankruptcy Court.
Requirements For Confirmation Of The Plan
Among the requirements for the Confirmation of the Plan are that the Plan (1) is accepted by
all impaired classes of claims and equity interests, or if rejected by an impaired class, that the
Plan does not discriminate unfairly and is fair and equitable as to such class, (2) is
feasible, and (3) is in the best interests of holders of claims and equity interests that are
impaired under the Plan.
At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the Plan satisfies
the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors believe that: (1) the Plan
satisfies or will satisfy all of the necessary statutory requirements of Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code; (2) the Debtors have complied or will have complied with all of the necessary
requirements of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (3) the Plan has been proposed in good
faith. Specifically, in addition to other applicable requirements, the Debtors believe that the
Plan satisfies or will satisfy the applicable Confirmation requirements of section 1129 of the
Bankruptcy Code set forth below:
|
|
|
The Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. |
|
|
|
|
The Debtors, as the Plan proponents, have complied with the applicable provisions
of the Bankruptcy Code. |
|
|
|
|
The Plan has been proposed in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law. |
|
|
|
|
Any payment made or promised under the Plan for services or for costs and expenses
in, or in connection with, the Chapter 11 Cases, or in connection with the Plan and
incident to the case, has been disclosed to the Bankruptcy Court, and any such
payment: (1) made before the Confirmation of the Plan is reasonable; or (2) subject to
the approval of the Bankruptcy Court as reasonable, if it is to be fixed after
Confirmation of the Plan. |
|
|
|
|
Either each Holder of an impaired Claim has accepted the Plan, or will receive or
retain under the Plan on account of such Claim, property of a value, as of the
Effective Date of the Plan, that is not less than the amount that such Holder would
receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated on that date under Chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code, including pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for
Equity Interests deemed to reject the Plan. |
|
|
|
|
Each Class of Claims that is entitled to vote on the Plan will have accepted the
Plan, or the Plan can be confirmed without the approval of such Class pursuant to
section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. |
90
|
|
|
Except to the extent that the Holder of a particular Claim will agree to a
different treatment of its Claim, the Plan provides that Administrative Claims and
Priority Tax Claims will be paid in full on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter
as is reasonably practicable. |
|
|
|
|
At least one Class of impaired Claims will have accepted the Plan, determined
without including any acceptance of the Plan by any insider holding a Claim in that
Class. |
|
|
|
|
Confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation or the
need for further financial reorganization of the Debtors or any successors thereto
under the Plan. |
|
|
|
|
All fees of the type described in 28 U.S.C. § 1930, including the fees of the
United States Trustee, will be paid as of the Effective Date. |
Best Interests of Creditors/Liquidation Analysis
Often called the best interests test, section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code requires
that a bankruptcy court find, as a condition to confirmation, that a Chapter 11 plan provides, with
respect to each class, that each holder of a claim or an equity interest in such class either (a)
has accepted the plan or (b) will receive or retain under the plan property of a value, as of the
effective date of the plan, that is not less than the amount that such holder would receive or
retain if the debtors liquidated under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. To make these findings,
the bankruptcy court must: (a) estimate the cash liquidation proceeds that a Chapter 7 trustee
would generate if each of the debtors Chapter 11 cases were converted to a Chapter 7 case and the
assets of such debtors estate were liquidated; (b) determine the liquidation distribution that
each non-accepting holder of a claim or an equity interest would receive from such liquidation
proceeds under the priority scheme dictated in Chapter 7; and (c) compare such holders liquidation
distribution to the distribution under the plan that such holder would receive if the plan were
confirmed and consummated.
To estimate what members of each impaired class of claims would receive if the Debtors were
liquidated under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court must first determine the
aggregate dollar amount that would be available if each of the Chapter 11 Cases were converted to a
Chapter 7 case under the Bankruptcy Code and each of the respective Debtors assets were liquidated
by a Chapter 7 trustee (the Liquidation Value). The Liquidation Value of a Debtor would consist
of the net proceeds from the disposition of the assets of the Debtor, augmented by any cash held by
the Debtor.
The Liquidation Value available to holders of general unsecured claims or equity interests
would be reduced by, among other things: (a) the claims of secured creditors to the extent of the
value of their collateral; (b) the costs, fees and expenses of the liquidation, as well as other
administrative expenses of the Debtors Chapter 7 cases; (c) unpaid administrative expense claims
of the Chapter 11 Cases; and (d) priority claims and priority tax claims. The Debtors costs of
liquidation in Chapter 7 cases would include the compensation of a Chapter 7 trustee, as well as of
counsel and other professionals retained by such trustee, asset disposition expenses, applicable
taxes, litigation costs, claims arising from the operation of the Debtors during the Chapter 7
cases, and all unpaid administrative expense claims incurred by the Debtors during the Chapter 11
Cases that are allowed in the Chapter 7 cases. The liquidation itself would trigger certain
priority claims, such as claims for severance pay, and would likely accelerate the payment of other
priority claims and priority tax claims that would otherwise be payable in the ordinary course of
business. These priority claims and priority tax claims would be paid in full out of the net
liquidation proceeds, after payment of secured claims, before the balance would be made available
to pay other claims or to make any distribution in respect of equity interests.
Based on the Liquidation Analyses set forth in Exhibit E of this Disclosure Statement, the
Debtors believe that holders of Claims will receive equal or greater value as of the Effective Date
under the Plan than such Holders would receive in a Chapter 7 liquidation. Moreover, in an actual
liquidation of the Debtors, distributions to holders of Claims would be made substantially later
than the Effective Date designated in the Plan. This delay would materially reduce the amount
determined on a present value basis available for distribution to Holders of General Unsecured
Claims. The hypothetical Chapter 7 liquidations
of the Debtors, for purposes of determination of the Debtors Liquidation Value, are assumed
to commence on September 30, 2009.
91
In summary, the Debtors and their management believe that Chapter 7 liquidations of the
Debtors would result in substantial diminution in the value to be realized by Holders of General
Unsecured Claims entitled to distribution, as compared to the distributions contemplated under the
Plan, because of, among other factors:
|
|
|
the increased cost and expenses of liquidation under Chapter 7 arising from
fees payable to the Chapter 7 trustee and the attorneys and other professional advisors to
such trustee; |
|
|
|
|
additional expenses and claims, some of which would be entitled to priority
and which would be generated during the liquidation and from the rejection of unexpired
leases and executory contracts in connection with the cessation of the Debtors operations; |
|
|
|
|
the erosion of the value of the Debtors assets in the context of an
expedited liquidation required under Chapter 7 and the forced sale atmosphere that would
prevail; |
|
|
|
|
the adverse effects on the salability of portions of the business resulting
from the possible departure of key employees and the attendant loss of customers and
vendors; |
|
|
|
|
the cost and expense attributable to the time value of money resulting from a
potentially more protracted Chapter 7 proceeding than the estimated length of the Chapter
11 Cases; and |
|
|
|
|
the application of the rule of absolute priority under the Bankruptcy Code to
distributions made in a Chapter 7 liquidation. |
Consequently, the Debtors and their management believe that confirmation of the Plan will provide a
substantially greater return to holders of claims than would Chapter 7 liquidations.
If the Plan is not confirmed and the Debtors fail to propose and confirm an alternative plan
of reorganization, they may be liquidated pursuant to the provisions of a Chapter 11 liquidating
plan. In liquidations under Chapter 11, the Debtors assets could be sold in an orderly fashion
over a more extended period of time than in liquidations under Chapter 7. Thus, a Chapter 11
liquidation might result in larger recoveries than in a Chapter 7 liquidation, but the delay in
distributions could result in lower present values received and higher administrative costs.
Because a trustees appointment is not required in a Chapter 11 case, expenses for professional
fees could be lower than in a Chapter 7 case, in which a Chapter 7 trustee must be appointed. Any
distribution to holders of claims under a Chapter 11 liquidation plan probably would be delayed
substantially. Most importantly, the Debtors believe that any distributions to creditors in a
liquidation scenario would fail to capture the significant going concern value of their business,
which is reflected in the New Common Stock to be distributed under the Plan. Accordingly, the
Debtors believe that Chapter 11 liquidation would not result in distributions as favorable as those
under the Plan.
Feasibility
Section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that confirmation of the plan of
reorganization is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial
reorganization of the debtors, or any successor to the debtors (unless such liquidation or
reorganization is proposed in the plan of reorganization).
To determine whether the Plan meets this feasibility requirement, the Debtors have analyzed
their ability to meet their respective obligations under the Plan. As part of this analysis, the
Debtors have prepared the Projections, as set forth on Exhibit C. Based upon the Projections, the
Debtors believe that the Debtors will be a viable operation following the Chapter 11 Cases, and
that the Plan will meet the feasibility requirements of the Bankruptcy Code.
Acceptance by Impaired Classes
The Bankruptcy Code requires, as a condition to confirmation, that, except as described in the
following section, each class of claims or equity interests that is impaired under a plan, accept
the plan. A class that is not impaired under a plan is deemed to have accepted the plan and,
therefore, solicitation of acceptances with respect to such class is not required. A class is
impaired unless the plan: (a) leaves unaltered the legal, equitable and contractual rights to
which the claim or the equity interest entitles the holder of such claim or equity interest; or
92
(b) cures any default, reinstates the original terms of such obligation, compensates the holder for
certain damages or losses, as applicable, and does not otherwise alter the legal, equitable or
contractual rights to which such claim or equity interest entitles the holder of such claim or
equity interest.
Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code defines acceptance of a plan by a class of impaired
claims as acceptance by holders of at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in
number of allowed claims in that class, counting only those claims that actually voted to accept or
to reject the plan. Thus, a class of claims will have voted to accept the plan only if two-thirds
in amount and a majority in number actually voting cast their ballots in favor of acceptance. For a
class of impaired equity interests to accept a plan, section 1126(d) of the Bankruptcy Code
requires acceptance by equity interest holders that hold at least two-thirds in amount of the
allowed equity interests of such class, counting only those equity interests that actually voted to
accept or reject the plan. Thus, a class of equity interests will have voted to accept the plan
only if two-thirds in amount actually voting cast their ballots in favor of acceptance.
Confirmation Without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes
Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code allows a bankruptcy court to confirm a plan even if all
impaired classes have not accepted it, provided that the plan has been accepted by at least one
impaired class. Pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, notwithstanding an impaired
classs rejection or deemed rejection of the plan, such plan will be confirmed, at the plan
proponents request, in a procedure commonly known as cramdown, so long as the plan does not
discriminate unfairly and is fair and equitable with respect to each class of claims or equity
interests that is impaired under, and has not accepted, the plan.
No Unfair Discrimination
This test applies to classes of claims or equity interests that are of equal priority and are
receiving different treatment under the Plan. The test does not require that the treatment be the
same or equivalent, but that such treatment be fair. In general, bankruptcy courts consider
whether a plan discriminates unfairly in its treatment of classes of claims of equal rank (e.g.,
classes of the same legal character). Bankruptcy courts will take into account a number of factors
in determining whether a plan discriminates unfairly, and, accordingly, a plan could treat two
classes of unsecured creditors differently without unfairly discriminating against either class.
Fair and Equitable Test
This test applies to classes of different priority and status (e.g., secured versus unsecured)
and includes the general requirement that no class of claims receive more than 100% of the amount
of the allowed claims in such class. As to the dissenting class, the test sets different standards
depending upon the type of claims or equity interests in such class.
Secured Claims: The condition that a plan be fair and equitable to a non-accepting class of
secured claims includes the requirements that: (1) the holders of such secured claims retain the
liens securing such claims to the extent of the allowed amount of the claims, whether the property
subject to the liens is retained by the debtor or transferred to another entity under the plan; and
(2) each holder of a secured claim in the class receives deferred cash payments totaling at least
the allowed amount of such claim with a value, as of the effective date of the plan, at least
equivalent to the value of the secured claimants interest in the debtors property subject to the
liens.
Unsecured Claims: The condition that a plan be fair and equitable to a non-accepting class
of unsecured claims includes the requirement that either: (1) the plan provides that each holder of
a claim of such class receive or retain on account of such claim property of a value, as of the
effective date of the plan, equal to the allowed amount of such claim; or (2) the holder of any
claim or any equity interest that is junior to the claims of such class will not receive or retain
under the plan on account of such junior claim or junior equity interest any property, subject to
the applicability of the new value exception.
Equity Interests: The condition that a plan be fair and equitable to a non-accepting class
of equity interests includes the requirements that either: (1) the plan provides that each holder
of an equity interest in that class receives or retains under the plan on account of that equity
interest property of a value, as of the effective
93
date of the plan, equal to the greater of: (a) the allowed amount of any fixed liquidation
preference to which such holder is entitled; (b) any fixed redemption price to which such holder is
entitled; or (c) the value of such interest; or (2) if the class does not receive the amount as
required under (1) hereof, no class of equity interests junior to the non-accepting class may
receive a distribution under the plan.
If any Impaired Class rejects the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to seek to confirm the
Plan utilizing the cramdown provision of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. To the extent
that any Impaired Class rejects the Plan or is deemed to have rejected the Plan, the Debtors will
request confirmation of the Plan, as it may be modified from time to time, under section 1129(b) of
the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, revoke or withdraw the
Plan or any Plan Exhibit or Schedule, including to amend or modify it to satisfy the requirements
of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
The Debtors submit that if the Debtors cram down the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code, the Plan is structured such that it does not discriminate unfairly and satisfies
the fair and equitable requirement. With respect to the unfair discrimination requirement, all
Classes under the Plan are provided treatment that is substantially equivalent to the treatment
that is provided to other Classes that have equal rank. The Debtors believe that the Plan and the
treatment of all Classes of Claims and Equity Interests under the Plan satisfy the foregoing
requirements for nonconsensual confirmation of the Plan.
New Value
A corollary to the fair and equitable test, the new value doctrine, permits old equity
holders to keep their ownership interests even though senior dissenting creditors do not receive
payment in full of their claims provided that the old equity holders make a new contribution (a) in
money or moneys worth, (b) that is reasonably equivalent to the value of the new equity interests
being received in the reorganized debtor, and (c) that is necessary for implementation of a
feasible plan of reorganization. Pursuant to the Plan, certain of the Debtors, as old equity
holders, will receive Interests in certain Reorganized Debtors on account of a contribution of new
value consideration. See Treatment of Claims Against and Interests in the Debtors, which begins
on page 32 for a discussion of Classes receiving New Value Interests. The Debtors believe that the
consideration received on account of such Interests is reasonably equivalent to the value of such
Interests and that such new value contribution is necessary for the implementation of the Plan.
Valuation Of the Debtors
In conjunction with formulating the Plan, the Debtors determined that it was necessary to
estimate the post-confirmation going concern value of the Debtors. Accordingly, such valuation is
set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto.
Effect Of Confirmation Of The Plan
Preservation of Avoidance Actions
On and after the effective date, actions, including preference actions, fraudulent transfer
and conveyance actions, rights of setoff and other Claims or causes of action under sections 510,
544, 547, 548, 549, 550 and/or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code and other applicable bankruptcy or
non-bankruptcy law (collectively, the Avoidance Actions) will be preserved and retained by the
Debtors. The Debtors may offset any claim supporting an Avoidance Action against any payment due
to any Holder of a claim under the Plan. In addition, if a distribution is made in error, the
Debtors can bring an action pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code to recoup such
distribution. In the event that the Plan, as proposed, is consummated, Avoidance Actions that may
potentially be brought might be waived; provided, however that such waiver is not effective if the
Plan is not effectuated.
Retention of Jurisdiction by the Bankruptcy Court
Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date,
the Bankruptcy Court will retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related
to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code,
including jurisdiction to:
94
|
|
|
Allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority,
secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of
any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all
objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or
Interests; |
|
|
|
|
Decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part,
any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals
authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan; |
|
|
|
|
Resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection
of any executory contract or unexpired lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to
which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Cure or
Claims arising therefrom, including Cure or Claims pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy
Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any executory contract or unexpired lease
that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory
or expired; |
|
|
|
|
Ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests are accomplished
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan; |
|
|
|
|
Adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated
matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may
be pending on the Effective Date; |
|
|
|
|
Adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Causes of Action; |
|
|
|
|
Adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code; |
|
|
|
|
Enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement,
or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures,
and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure
Statement; |
|
|
|
|
Enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or
1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; |
|
|
|
|
Resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in
connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entitys
obligations incurred in connection with the Plan; |
|
|
|
|
Issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be
necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or
enforcement of the Plan; |
|
|
|
|
Resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the
releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in the Plan and Confirmation Order and
enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions,
and other provisions; |
|
|
|
|
Resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the
repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder
of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to the Plan; |
|
|
|
|
Enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order
is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated; |
|
|
|
|
Determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the
Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture,
or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure
Statement; |
|
|
|
|
Enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases; |
95
|
|
|
Adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the
Plan; |
|
|
|
|
Consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to
reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation
Order; |
|
|
|
|
Determine requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority
pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code; |
|
|
|
|
Hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation,
implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, or the Confirmation Order, including
disputes arising under agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection
with the Plan; |
|
|
|
|
Hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and U.S. federal taxes in
accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code; |
|
|
|
|
Hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, or scope of the
Debtors discharge, including any dispute relating to any liability arising out of the
termination of employment or the termination of any employee or retiree benefit
program, regardless of whether such termination occurred prior to or after the
Effective Date; |
|
|
|
|
Enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and |
|
|
|
|
Hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code. |
Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays
Injunction
From and after the Effective Date, all entities are permanently enjoined from commencing or
continuing in any manner, any cause of action released or to be released pursuant to the Plan or
the Confirmation Order.
Releases
(A) Releases By the Debtors
On the Effective Date and effective as of the Effective Date, for the good and valuable
consideration provided by each of the Debtor Releasees (as defined below), including: (1) the
discharge of debt and all other good and valuable consideration paid pursuant to the Plan; (2) the
obligations of the Holders of Claims party to Plan Support Agreements to provide the support
necessary for the Effective Date of the Plan; and (3) the services of the Debtors present and
former officers and directors in facilitating the expeditious implementation of the restructuring
contemplated by the Plan, each of the Debtors will provide a full discharge and release to each
Releasing Party, including each other Debtor, and each of their respective members, officers,
directors, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, employees, partners, affiliates and
representatives (collectively, the Debtor Releasees (and each such Debtor Releasee so released
will be deemed released and discharged by the Debtors)) and their respective properties from any
and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, whether for tort, fraud, contract, violations
of federal or state securities laws, or otherwise, arising from or related in any way to the
Debtors, including those that any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors would have been legally
entitled to assert against a Debtor Releasee in their own right (whether individually or
collectively) or that any Holder of a Claim or Interest or other entity, would have been legally
entitled to assert on behalf of any of the Debtors or any of their Estates, including those in any
way related to the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan to the fullest extent of the law; provided,
however, that the foregoing Debtor Release will not operate to waive or release any person or
Entity other than a Releasing Party from any causes of
action expressly set forth in and preserved by the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan
to the contrary, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not release any Causes of Action that
they may have now or in the future against the Non-Released Parties.
96
(B) Releases By the Holders
On the Effective Date and effective as of the Effective Date, the Holders of Claims and
Interests will be deemed to provide a full discharge and release to the Debtor Releasees and their
respective property from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, whether for tort,
contract, violations of federal or state securities laws, or otherwise, arising from or related in
any way to the Debtors, including those in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan;
provided, further, that the foregoing Third Party Release will not operate to waive or release
any person or Entity (other than a Debtor Releasee) from any Causes of Action expressly set forth
in and preserved by the Plan, the Plan Supplement or related documents, and provided further that
the foregoing Third Party Release shall not impair the rights (a) to which an Allowed Unimpaired
Claim entitles the Holder of such Allowed Unimpaired Claim or (b) of a Holder of a General
Unsecured Claim as to any General Unsecured Claim.
The foregoing Third Party Release is justified as an integral part of the Debtors overall
restructuring efforts. Specifically, the Debtor Releasees and non-Debtor Releasees have all made
substantial contributions to the Debtors estates; indeed, without such contributions the Debtors
could not have proposed a confirmable Plan. Put simply, the Debtors proposed Plan represents
demonstrably unique circumstances.
As an initial matter, the Debtors employees, directors, officers, and advisors have all
performed vital roles in the Debtors negotiation of the largest prearranged Plan in history. And
at least equally importantly, as noted above, the released parties include certain non-Debtor
Holders of Claims party to Plan Support Agreements to supply critical financing for the Debtors
successful exit from chapter 11.
The non-Debtor Releasees also include Paul G. Allen, Charters primary prepetition
shareholder, who has likewise executed a Plan Support Agreement and is making a substantial
contribution to the Debtors estates. In exchange for a settlement in full of all claims Mr. Allen
and his related entities may hold against the Debtors, Mr. Allen has agreed to numerous
restructuring obligations without which the Debtors could not reinstate certain debt the linchpin
of the success of the Debtors proposed Plan or take advantage of significant tax attributes that
constitute extremely valuable assets of the Debtors estates.
These non-Debtor Releasees would not have agreed to make their respective substantial
financing contributions in the absence of the proposed releases.
The Office of the United States Trustee has raised concerns regarding the scope of the
Releases by Holders and their applicability to certain non-consenting Holders. Absent a resolution
of this matter, the Debtors anticipate that the Court will decide any dispute on this matter at the
hearing to confirm the Plan.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Releasing Parties will not release
any Causes of Action that they, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have now or in the
future against the Non-Released Parties. Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the
Bankruptcy Courts approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third Party Release, and
further, will constitute its finding that the Third Party Release is: (1) in exchange for the good
and valuable consideration provided by the Debtor Releasees, a good faith settlement and compromise
of the claims released by the Third Party Release; (2) in the best interests of the Debtors and all
Holders of Claims; (3) fair, equitable and reasonable; (4) given and made after due notice and
opportunity for hearing; and (5) a bar to any of the Holders of Claims and Interests asserting any
claim released by the Third Party Release against any of the Debtor Releasees.
Nothing in the Confirmation Order or the Plan shall affect a release of any claim by the
United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever,
including any claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code, federal securities laws, the
environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority
against the Released Parties, nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order or the Plan enjoin the
United States Government or any of its agencies or any state or local authority from bringing any
claim, suit, action or other proceedings against the Released Parties for any liability whatever,
including without limitation any claim, suit or action arising under the Internal Revenue Code,
federal securities laws, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States
Government or any of its agencies or any state or local authority, nor shall anything in the
Confirmation Order or the Plan exculpate any party from any liability to the United States
Government or any of its
97
agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever, including any liabilities arising under the
Internal Revenue Code, federal securities laws, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the
United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority against the
Released Parties. This paragraph, however, shall in no way affect or limit the discharge granted
to the Debtors under sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(C) Exculpation
The Debtors, each party who signed a Plan Support Agreement, and the Creditors Committee, and
each of their respective members, officers, directors, agents, financial advisors, attorneys,
employees, partners, Affiliates and representatives (each an Exculpated Party) will neither have,
nor incur any liability to any Entity for any Pre-Petition or Post-Petition act taken or omitted to
be taken in connection with, or related to formulating, negotiating, preparing, disseminating,
implementing, administering, confirming or effecting the Effective Date of the Plan, the Disclosure
Statement or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered
into in connection with the Plan or any other Pre-Petition or Post-Petition act taken or omitted to
be taken in connection with or in contemplation of the restructuring of the Company; provided, that
the foregoing provisions of this exculpation will have no effect on the liability of any entity
that results from any such act or omission that is determined in a final order to have constituted
gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, further, that each Exculpated Party will be
entitled to rely upon the advice of counsel concerning his, her or its duties pursuant to, or in
connection with, the Plan; provided still further, that the foregoing Exculpation will not apply
to any acts or omissions expressly set forth in and preserved by the Plan, the Plan Supplement or
related documents, except for acts or omissions of Releasing Parties.
Important Securities Law Disclosure
Securities Issued in Reliance on Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and Pursuant to
Exemptions under the Securities Act of 1933, as Amended
The
following securities are being issued under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code:
|
|
|
Warrants (including New Class A Stock underlying such warrants) issued to Holders of
CCH Notes Claims and CIH Notes Claims; |
|
|
|
|
New Class A Stock issued to holders of CCH I Notes Claims (other than New Class A Stock
issued to Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders pursuant to the Rights Offering); |
|
|
|
|
New CCH II Notes issued (other than the New CCH II Notes issued to the Rollover
Committed Parties and New CCH II Note Commitment Parties); and |
|
|
|
|
The New Preferred Stock (and New Common Stock issuable upon redemption
thereof). |
|
|
|
|
As described in detail below, such securities will be freely
tradeable. |
Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code exempts the offer and sale of securities under a
plan of reorganization from registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act and state laws when
such securities are to be exchanged for Claims or principally in exchange for Claims and partly for
cash. In general, securities issued under section 1145 may be resold without registration unless
the recipient is an underwriter with respect to those securities. Section 1145(b)(1) of the
Bankruptcy Code defines an underwriter as any person who:
|
|
|
purchases a claim against, an interest in, or a claim for an administrative
expense against the debtor, if that purchase is with a view to distributing any security
received in exchange for such a claim or interest; |
|
|
|
|
offers to sell securities offered under a plan of reorganization for the holders
of those securities; |
|
|
|
|
offers to buy those securities from the holders of the securities, if the offer
to buy is (i) with a view to distributing those securities; and (ii) under an agreement made in
connection with the plan of |
98
|
|
|
reorganization, the completion of the plan of reorganization, or with the offer or sale of
securities under the plan of reorganization; or |
|
|
|
|
is an issuer with respect to the securities, as the term issuer is defined in
Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act. |
To the extent that persons who receive New Common Stock or New CCH II Notes are deemed to be
underwriters, resales by those persons would not be exempted from registration under the
Securities Act or other applicable law by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Those persons would,
however, be permitted to sell New Common Stock or other securities without registration if they are
able to comply with the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as described further
below.
You should confer with your own legal advisors to help determine whether or not you are an
underwriter.
The following securities are being issued under Section 4(2) of Securities Act:
|
|
|
All New Class B Stock; |
|
|
|
|
All New Class A Stock issued to Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders pursuant to the
Rights Offering; |
|
|
|
|
All of the New CCH II Notes issued to the Rollover Commitment Parties and New CCH II
Note Commitment Parties; and |
|
|
|
|
All Warrants and New Class A Stock underlying such Warrants that are issued to Mr.
Allen (or his designees). |
These securities will be restricted securities and cannot be sold absent registration under
the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption therefrom. Upon emergence, the Debtors will enter
into registration rights agreements with respect to such restricted securities pursuant to which
the Debtors will use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register all of the New Class A
Stock that constitute restricted securities under the Securities Act; and (ii) register all of
the CCH II Notes that constitute restricted securities, in each case in accordance with the
registration rights agreements that the Debtors will enter into.
Voting Instructions
This Disclosure Statement, accompanied by a ballot or ballots to be used for voting on the
Plan, is being distributed to the Holders of Claims in Classes A-3, A-4, B-3, B-4, C-3, C-4, D-3,
E-3, E-4, F-3, F-4, G-3, G-4, H-3, H-4, I-5, J-2 and J-6. Only the Holders of Claims in these
Classes are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and may do so by completing the ballot
and returning it in the envelope provided.
The Debtors, with the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, have engaged Financial Balloting
Group, LLC to serve as the Securities Voting Agent for Claims in respect of debt securities and
Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC to serve as the Claims Voting Agent with respect to any other
Claims, to assist in the solicitation process. The Claims Voting Agent and the Securities Voting
Agent will, among other things, answer questions, provide additional copies of all solicitation
materials, and generally oversee the solicitation process for their assigned Claims. The Claims
Voting Agent and the Securities Voting Agent will also process and tabulate ballots for each of
their respective Classes that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will file a
voting report as soon as practicable before the Confirmation Hearing.
The deadline to vote on the Plan is 5:00 p.m., E.T., on June 15, 2009.
Ballots and master ballots must be actually
received by the Claims Voting Agent or Securities
Voting Agent, as applicable, by the Voting
Deadline by using the envelope provided, or by
99
first class mail, overnight courier
or personal
delivery to:
For the Claims Voting Agent:
Charter Balloting Center
c/o Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC
2335 Alaska Avenue
El Segundo, CA 90245
For the Securities Voting Agent:
Charter Balloting Center
c/o Financial Balloting Group, LLC
757 Third Avenue Third Floor
New York, New York 10017
Attn: Ballot Processing Center
If you received an envelope addressed to your
Nominee, please allow enough time when you
return your ballot for your Nominee to cast your
vote on a master ballot before the Voting
Deadline.
If you have any questions on the procedure for
voting on the Plan, please call:
the Claims Voting Agent at the following
telephone number:
(866)-967-0266
or the Securities Voting Agent at the following
telephone number:
(646)-282-1800
as applicable.
MORE DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING HOW TO VOTE ON THE PLAN ARE CONTAINED ON THE BALLOTS
DISTRIBUTED TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS THAT ARE ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN. FOR YOUR VOTE
TO BE COUNTED, YOUR BALLOT MUST BE COMPLETED, SIGNED AND RECEIVED BY 5:00 P.M. (EASTERN TIME), ON
JUNE 15, 2009.
ANY BALLOT THAT IS PROPERLY EXECUTED BY THE HOLDER OF A CLAIM OR INTEREST, BUT WHICH DOES NOT
CLEARLY INDICATE AN ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN OR WHICH INDICATES BOTH AN ACCEPTANCE AND A
REJECTION OF THE PLAN, SHALL NOT BE COUNTED.
EACH HOLDER OF A CLAIM AND/OR INTERESTS MAY CAST ONLY ONE BALLOT PER EACH SUCH CLAIM OR
INTEREST HELD. BY SIGNING AND RETURNING A BALLOT, EACH HOLDER OF A CLAIM OR INTEREST IN CLASSES
A-3, A-4, B-3, B-4, C-3, C-4, D-3, E-3, E-4, F-3, F-4, G-3, G-4, H-3, H-4, I-5, J-2 AND J-6 WILL
CERTIFY TO THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND THE DEBTORS THAT NO OTHER BALLOTS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH CLAIM
AND/OR INTEREST HAVE BEEN CAST OR, IF ANY OTHER BALLOTS HAVE BEEN CAST WITH RESPECT TO SUCH CLASS
OF CLAIMS AND/OR INTEREST, SUCH EARLIER BALLOTS ARE THEREBY SUPERSEDED AND REVOKED.
100
ALL BALLOTS ARE ACCOMPANIED BY RETURN ENVELOPES. IT IS IMPORTANT TO FOLLOW THE SPECIFIC
INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED ON EACH BALLOT.
FOR NOMINEES:
With respect to Claims in Classes A-4, E-4, F-4, G-4, H-4, the Debtors will deliver ballots
to Nominees.
The Nominees should deliver the Ballot and other documents relating to the Plan, including
this Disclosure Statement, to each Beneficial Owner (as defined in the Disclosure Statement Order)
for which they serve as Nominee.
The Nominee should forward the solicitation materials to each Beneficial Owner for voting and
include a return envelope provided by and addressed to the Nominee so that the Beneficial Owner may
return the completed Beneficial Owner Ballot to the Nominee. Upon receipt of the ballots, the
Nominee will summarize the individual votes of its respective Beneficial Owners on the appropriate
Master Ballot and then return the Master Ballot to the Securities Voting Agent before the Voting
Deadline.
If a Master Ballot is received after the Voting Deadline, the votes and elections on such
Master Ballot will not be counted. A Master Ballot should be sent to the Securities Voting Agent by
the envelope provided, or by First Class Mail, Overnight Courier or Personal Delivery. In all
cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No Ballot should be sent to the
Debtors, the Debtors financial or legal advisors, but only to the Securities Voting Agent as set
forth above.
Nominees must provide appropriate information for each of the items on the Master Ballot,
including without limitation, identifying the votes to accept or reject the Plan.
By returning a Master Ballot, each Nominee will be certifying to the Debtors and the
Bankruptcy Court, among other things, that:
|
|
|
it has received a copy of the Disclosure Statement and other solicitation
materials annexed to the Disclosure Statement, and it has delivered the same to the Beneficial
Owners such Nominee represents; |
|
|
|
|
it has received a completed and signed Ballot from each Beneficial Owner whose
vote is reflected on such Master Ballot; |
|
|
|
|
it is a bank, broker or other nominee (or agent thereof) that holds the
securities being voted on behalf of the Beneficial Owners identified on such Master Ballot; |
|
|
|
|
it has properly disclosed (a) the number of such Beneficial Owners, (b) the
amount of securities owned by each such Beneficial Owner, (c) each Beneficial Owners
respective vote, if any, concerning the Plan and (d) the customer account, serial number and/or
identification number for each such Beneficial Owner; |
|
|
|
|
each such Beneficial Owner has certified to the Nominee that such Beneficial
Owner has not submitted any other ballots for such Claims held in other accounts or other
names, or, if it has submitted another Ballot held in other accounts or names, that the
Beneficial Owner has certified to the Nominee that such Beneficial Owner has cast the same vote
for such Claims, and the undersigned has identified such other accounts or Owner and such other
ballots; |
|
|
|
|
it has been authorized by each such Beneficial Owner to vote on the Plan; and |
|
|
|
|
it will maintain the original Beneficial Owner Ballot returned by each Beneficial
Owner (whether properly completed or defective) for one year after the Voting Deadline (or such
other date as is set by
subsequent Bankruptcy Court order) for disclosure to the Bankruptcy Court or the Debtor, if so
ordered. |
Each Master Ballot must be returned in sufficient time to allow it to be RECEIVED by the
Securities Voting Agent by no later than 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the date of the Voting
Deadline.
101
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences Of The Plan
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to the
Reorganized Company and Holders of Allowed Claims. This summary is based on the IRC, Treasury
Regulations thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations and practice, all as in
effect on the date of the Disclosure Statement and all of which are subject to change, with
possible retroactive effect. Due to the lack of definitive judicial and administrative authority in
a number of areas, substantial uncertainty may exist with respect to some of the tax consequences
described below. No opinion of counsel has been obtained as to any of the tax consequences of the
Plan discussed below. Although the Debtors intend to seek a private letter ruling from the IRS as
to certain aspects of the Plan, the scope of the intended ruling is narrow and will not address
most of the tax consequences of the Plan discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS
will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences of the Plan described below.
This summary does not apply to Holders of Allowed Claims that are not United States persons
(as such term is defined in the IRC) or that are otherwise subject to special treatment under U.S.
federal income tax law (including, for example, banks, governmental authorities or agencies,
financial institutions, insurance companies, pass-through entities, tax-exempt organizations,
brokers and dealers in securities, mutual funds, small business investment companies, and regulated
investment companies). The following discussion assumes that Holders of Allowed Claims hold such
Claims as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the IRC. Moreover, this summary
does not purport to cover all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may apply to the Debtors
and Holders of Allowed Claims based upon their particular circumstances. Additionally, this summary
does not discuss any tax consequences that may arise under any laws other than U.S. federal income
tax law, including under state, local, or foreign tax law.
The following summary is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice based on the
particular circumstances of each Holder of a Claim. Each Holder of a Claim is urged to consult his,
her, or its tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences, as well as other
tax consequences, including under any applicable state, local, and foreign law, of the
restructuring described in the Plan. This discussion does not address special consideration that
may be applicable to Holders holding more than one class of Claims. Such Holders should consult
their tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.
IRS Circular 230 Disclosure: To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, any
tax advice contained in this Disclosure Statement is not intended or written to be used, and cannot
be used, by any taxpayer for the purpose of avoiding tax-related penalties under the IRC. The tax
advice contained in this Disclosure Statement was written to support the promotion or marketing of
the transactions described in this Disclosure Statement. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on
the taxpayers particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Reorganized Company
Cancellation of Debt and Reduction of Tax Attributes
In general, absent an exception, a debtor will realize and recognize cancellation of debt
income (COD Income) upon satisfaction of its outstanding indebtedness for total consideration
less than the amount of such indebtedness. The amount of COD Income, in general, is the excess of
(a) the adjusted issue price of the indebtedness satisfied over (b) the sum of (x) the amount of
cash paid and (y) the fair market value of any new consideration (including stock of the debtor)
given in satisfaction of such indebtedness at the time of the exchange.
A debtor will not, however, be required to include any amount of COD Income in gross income if
the debtor is under the jurisdiction of a court in a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
and the discharge of debt occurs pursuant to that proceeding. Instead, as a consequence of such
exclusion, a debtor must reduce its tax attributes by the amount of COD Income that it excluded
from gross income under
section 108 of the IRC. In general, tax attributes will be reduced in the following order: (a)
NOLs; (b) most tax credits and capital loss carryovers; (c) tax basis in assets; and (d) foreign
tax credits. A debtor with COD Income may elect first to reduce the basis of its depreciable assets
under section 108(b)(5) of the IRC.
102
As a result of the Plan, the Debtors aggregate existing indebtedness will be substantially
reduced and the Reorganized Company will therefore have COD Income, which will be excluded from
gross income under the rules discussed above. Because the Plan provides that Holders of certain
Allowed Claims will receive New Class A Stock, the amount of COD Income, and accordingly the amount
of tax attributes required to be reduced, will depend on the fair market value of the New Class A
Stock exchanged therefor. This value cannot be known with certainty until after the Effective Date.
However, the Debtors expect that, subject to the limitations discussed herein, the Reorganized
Company will continue to have significant NOL carryovers and certain other tax attributes remaining
after emergence.
A recently enacted amendment to the COD Income rules provides that taxpayers, including
taxpayers operating under the jurisdiction of a court in a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code, that recognize COD Income in 2009 or 2010 may elect to forgo the COD Income exclusion and
attribute reduction rules described above. Instead, the taxpayer may elect to take into taxable
income the COD Income with respect to such debt in equal installments in 2014 through 2018 (i.e.,
the taxpayer would report 20% of the COD Income in each such year). This election to defer COD
Income is made separately with respect to each debt instrument on which COD Income is realized,
must be made on the taxpayers tax return for the year that includes the transaction that creates
the COD Income, and, in the case of debt of a partnership, is made at the partnership level. The
Debtors do not intend to elect to apply this new rule.
Because of the unique organizational structure of the Debtors, most of the COD Income that
will be generated from the Plan will occur at Holdco and its subsidiaries (which are generally
disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes). This COD Income will be allocated to
the two members of Holdco (CCI and CII) based on their respective percentage ownership interests in
Holdco. The Debtors expect that this means that approximately 54% of the COD Income will be
allocated to CCI and 46% to CII. This allocation formula is one of the principal tax reasons for
retaining the Holdco structure, since the allocation of COD income to CII is expected to result in
several billion dollars of NOL carryforwards being preserved at the CCI level. If Holdco were
dissolved or liquidated before the Effective Date, all of the COD Income could potentially be
allocated to CCI, thereby eliminating most of CCIs NOL carryforwards. There is therefore a
material tax benefit to the Debtors of preserving the existing Holdco structure. The Allen Entities
have the right post-Effective Date to exchange their interest in Holdco for CCI, but the Allen
Entities are under no obligation to do so and it is uncertain whether they will do so.
Under the U.S. federal income tax rules dealing with COD Income, the tax treatment of that
income will be determined with respect to each of CCI and CII at the member level. Because CCI is
in bankruptcy, COD income allocated to CCI will not be included in income, but it will result in a
reduction in CCIs NOL carryforwards after the Effective Date. Because CCI is primarily just a
holding company, the NOL carryforwards that will be preserved at CCI will generally be usable only
to the extent that Holdco and the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Holdco have taxable income in
the future; such NOL carryforwards would not have any future value to CCI if CCI were not to
reorganize in a Chapter 11 proceeding,. And because of the ownership change limitations discussed
below, it is generally the case that any NOL carryforwards at CCI could not be utilized by CCI if
CCI were a standalone company without its ownership interest in Holdco and Holdcos subsidiaries.
Limitation of Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Other Tax Attributes
The precise amount of the NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes that will be available to
the Reorganized Company at emergence is based on a number of factors and is impossible to calculate
at this time. Some of the factors that will impact the amount and utilization of the NOLs include
the following: (a) the amount of tax losses incurred by the Debtors through emergence; (b) the
value of the New Class A Stock; (c) the amount of COD Income incurred by the Debtors in connection
with the Effective Date; and (d) the allocation of COD Income between CII and CCI.
Following the Effective Date, the Debtors anticipate that any remaining NOL and tax credit
carryovers and, possibly, certain other tax attributes of the Reorganized Company allocable to
periods prior to and including the Effective Date (collectively, Pre-Change Losses) will be
subject to a limitation under section 382 of the IRC as a result of an ownership change of CCI by
reason of the transactions pursuant
to the Plan. Under section 382 of the IRC, if a corporation undergoes an ownership change,
the amount of its Pre-Change Losses that may be utilized to offset future taxable income generally
is subject to an annual limitation. As discussed more fully below, the Debtors anticipate that the
issuance of the New Class A Stock pursuant to the Plan will result in an ownership change of
103
CCI for these purposes and that the Reorganized Companys use of its NOL carryovers will be subject
to limitation unless an exception to the general rules of section 382 of the IRC applies.
General Section 382 Annual Limitation
In general, the amount of the annual limitation to which a corporation that undergoes an
ownership change would be subject is equal to the product of (i) the fair market value of the
stock of the corporation immediately before the ownership change (with certain adjustments) and
(ii) the long-term tax-exempt rate in effect for the month in which the ownership change occurs
(4.61% for ownership changes occurring in May 2009). Any unused limitation may be carried forward,
thereby increasing the annual limitation in the subsequent taxable year. Additionally, if the
assets of a corporation experiencing an ownership change have a fair market value greater than
their tax basis (a net unrealized built-in gain), the corporation is permitted to increase its
annual section 382 limitation during the five years immediately after the ownership change by an
amount equal to the depreciation deductions that a hypothetical purchaser of the corporations
assets would have been permitted to claim if it had acquired the corporations assets in a taxable
transaction. Additionally, Section 383 of the IRC applies a similar limitation to capital loss
carryforwards and tax credits. The Debtors expect to request a private letter ruling from the IRS
respecting the methodology by which the annual limitation after an ownership change should be
calculated. Due to the Debtors organizational structure, the calculation of such limitation
amount is unusually complex and thus the Debtors have determined it would be appropriate to seek an
IRS ruling.
Special Bankruptcy Exceptions
An exception to the foregoing annual limitation rules generally applies when so-called
qualified creditors and continuing shareholders of a debtor company in Chapter 11 receive, in
respect of their claims, at least 50% of the vote and value of the stock of the reorganized debtor
(or a controlling corporation if also in Chapter 11) pursuant to a confirmed Chapter 11 plan (the
382(l)(5) Exception). Under the 382(l)(5) Exception, a debtors Pre-Change Losses are not limited
on an annual basis but, instead, are required to be reduced by the amount of any interest
deductions claimed during the three taxable years preceding the effective date of the plan of
reorganization, and during the part of the taxable year prior to and including the effective date
of the plan of reorganization, in respect of all debt converted into stock in the reorganization.
If the 382(l)(5) Exception applies and a debtor undergoes another ownership change within two years
the debtors Pre-Change Losses effectively would be eliminated in their entirety.
Where the 382(l)(5) Exception is not applicable (either because the debtor does not qualify
for it or the debtor elects not to utilize the 382(l)(5) Exception), a second special rule will
generally apply (the 382(l)(6) Exception). When the 382(l)(6) Exception applies, a debtor
corporation that undergoes an ownership change generally is permitted to determine the fair
market value of its stock after taking into account the increase in value resulting from any
surrender or cancellation of creditors claims in the bankruptcy. This differs from the ordinary
rule that requires the fair market value of a debtor corporation that undergoes an ownership
change to be determined before the events giving rise to the change. The 382(l)(6) Exception also
differs from the 382(l)(5) Exception in that (i) the debtor corporation is not required to reduce
its NOLs by the amount of interest deductions claimed within the prior three-year period and (ii)
the debtor may undergo another ownership change within two years without triggering the elimination
of its NOLs. Whether a debtor takes advantage of the 382(l)(5) Exception or the 382(l)(6)
Exception, the debtors use of the Pre-Change Losses may be adversely affected if the debtor
were to undergo another ownership change.
The Debtors believe that the CCI ownership change resulting from the Effective Date is
unlikely to qualify for the 382(l)(5) Exception. Accordingly, the Debtors expect that the use of
the Reorganized Companys NOL carryforwards will be subject to limitation based on the rules
discussed above, but taking into account the 382(l)(6) Exception. The exact amount of the benefits
from the application of the 382(l)(6) Exception in these circumstances is not entirely clear,
because the amount of such benefits will depend primarily on the value inherent in Holdco and its
subsidiaries and the methodology by which such value is determined. Accordingly, the Debtors intend
to request a private letter ruling from the IRS with respect to the application of the 382(l)(6)
Exception to the ownership change arising from Effective Date. Further, while the Debtors analysis
continues, they believe the Reorganized Company may have a net unrealized built-in gain on its
assets, and, accordingly, its ability to utilize its Pre-Change Losses to offset its taxable income
under section 382 of the IRC following the Effective Date may be significantly enhanced.
104
Restrictions on Resale of Securities to Protect NOLs
The Debtors expect the Reorganized Company to emerge from Chapter 11 with valuable tax
attributes, including NOL carryforwards. As discussed above, the Reorganized Companys ability to
utilize these tax attributes could be subject to a greater limitation if another ownership change
were to occur after emergence. To reduce the risk of an ownership change that might impose such a
limitation, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will include special provisions
designed to permit the Board of Directors to impose certain restrictions on trading with respect to
New Class A Stock. These special provisions are described above in Important Aspects of the Plan
Other Provisions, which begins on page 31.
Alternative Minimum Tax
In general, an alternative minimum tax (AMT) is imposed on a corporations alternative
minimum taxable income (AMTI) each year at a 20% rate to the extent such tax exceeds the
corporations regular federal income tax for such year. AMTI is generally equal to regular taxable
income with certain adjustments. For purposes of computing AMTI, certain tax deductions and other
beneficial allowances are modified or eliminated. For example, even though for regular tax purposes
a corporation might otherwise be able to offset all of its taxable income by NOL carryovers from
prior years, only 90% of a corporations AMTI may be offset by available alternative tax NOL
carryforwards. This rule could cause certain Reorganized Debtors to owe federal and state income
tax on taxable income in future years even though NOL carryforwards are available to offset regular
taxable income.
Additionally, if a corporation undergoes an ownership change within the meaning of section
382 of the IRC, the section 382 rules discussed above also apply to its NOL carryforwards for AMT
purposes. Any AMT tax that a corporation pays is generally allowed as a nonrefundable credit
against its regular U.S. federal income tax liability in future taxable years to the extent that
the corporation is no longer subject to AMT.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of Allowed Claims
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, nearly all of Holdcos direct and indirect subsidiaries
are treated as disregarded entities. As a result, holders of Allowed Claims against those direct
and indirect subsidiaries are treated as though they held claims against Holdco for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. The discussion below generally assumes therefore that Holdco and each of its
direct and indirect subsidiaries are treated as one company for these purposes.
Consequences to Holders of Allowed Secured Claims
Pursuant to the Plan, each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim will either (i) have its Claim
Reinstated, (ii) be paid in full in cash, or (iii) have all collateral securing such Claim
returned.
If a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim receives cash or has all collateral securing such
Claim returned in satisfaction of its Claim, the satisfaction should be treated as a taxable
exchange under section 1001 of the IRC. The Holder should recognize capital gain or loss (which
capital gain or loss should be long-term capital gain or loss if the Holder has held its Claim for
more than one year) (subject to the market discount rules described below) equal to the
difference between (x) the amount of cash or the fair market value of other property received and
(y) the Holders adjusted tax basis in its Claim. To the extent that the cash or property received
in the exchange is allocable to accrued interest that has not already been taken into income by the
Holder, the Holder may recognize ordinary interest income. If an Allowed Secured Claim is
Reinstated, the Holder of such Claim should not recognize gain or loss except to the extent
collateral securing such Claim is changed and the change in collateral constitutes a significant
modification of the Allowed Secured Claim within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations
promulgated under section 1001 of the IRC.
Consequences to Holders of Allowed CCI Note Claims
Pursuant to the Plan, each Holder of an Allowed CCI Note Claim will receive its Pro Rata share
of (i) shares of New Preferred Stock and (ii) cash in the amount determined under the Plan.
105
The U.S. federal income tax consequences to a Holder arising from the exchange of an Allowed
CCI Note Claim for cash and New Preferred Stock will depend, in part, on whether the CCI Note
Claims each constitute a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Whether a debt instrument
constitutes a security is determined based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, but most
authorities have held that the length of the term of a debt instrument is an important factor in
determining whether such instrument is a security for U. S. federal income tax purposes. These
authorities have indicated that a term of less than five years is evidence that the instrument is
not a security, whereas a term of ten years or more is evidence that it is a security. There are
numerous other factors that could be taken into account in determining whether a debt instrument is
a security, including the security for payment, the creditworthiness of the obligor, the
subordination or lack thereof to other creditors, the right to vote or otherwise participate in the
management of the obligor, convertibility of the instrument into an equity interest of the obligor,
whether payments of interest are fixed, variable or contingent, and whether such payments are made
on a current basis or accrued. Each Holder of a Claim should consult with its tax advisor to
determine whether or not the debt underlying such Claim is a security for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.
If a Holders Allowed CCI Note Claim constitutes a security for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, the exchange of such Claim for cash and the New Preferred Stock should be characterized
as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Holders of Allowed CCI Note Claims may be
required to recognize gain, but not loss, on the exchange. Specifically, a Holder may recognize
(a) capital gain, subject to the market discount rules discussed below, to the extent of the lesser
of (i) the amount of gain realized on the exchange and (ii) the amount of cash received, and (b)
gain or loss with respect to accrued interest, as described below. In such case, a Holder should
obtain a tax basis in the New Preferred Stock equal to the tax basis of the surrendered CCI Note,
increased by the amount of gain recognized and decreased by the amount of cash received; provided
that the tax basis of any New Preferred Stock that is treated as received in satisfaction of
accrued interest should equal the amount of such accrued interest. A Holders holding period for
its New Preferred Stock received should include such Holders holding period for the surrendered
CCI Note; provided that the holding period for any New Preferred Stock that is treated as received
in satisfaction of accrued interest should begin on the day following the Effective Date.
If a Holders Allowed CCI Note Claim does not constitute a security for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, the exchange of such Claim for cash and the New Preferred Stock will constitute a
taxable exchange under Section 1001 of the IRC. Accordingly, such Holder should recognize gain or
loss equal to the difference between (1) the amount of cash received and the value of the New
Preferred Stock received and (2) the Holders adjusted basis in its Allowed CCI Note Claim. The
character of such gain or loss as capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss will be
determined by a number of factors, including the tax status of the Holder, the nature of the Claim
in the Holders hands, whether the Claim was purchased at a discount, the amount of accrued
interest, and whether and to what extent the Holder has previously claimed a bad debt deduction
with respect to its Claim. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of market discount and the
receipt of cash allocable to accrued interest are summarized below. A Holders basis in the New
Preferred Stock will equal its fair market value as of the Effective Date, and a Holders holding
period for its New Preferred Stock will begin on the day following the Effective Date.
To the extent the Reorganized Company has positive earnings and profits for U.S. federal
income tax purposes in the future, there is a risk that a holder of New Preferred Stock will be
required to include in taxable income an amount equal to the accrued but unpaid yield on the New
Preferred Stock, even if no dividends are paid in cash. The tax consequences of owning New
Preferred Stock that does not pay a regular cash dividend is complex; holders of New Preferred
Stock should consult their own tax advisor regarding such consequences.
Consequences to Holders of Allowed CCH Note Claims and Allowed CIH Note Claims
Pursuant to the Plan, each Holder of an Allowed CCH Note Claim or an Allowed CIH Note Claim
will receive its Pro Rata share of Warrants to purchase shares of New Class A Stock in the
aggregate amount determined under the Plan.
Holders of Allowed CCH Note Claims and Allowed CIH Note Claims may recognize gain or loss on
the exchange of such Claims for Warrants to purchase New Class A Stock. Although certain of such
Claims may constitute securities, the exchange of such Claims for Warrants to purchase New Class A
Stock will not qualify as a tax-free reorganization because such Claims were issued by various
subsidiaries of CCI and will be exchanged for equity in CCI. Accordingly, each Holder of such a
Claim may recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between: (i) the fair market value of the
Warrants to purchase New Class A Stock (as of the date the Warrants are
106
distributed to the Holder) received in exchange for the Claim and (ii) the Holders adjusted basis
in the Claim. Such gain or loss should be capital in nature so long as the Claim is held as a
capital asset (subject to the market discount rules described below) and should be long-term
capital gain or loss if the Claim was held for more than one year. To the extent that a portion of
the Warrants received in exchange for a Claim is allocable to accrued but untaxed interest, the
Holder may recognize ordinary income. A Holders tax basis in the Warrants received should equal
the fair market value of the Warrants as of the date distributed to the Holder, and a Holders
holding period for the Warrants should begin on the day following the Effective Date.
Consequences to Holders of Allowed CCH II Notes Claims
Pursuant to the Exchange, each Holder of an Allowed CCH II Note Claim will exchange such
Holders CCH II Note for one of the following: (i) a New CCH II Note, (ii) cash, or (iii) both a
New CCH II Note and cash.
The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange of a CCH II Note for a New CCH II
Note will depend on whether the exchange results in a significant modification of the CCH II Note
(i.e., whether the terms of the New CCH II Notes are significantly different from the terms of the
CCH II Notes exchanged therefor). The Treasury Regulations under section 1001 of the IRC provide
specific rules for determining whether certain modifications are significant. One such rule
provides that a change in the annual yield of an instrument will be considered significant if the
modified rate varies from the original rate by more than the greater of (a) 25 basis points and (b)
5 percent of the annual yield of the unmodified instrument. Because the New CCH II Notes will bear
an interest rate that exceeds the interest rate payable with respect to the CCH II Notes by more
than such amount, the Exchange should result in a significant modification of the CCH II Notes.
Therefore, the exchange of CCH II Notes for New CCH II Notes and/or cash should be a taxable
exchange under section 1001 of the IRC.
A Holder who receives New CCH II Notes and/or cash with respect to an Allowed CCH II Note
Claim will generally recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an
amount equal to the difference between (a) the sum of (i) the fair market value of any New CCH II
Notes received and (ii) the amount of any cash received and (b) the Holders adjusted basis in its
Allowed CCH II Note Claim. Such gain or loss may be capital in nature (subject to the market
discount rules described below) and may be long-term capital gain or loss if the CCH II Notes were
held for more than one year. To the extent that a portion of the cash or New CCH II Notes received
represents accrued but unpaid interest that the Holder has not already taken into income, the
Holder may recognize ordinary interest income. A Holders tax basis in any New CCH II Notes
received should equal the fair market value of the New CCH II Notes as of the date distributed to
the Holder, and a Holders holding period for the New CCH II Notes should begin on the day
following the Exchange.
The tax consequences with respect to an exchange of CCH II Notes (including with respect to
accrued but unpaid interest) are complex and each Holder of such notes should consult with its own
tax advisor.
Consequences to Holders of Allowed CCH I Note Claims
Pursuant to the Plan, each Holder of an Allowed CCH I Note Claim will receive its Pro Rata
share of New Class A Stock in the aggregate amount determined under the Plan. Additionally, certain
Holders of Allowed CCH I Note Claims will also receive Rights pursuant to the Rights Offering.
Although certain of such Claims may constitute securities, the exchange of such Claims for New
Class A Stock (and, with respect to certain Holders, Rights) will not qualify as a tax-free
reorganization because such Claims were issued by various subsidiaries of CCI and will be exchanged
for equity in CCI.
A Holder of an Allowed CCH I Note Claim will generally recognize income, gain or loss for U.S.
federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between (a) the sum of (i) the
fair market value of the New Class A Stock received and (ii) the fair market value of any Rights
received, and (b) the Holders adjusted basis in its Allowed CCH I Note Claim. Such gain or loss
should be capital in nature (subject to the market discount rules described below) and should be
long-term capital gain or loss if the CCH I Note was held for more than one year. To the extent
that a portion of the New Class A Stock received represents accrued but unpaid interest that the
Holder has not already taken into income, the Holder may recognize ordinary interest income. A
Holders basis in its New Class A Stock will equal its fair market value as of the Effective Date,
and a Holders holding period for its New Class A Stock will begin on the day following the
Effective Date.
107
Consequences to Holders of New CCH II Notes
Stated interest on the New CCH II Notes will generally be taxable to a holder of New CCH II
Notes as ordinary income at the time the interest is paid or accrues in accordance with the
holders method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A holder of New CCH II Notes
generally will be required to report the excess of the stated principal amount of the New CCH II
Notes over the issue price of the New CCH II Notes as original issue discount on the New CCH II
Notes on a constant yield basis over the term of the New CCH II Notes.
A holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, exchange, redemption or
other taxable disposition of a New CCH II Note equal to the difference between the amount realized
(less any accrued but unpaid interest, which generally will be taxable as such) and the holders
adjusted tax basis in the note. A noncorporate holder who has held the note for more than one year
generally will be subject to reduced rates of taxation on such gain. The ability to deduct capital
losses may be limited.
Consequences to Participants in the Rights Offering
A holder of Rights generally should not recognize taxable gain or loss upon the exercise of
such Rights. The tax basis in the New Class A Stock received upon exercise of the Rights should
equal the sum of the holders tax basis in the Rights and the amount paid for such New Class A
Stock. The holding period in such New Class A Stock received should commence the day following its
acquisition.
Accrued But Untaxed Interest
A portion of the consideration (whether cash, stock, debt or other consideration) received by
Holders of Claims and Interests may be attributable to accrued but untaxed interest on such Claims.
Such amount should be taxable to that Holder as interest income if such accrued interest has not
been previously included in the Holders gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Conversely, a holder generally recognizes a deductible loss to the extent any accrued interest
claimed was previously included in income and is not paid in full.
If the fair value of the consideration received by Holders of Claims and Interests is not
sufficient to fully satisfy all principal and interest on Allowed Claims, the extent to which such
consideration will be attributable to accrued but untaxed interest is unclear. Holders of Claims
and Interests should consult their tax advisors regarding the proper allocation of the
consideration received by them under the Plan.
Market Discount
As indicated above, certain Holders of Allowed Claims may be affected by the market discount
provisions of sections 1276 through 1278 of the IRC. Under these rules, some or all of the gain
realized by a Holder may be treated as ordinary income (instead of capital gain) to the extent of
the amount of accrued market discount on such Holders Allowed Claim.
In general, a debt obligation with a fixed maturity of more than one year that is acquired by
a holder on the secondary market (or, in certain circumstances, upon original issuance) is
considered to be acquired with market discount as to that holder if the debt obligations stated
redemption price at maturity (or revised issue price as defined in section 1278 of the IRC, in the
case of a debt obligation issued with original issue discount) exceeds the tax basis of the debt
obligation in the holders hands immediately after its acquisition. However, a debt obligation is
not a market discount bond if such excess is less than a statutory de minimis amount (equal to
0.25 percent of the debt obligations stated redemption price at maturity or revised issue price,
in the case of a debt obligation issued with original issue discount, multiplied by the number of
complete years remaining until maturity at the time of the acquisition).
Any gain recognized by a Holder on the taxable disposition of an Allowed Claim (determined as
described above) that was acquired with market discount should be treated as ordinary income to the
extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while the Allowed Claim was considered to be
held by the Holder (unless the Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued).
To the extent that any Allowed Claims that were acquired with market discount are exchanged in a
tax-free transaction for other property, any market discount that accrued on the Allowed Claims
(i.e., up to the time of the exchange) but was not recognized by the Holder is carried
108
over to the property received therefore, and any gain recognized on a subsequent sale, exchange,
redemption or other disposition of such property is treated as ordinary income to the extent of
such accrued market discount.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
In general, information reporting requirements may apply to distributions or payments under
the Plan. Additionally, under the backup withholding rules, a Holder of a Claim may be subject to
backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) with respect to distributions or payments made
pursuant to the Plan unless that Holder: (a) comes within certain exempt categories (which
generally include corporations) and, when required, demonstrates that fact; or (b) provides a
correct taxpayer identification number and certifies under penalty of perjury that the taxpayer
identification number is correct and that the Holder is not subject to backup withholding because
of a failure to report all dividend and interest income. Backup withholding is not an additional
tax, but merely an advance payment that may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment
of tax, provided that the required information is provided to the IRS.
The Debtors will withhold all amounts required by law to be withheld from payments of
interest. The Debtors will comply with all applicable reporting requirements of the IRC.
The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan are complex. The foregoing summary does
not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular Holder
of a Claim in light of such Holders circumstances and income tax situation. All Holders of Claims
against the Debtors should consult with their tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences to
them of the transactions contemplated by the restructuring, including the applicability and effects
of any state, local, or foreign tax laws, and any change in applicable tax laws.
109
Recommendation
The Debtors believe that the Plan is in the best interests of all Holders of Claims and
Interests and urge all Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote to accept the Plan and to
evidence such acceptance by returning their ballots or master ballots so that they will be received
by the Debtors Voting Agent no later than 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on June 15, 2009.
Dated: May 7, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
Respectfully submitted,
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(for itself and on behalf of each of the Debtors, other than
Charter Investment, Inc.)
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Prepared by:
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
Citigroup Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, New York 10022-4611
(212) 446-4800 (telephone)
ATTORNEYS FOR DEBTORS AND DEBTORS IN POSSESSION (OTHER THAN CHARTER INVESTMENT, INC.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHARTER INVESTMENT, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Prepared by:
TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP
One Penn Plaza
New York, New York 10119
(212) 594-5000 (telephone)
ATTORNEYS FOR THE DEBTOR AND DEBTOR IN POSSESSION CHARTER INVESTMENT, INC.
110
EX-99.T3.E2
EXHIBIT A
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
111
Exhibit T3
E-2
Richard M. Cieri
Paul M. Basta
Stephen E. Hessler
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
Citigroup Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, New York 10022-4611
Telephone: (212) 446-4800
Facsimile: (212) 446-4900
- and -
Ray C. Schrock
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601-6636
Telephone: (312) 861-2000
Facsimile: (312) 861-2200
Counsel to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
(other than Charter Investment, Inc.)
- and -
Albert Togut
Frank A. Oswald
TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP
One Penn Plaza
New York, New York 10119
Telephone: (212) 594-5000
Facsimile: (212) 967-4258
Counsel to the Debtor and Debtor in Possession
Charter Investment, Inc.
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
|
|
|
|
|
|
) |
|
|
|
|
) |
|
|
Chapter 11 |
In re:
|
) |
|
|
|
|
) |
|
|
Case No. 09-11435 (JMP) |
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC., et al.,
|
) |
|
|
|
|
) |
|
|
|
Debtors.
|
) |
|
|
Jointly Administered |
|
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBTORS JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY CODE
Dated: May 7, 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
INTRODUCTION |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
|
|
1 |
|
A. Defined Terms |
|
|
1 |
|
B. Rules of Interpretation |
|
|
17 |
|
C. Computation of Time |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS |
|
|
19 |
|
A. Administrative Expense Claims |
|
|
19 |
|
B. Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims |
|
|
19 |
|
C. Priority Tax Claims |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS |
|
|
20 |
|
A. CCI |
|
|
20 |
|
B. CII |
|
|
20 |
|
C. Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC |
|
|
20 |
|
D. CCHC |
|
|
21 |
|
E. CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. |
|
|
21 |
|
F. CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. |
|
|
21 |
|
G. CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. |
|
|
21 |
|
H. CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. |
|
|
22 |
|
I. CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. |
|
|
22 |
|
J. CCO (and its direct and indirect subsidiaries) |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS |
|
|
24 |
|
A. CCI |
|
|
24 |
|
B. CII |
|
|
25 |
|
C. Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC |
|
|
27 |
|
D. CCHC |
|
|
28 |
|
E. CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. |
|
|
30 |
|
F. CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. |
|
|
31 |
|
G. CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. |
|
|
33 |
|
H. CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. |
|
|
35 |
|
I. CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. |
|
|
38 |
|
J. CCO (and its direct and indirect subsidiaries) |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V. IDENTIFICATION OF IMPAIRED CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS;
ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THIS PLAN OF REORGANIZATION |
|
|
42 |
|
A. Classes Entitled to Vote |
|
|
42 |
|
B. Classes Not Entitled to Vote; Deemed to Accept |
|
|
42 |
|
C. Classes Not Entitled to Vote; Deemed to Reject |
|
|
43 |
|
D. Nonconsensual Confirmation |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN |
|
|
45 |
|
A. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions |
|
|
45 |
|
B. Reorganized Company Equity Interests |
|
|
46 |
|
C. CII Settlement Claim |
|
|
47 |
|
D. Section 1145 Exemption |
|
|
48 |
|
E. Corporate Existence |
|
|
48 |
|
F. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors |
|
|
48 |
|
G. Discharge of Debtors |
|
|
48 |
|
H. Restructuring Transactions |
|
|
49 |
|
I. Corporate Action |
|
|
49 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
J. Post-Effective Date Governance |
|
|
49 |
|
K. Limited Liability Company Agreement |
|
|
49 |
|
L. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions |
|
|
49 |
|
M. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes and Recording Fees |
|
|
49 |
|
N. Board Representation |
|
|
50 |
|
O. Senior Management |
|
|
50 |
|
P. Management Incentive Plan and VCP |
|
|
50 |
|
Q. Employee and Retiree Benefits |
|
|
51 |
|
R. Creation of Professional Fee Escrow Account |
|
|
51 |
|
S. Preservation of Rights of Action |
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS |
|
|
52 |
|
A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts |
|
|
52 |
|
B. Indemnification Obligations |
|
|
52 |
|
C. Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts |
|
|
53 |
|
D. Claims Based on Rejection or Repudiation of Executory Contracts |
|
|
54 |
|
E. Reservation of Rights |
|
|
54 |
|
F. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date |
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CLAIMS AND DISPUTES |
|
|
55 |
|
A. Allowance of Claims and Interests |
|
|
55 |
|
B. Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities |
|
|
55 |
|
C. Estimation of Claims and Interests |
|
|
55 |
|
D. Adjustment to Claims and Interests Without Objection |
|
|
55 |
|
E. Disallowance of Claims or Interests |
|
|
55 |
|
F. Offer of Judgment |
|
|
55 |
|
G. Amendments to Claims |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
57 |
|
A. Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed As of the Effective Date |
|
|
57 |
|
B. Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed After the Effective Date |
|
|
57 |
|
C. Delivery of Distributions |
|
|
57 |
|
D. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties |
|
|
59 |
|
E. Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X. EFFECT OF PLAN CONFIRMATION |
|
|
60 |
|
A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests |
|
|
60 |
|
B. Compromise and Settlement of Claims and Controversies |
|
|
60 |
|
C. CCO Credit Facility |
|
|
60 |
|
D. Releases by the Debtors |
|
|
60 |
|
E. Third Party Releases |
|
|
61 |
|
F. Injunction |
|
|
61 |
|
G. Exculpation |
|
|
61 |
|
H. Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment |
|
|
62 |
|
I. Setoffs and Recoupment |
|
|
62 |
|
J. Release of Liens |
|
|
62 |
|
K. Document Retention |
|
|
62 |
|
L. Reimbursement or Contribution |
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI. ALLOWANCE AND PAYMENT OF CERTAIN ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
CLAIMS |
|
|
63 |
|
A. Professional Claims |
|
|
63 |
|
B. Other Administrative Expense Claims |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE |
|
|
65 |
|
A. Conditions Precedent to Effective Date |
|
|
65 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
B. Waiver of Conditions Precedent |
|
|
65 |
|
C. Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN |
|
|
67 |
|
A. Modification or Amendments |
|
|
67 |
|
B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications |
|
|
67 |
|
C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan |
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIV. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION |
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS |
|
|
70 |
|
A. Immediate Binding Effect |
|
|
70 |
|
B. Additional Documents |
|
|
70 |
|
C. Payment of Statutory Fees |
|
|
70 |
|
D. Reservation of Rights |
|
|
70 |
|
E. Successors and Assigns |
|
|
70 |
|
F. Service of Documents |
|
|
70 |
|
G. Term of Injunctions or Stays |
|
|
71 |
|
H. Entire Agreement |
|
|
72 |
|
I. Governing Law |
|
|
72 |
|
J. Exhibits |
|
|
72 |
|
K. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions upon Confirmation |
|
|
72 |
|
L. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases |
|
|
72 |
|
M. Waiver or Estoppel |
|
|
72 |
|
N. Conflicts |
|
|
72 |
|
iii
INTRODUCTION
Charter Communications, Inc. and the other debtors in the above-captioned chapter 11 cases
(collectively, the Debtors)1 propose the following joint plan of reorganization (the
Plan) for the resolution of outstanding creditor claims against, and equity interests in, the
Debtors pursuant to title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C.
§§ 1011532. Capitalized terms
used in the Plan and not otherwise defined have the meanings ascribed to such terms in ARTICLE I.A
of the Plan.
Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement, Filed contemporaneously with the Plan, for a
discussion of the Debtors history, businesses, assets, results of operations, and projections of
future operations, as well as a summary and description of the Plan and certain related matters.
The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy
Code.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
A. Defined Terms. As used in the Plan, the capitalized terms below have the following
meanings, except as expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires. Any term used but
not defined in the Plan, but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, has the
meaning ascribed to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules.
1. Accrued Professional Compensation means, at any given moment, all
accrued fees and expenses
(including success fees) for services rendered by all Professionals through and including the
Effective Date, to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid and regardless of whether a
fee application has been Filed for such fees and expenses. To the extent there is a Final Order
denying some or all of a Professionals fees or expenses, such denied amounts shall no longer be
considered Accrued Professional Compensation.
2. Administrative Expense Claim means a Claim for costs and expenses
of administration of the
Estates under sections 503(b), 507(b) or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the
actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date of preserving the Estates
and operating the businesses of the Debtors; (b) Allowed Claims of retained Professionals in the
Chapter 11 Cases; and (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of
title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1911-1930.
3. Affiliate is as defined in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.
4. Allen Entities means (a) Mr. Allen, (b) any Entity controlled by Mr. Allen, (c)
any trust in which Mr. Allen is the grantor, (d) the estate, spouse, immediate family members and
heirs of Mr. Allen, and (e) any trust created as a result of the death of Mr. Allen; provided,
however, the Debtors (other than CII) shall not be Allen Entities. For the purpose of this
definition, controlled means the direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of
the voting power and economic interest of such Entity.
5. Allen Fee Reimbursement means up to $20 million for the actual out-of-pocket fees
and expenses of the CII Settlement Claim Parties in connection with the proposed restructuring,
without further Bankruptcy Court approval and after submission of documentation by Mr. Allen to the
Reorganized Debtors (other than Reorganized CII).
6. Allen Management Receivable means $25 million for amounts owing to CII under the
Management Agreement and predecessor agreements, which shall constitute payment in full thereunder.
|
|
|
1 |
|
A full list of the Debtors in these Chapter 11 Cases is attached as Exhibit 1 to the Plan
Supplement. |
1
7. Allowed means, with respect to any Claim against any Debtor, except as otherwise
provided herein, any Claim listed by such Debtor in its books and records as liquidated in amount
and not disputed or contingent; provided, that to the extent that a Claim is a Disputed Claim, the
determination of whether such Claim shall be allowed and/or the amount of any such Claim shall be
determined, resolved or adjudicated, as the case may be, in the manner in which such Claim would
have been determined, resolved or adjudicated, as the case may be, if the Chapter 11 Cases had not
been commenced; and provided, further, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors in their discretion may
bring any objection or other motion with respect to a Disputed Claim for resolution. For the
purpose of determining the amount in which a Claim is Allowed, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors
may, at their option, deduct therefrom an amount equal to the amount of any claim which the Debtors
or Reorganized Debtors may hold against the Holder thereof, to the extent such claim may be set off
pursuant to applicable law.
8. Amended and Restated Bylaws means the bylaws of the Reorganized
Company, attached as
Exhibit 2 to the Plan Supplement.
9. Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation means the
certificate of incorporation of the
Reorganized Company, attached as Exhibit 3 to the Plan Supplement.
10. Annex C means the list of Rollover Commitment Parties and related aggregate
commitment amounts set forth in Annex C to the Term Sheet (and attached as Exhibit 4 to the Plan
Supplement).
11. Annex D means the list of New CCH II Notes Commitment Parties and aggregate
commitment amounts set forth in Annex D to the Term Sheet (and attached as Exhibit 5 to the Plan
Supplement).
12. Annex E means the list of Equity Backstop Parties and aggregate commitment
amounts set forth in Annex E to the Term Sheet (and attached as Exhibit 6 to the Plan Supplement).
13. Authorized Class B Holders means any of: (a) Mr. Allen; (b) his estate, spouse,
immediate family members and heirs; and (c) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity,
the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or other owners of which consist exclusively of Mr. Allen
or such other Persons referred to in clause (b) above or a combination thereof.
14. Available Cash means, as of any date of determination, all Cash and cash
equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet of the Reorganized Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries, excluding any Cash collateral securing letters of credit and segregated Cash that may
be used only as required by contract, statute or regulation (other than funds set aside to satisfy
Specified Fees and Expenses), after giving effect to the use of proceeds described in clauses (a)
through (e) of ARTICLE VI.A.1, minus the Fee Payment Threshold; provided, that if the Overallotment
Option is exercised, the Cash proceeds of the Overallotment Option shall be deemed to be included
on the balance sheet of the Reorganized Company as of the Effective Date, regardless of the actual
date of funding thereof.
15. Bankruptcy Code means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§
101-1532.
16. Bankruptcy Court means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of New York.
17. Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated
by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, 28
U.S.C. § 2075.
18. Board of Directors means the Reorganized Companys board of directors.
19. Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on
which banking institutions in New York, New York are required or authorized to close by law or
executive order.
20. Cash means legal tender of the United States of America.
2
21. Causes of Action means all actions, causes of action, Claims, liabilities,
obligations, rights, suits, debts, damages, judgments, remedies, demands, setoffs, defenses,
recoupments, crossclaims, counterclaims, third party claims, indemnity claims, contribution claims
or any other claims disputed or undisputed, suspected or unsuspected, foreseen or unforeseen,
direct or indirect, choate or inchoate, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise,
based in whole or in part upon any act or omission or other event occurring prior to the Petition
Date or during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases, including through the Effective Date.
22. CC VIII means CC VIII, LLC.
23. CC VIII Preferred Units means the Class A preferred units of CC VIII.
24. CCH means Charter Communications Holdings, LLC.
25. CCH Notes means:
(a) the 9.625% Senior Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
due November 15, 2009 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2001, among CCH
and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp, as issuers, and BNY Midwest Trust
Company, as trustee;
(b) the 9.92% Senior Discount Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corp. due April 1, 2011 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of March 17, 1999, among
CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, Marcus Cable Holdings,
LLC, as guarantor, and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee;
(c) the 10.00% Senior Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
due April 1, 2009 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January 12, 2000, among CCH
and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and Harris Trust and Savings
Bank, as trustee;
(d) the 10.00% Senior Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
due May 15, 2011 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2001, among CCH and
Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and BNY Midwest Trust Company,
as trustee;
(e) the 10.25% Senior Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
due January 15, 2010 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January 12, 2000, among
CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and Harris Trust and
Savings Bank, as trustee;
(f) the 10.75% Senior Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
due October 1, 2009 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January 10, 2001, among
CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and BNY Midwest Trust
Company, as trustee;
(g) the 11.125% Senior Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
due January 15, 2011 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January 10, 2001, among
CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and BNY Midwest Trust
Company, as trustee;
(h) the 11.75% Senior Discount Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings
Capital Corp. due January 15, 2010 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January
12, 2000, among CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee;
(i) the 11.75% Senior Discount Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings
Capital Corp. due May 15, 2011 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 15, 2001,
among CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and BNY Midwest
Trust Company, as trustee;
3
(j) the 12.125% Senior Discount Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings
Capital Corp. due January 15, 2012 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January
14, 2002, among CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and BNY
Midwest Trust Company, as trustee; and
(k) the 13.50% Senior Discount Notes of CCH and Charter Communications Holdings
Capital Corp. due January 15, 2011 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January
10, 2001, among CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and BNY
Midwest Trust Company, as trustee.
26. CCH Notes Claim means any Claim against CCH and/or Charter Communications
Holdings Capital Corp. by Holders of CCH Notes on account of CCH Notes.
27. CCH Warrants means those Warrants to be issued to Holders of CCH Notes Claims,
which shall be in the form set forth in Exhibit 7 to the Plan Supplement.
28. CCH I means CCH I, LLC.
29. CCH I Notes means the 11.00% Senior Secured Notes of CCH I and CCH I Capital
Corp. due 2015 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2005, among CCH I and
CCH I Capital Corp., as issuers, CCH, as parent guarantor, and The Bank of New York Trust Company,
N.A., as trustee.
30. CCH I Notes Claim means any Claim against a Debtor by Holders of CCH I Notes on
account of CCH I Notes.
31. CCH II means CCH II, LLC.
32. CCH II Notes means:
(a) the 10.25% Senior Notes of CCH II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp. due 2010 issued
pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2003, among CCH II, LLC and CCH II
Capital Corp., as issuers, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee;
(b) the 10.25% Senior Notes of CCH II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp. due 2010 issued
pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 30, 2006, among CCH II,
LLC and CCH II Capital Corp., as issuers, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee;
(c) the 10.25% Senior Notes of CCH II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp. due 2010 issued
pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 14, 2006, among CCH
II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp., as issuers, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee;
(d) the 10.25% Senior Notes of CCH II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp. due 2013 issued
pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of September 14, 2006, among CCH II, LLC and CCH II
Capital Corp., as issuers, CCH, as parent guarantor, and The Bank of New York Trust
Company, N.A., as trustee; and
(e) the 10.25% Senior Notes of CCH II, LLC and CCH II Capital Corp. due 2013 issued
pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 2, 2008, among CCH II, LLC
and CCH II Capital Corp., as issuers, CCH, as parent guarantor, and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.
33. CCH II Notes Claim means any Claim against a Debtor by Holders of CCH II Notes
on account of CCH II Notes.
34. CCHC means CCHC, LLC.
4
35. CCHC Note means the 14% Subordinated Accreting Note, dated as of October 31,
2005, issued by CCHC in favor of CII.
36. CCI means Charter Communications, Inc.
37. CCI-CII Exchange Agreement means the exchange agreement, dated as of November
12, 1999, by and among CCI, CII, Vulcan Cable III Inc. and Mr. Allen.
38. CCI Notes means:
(a) the 5.875% Convertible Senior Notes of CCI due 2009 issued pursuant to the
Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2004, among CCI and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee;
and
(b) the 6.50% Convertible Senior Notes of CCI due 2027 issued pursuant to the
Indenture, dated as of October 2, 2007, among CCI and The Bank of New York Trust Company,
N.A., as trustee.
39. CCI Notes Claim means any Claim against CCI by Holders of CCI Notes on account
of CCI Notes.
40. CCO means Charter Communications Operating, LLC.
41. CCO Credit Facility means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
March 18, 1999, as amended and restated on March 6, 2007, among CCO, CCOH, the several banks and
other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank,
N.A., as administrative agent, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as
syndication agents, Citicorp North America, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., General Electric
Capital Corporation and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as revolving facility co-documentation
agents, and Citicorp North America, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, General Electric
Capital Corporation and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as term facility co-documentation agents.
42. CCO Credit Facility Claim means any Claim against CCO and any other obligors
under the CCO Credit Facility by Holders of the obligations under the CCO Credit Facility.
43. CCO Notes means:
(a) the 8% Senior Second Lien Notes of CCO and Charter Communications Operating
Capital Corp. due April 30, 2012 and the 8 3/8% Senior Second Lien Notes of CCO and Charter
Communications Operating Capital Corp. due April 30, 2014 issued pursuant to the Indenture,
dated as of April 27, 2004, among CCO and Charter Communications Operating Capital Corp.,
as issuers, each of the guarantors from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, and
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee; and
(b) the 10.875% Senior Second Lien Notes of CCO and Charter Communications Operating
Capital Corp. due September 15, 2014 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of March
19, 2008, among CCO and Charter Communications Operating Capital Corp., as issuers, each of
the guarantors from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust
Company, as trustee.
44. CCO Notes Claim means any Claim against CCO, Charter Communications Operating
Capital Corp., and any other obligors under the CCO Notes by Holders of CCO Notes on account of the
CCO Notes.
45. CCO Swap Agreements means interest rate swaps entered into under ISDA Master
Agreements with counterparties who were at the time of the relevant transaction lenders or
affiliates of
lenders under the CCO Credit Facility and which constitute Specified Hedge Agreements under
the CCO Credit Facility and that share in the collateral pledged to the CCO Credit Facility
lenders.
46. CCO Swap Agreements Claim means any Claim against CCO by counterparties to CCO
Swap Agreements on account of CCO Swap Agreements.
5
47. CCOH means CCO Holdings, LLC.
48. CCOH Credit Facility means the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2007,
among CCOH, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time
parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Banc of America Securities LLC and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as co-syndication agents, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as co-documentation agents.
49. CCOH Credit Facility Claim means any Claim against CCOH and any other obligors
under the CCOH Credit Facility by Holders of the obligations under the CCOH Credit Facility.
50. CCOH Notes means the 8.75% Senior Notes of CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
due November 15, 2013 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of November 10, 2003, among CCOH
and CCO Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee.
51. CCOH Notes Claim means any Claim against CCOH and/or CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
by Holders of CCOH Notes on account of CCOH Notes Claims.
52. CEO means the Reorganized Companys Chief Executive Officer.
53. Certificate means any instrument evidencing a Claim or an Interest.
54. Chapter 11 Cases means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the
chapter 11 case Filed for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy
Court and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, the procedurally consolidated chapter 11
cases for all of the Debtors.
55. CIH means CCH I Holdings, LLC.
56. CIH Notes means the following notes issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as
of September 28, 2005, among CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp., as issuers, CCH, as parent
guarantor, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee:
(a) 9.920% Senior Accreting Notes of CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. due April 1,
2014;
(b) 10.00% Senior Accreting Notes of CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. due May 15,
2014;
(c) 11.125% Senior Accreting Notes of CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. due January
15, 2014;
(d) 11.75% Senior Accreting Notes of CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. due May 15,
2014;
(e) 12.125% Senior Accreting Notes of CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. due January
15, 2015; and
(f) 13.50% Senior Accreting Notes of CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. due January
15, 2014.
57. CIH Notes Claim means any Claim against a Debtor by Holders of CIH Notes on
account of CIH Notes.
58. CIH Warrants means those Warrants issued to Holders of CIH Notes Claims, the
terms of which shall be set forth on Exhibit 8 to the Plan Supplement.
6
59. CII means Charter Investment, Inc.
60. CII Settlement Claim means any Claim or Interest held by a CII Settlement Claim
Party on the Effective Date against or in a Debtor (other than CII), which
(a) includes:
(i) 28,467,421 shares of Class A Common Stock of CCI (unless disposed of prior to the
Effective Date, subject to the restrictions on transfer in any order of the Bankruptcy
Court);
(ii) 10,000 vested options to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock of CCI;
(iii) 50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock of CCI;
(iv) 324,300,479 Class A Common
Units of Holdco;
(v) 14,831,552 Class C Common Units of Holdco;
(vi) rights under
the CCI-CII Exchange Agreement;
(vii) all Interests with respect to 7,282,183 CC
VIII Preferred Units;
(viii) the CCHC Note;
(ix) accrued and unpaid management fees owing to CII under the Management Agreement;
(x) rights under a letter agreement, dated as of September 21, 1999, by and among
Vulcan Ventures Inc. (an entity controlled by Mr. Allen), CCI, CII, and Holdco, which would
have granted Vulcan Ventures Inc. exclusive rights for carriage of up to eight digital
channels of each of the Debtors (other than CII) cable systems ;
(xi) rights under that certain consulting agreement, dated as of March 10, 1999, by
and among Vulcan Inc. (an entity controlled by Mr. Allen), CCI, and CCH, which provides for
payment of a fee to Vulcan Inc. for assistance with acquisitions made by CCI or CCH; and
(xii) any other Claim or Interest held by a CII Settlement Claim Party, including any
rejection damages Claims, other than Claims and Executory Contracts specifically or
categorically listed in clause (b) of this definition; but
(b) excludes:
(i) $70,650,000 principal amount of 9.920% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 (CUSIP No.
12501BAP9), $25,982,000 principal amount of 10.000% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 (CUSIP
No. 12501BAQ7), and $55,140,000 principal amount of 11.750% Senior Discount Notes due 2014
(CUSIP No. 12501BAR5), issued by CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.;
(ii) $47,278,000 principal amount of 11.000% Senior Notes due 2015 (CUSIP No.
12502BAE3), issued by CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.;
(iii) any Executory Contract to which Digeo, Inc., Digeo Interactive, LLC, or any of
their subsidiaries is a party;
(iv) the Indemnification Agreement by and between Mr. Allen and CCI, dated as of
September 15, 2008; the Indemnification Agreement by and between Jo Allen Patton and CCI,
dated as of
7
September 15, 2008; and the Indemnification Agreement by and between W. Lance Conn and CCI,
dated as of September 15, 2008;
(v) any Executory Contract between the Debtors (other than CII) and a CII Settlement
Party that the Debtors assume, in consultation the Requisite Holders, which assumed
Executory Contracts (if any) shall be listed on an Exhibit to the Plan Supplement; and
(vi) any payment due for goods or services provided by a CII Settlement Party to the
Debtors (other than CII) between February 11, 2009 and the Effective Date.
61. CII Settlement Claim Party means: (a) Mr. Allen; (b) his estate, spouse,
immediate family members and heirs; (c) any trust in which Mr. Allen is the grantor or which is
created as a result of his death; (d) CII; and (e) any other Allen Entity which Mr. Allen or any of
the other persons or Entities identified in clauses (a) through (d) of this definition,
unilaterally or together with any other Allen Entity (directly or through agents), can legally bind
to a settlement, compromise and release of Claims and Interests against the applicable Debtors
under the Plan without authorization, consent or approval of any other person or Entity; provided,
however, that in no event shall CII Settlement Claim Party include any public company, including
without limitation, any Entity that has securities listed, quoted or traded on any securities
exchange.
62. CII Settlement Claim Warrants means those warrants issued to Mr. Allen (or his
designees) to purchase shares of New Class A Stock in an aggregate amount equal to 4% of the equity
value of the Reorganized Company, after giving effect to the Rights Offering, but prior to the
issuance of warrants and equity-based awards provided for by the Plan, the remaining terms of which
are set forth on Exhibit 9 to the Plan Supplement.
63. CII Shareholder Claim means any Claim against CII held by Mr. Allen.
64. Claim means any claim against a Debtor as defined in section 101(5) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
65. Claims Register means the official register of Claims and Interests maintained
by the Notice, Claims and Solicitation Agent.
66. Class means any group of substantially similar Claims or Interests classified by
the Plan pursuant to sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.
67. Collateral means any property or interest in property of the estates of the
Debtors subject to a Lien, charge, or other encumbrance to secure the payment or performance of a
Claim, which Lien, charge or other encumbrance is not subject to avoidance or otherwise invalid
under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law.
68. Commitment Fees means the aggregate of the Equity Backstop Fee, the Rollover
Fee, and the New CCH II Notes Commitment Fee.
69. Commitment Letters means the letters executed between CCI, CCH I, CCH II and
CCO, on the one hand, and each of the New CCH II Notes Commitment Parties, on the other hand
(attached as Exhibit 10 to the Plan Supplement).
70. Confirmation means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the
Chapter 11 Cases.
71. Confirmation Date means the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the
Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.
72. Confirmation Hearing means the hearing conducted by the Bankruptcy Court
pursuant to section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to consider confirmation of the Plan, as such
hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time.
8
73. Confirmation Hearing Notice means the notice of the Confirmation Hearing that
sets forth in detail the voting and objection deadlines with respect to the Plan.
74. Confirmation Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan
pursuant to, among others, section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
75. COO means the Reorganized Companys Chief Operating Officer.
76. Creditor means any Holder of a Claim.
77. Creditors Committee means the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors
appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases by the United States Trustee for the Southern District of New
York on April 10, 2009 [Docket No. 136], with such additions and changes as may occur from time to
time.
78. Crossover Committee means the members of the unofficial committee of
unaffiliated holders of CCH I Notes and CCH II Notes.
79. Cure means the payment of Cash by the Debtors, or the distribution of other
property (as the applicable Debtors and the counterparty to the applicable Executory Contract may
agree or the Bankruptcy Court may order), as necessary to (a) cure a monetary default by the
Debtors in accordance with the terms of an Executory Contract of the Debtors and (b) permit the
Debtors to assume such Executory Contract under section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
80. Cure Bar Date means the deadline for filing requests for payment of Cure, which
shall be the later of: (a) thirty (30) days after the Effective Date or (b) thirty (30) days after
the assumption of the applicable Executory Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy
Court or agreed to by the Debtors and the counterparty to the applicable Executory Contract.
81. D&O Liability Insurance Policies means all insurance policies for directors and
officers liability maintained by the Debtors as of the Petition Date.
82. Debt Registration Rights Agreement means the registration rights agreement
between Reorganized CCH II, on the one hand, and certain holders of New CCH II Notes, on the other
hand, attached as Exhibit 11 to the Plan Supplement.
83. Debtor means one of the Debtors, in its individual capacity as a debtor and
debtor in possession in the Chapter 11 Cases.
84. Disclosure Statement means the disclosure statement for the Plan, as amended,
supplemented or modified from time to time, that is prepared and distributed in accordance with
sections 1125, 1126(b) and 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rule 3018 and other applicable
law.
85. Disputed Claim means any Claim against or Interest in any Reorganized Debtor
which such Reorganized Debtor believes is unliquidated, disputed or contingent, and which has not
been allowed by Final Order of a court of competent jurisdiction or by agreement with such
Reorganized Debtor.
86. Distribution Agent means the Reorganized Debtors, or the Entity or Entities
chosen by the Reorganized Debtors to make or to facilitate distributions pursuant to the Plan.
87. Distribution Date means the date occurring as soon as reasonably practicable
after the Effective Date when distributions under the Plan shall commence, but not later than ten
days after the Effective Date, without further Bankruptcy Court order.
88. Effective Date means the date that all conditions to the effectiveness of the
Plan have been satisfied or waived.
9
89. Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder means each Holder of a CCH I Notes Claim on
the Rights Offering Record Date and any transferee of such Holders Rights as permitted under the
Rights Offering Documents, in each case that is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule
144A under the Securities Act or an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities
Act and who has timely delivered an investor certificate certifying to that effect.
90. Employment Agreements means the employment agreements attached as Exhibit 12 to
the Plan Supplement.
91. Entity has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.
92. Equity Backstop means the obligations, several and not joint, of the Equity
Backstop Parties (in the respective amounts set forth on Annex E), as described in ARTICLE
IV.G.4(c)(iii) of the Plan and the Commitment Letters.
93. Equity Backstop Fee means the aggregate Equity Backstop commitment fee for the
use of capital set forth in the Commitment Letters.
94. Equity Backstop Parties means the members of the Crossover Committee who have
agreed, pursuant to their respective Commitment Letters, to provide the Equity Backstop.
95. Equity Registration Rights Agreement means the registration rights agreement
between Reorganized CCI, on the one hand, and certain holders of New Common Stock, on the other
hand, attached as Exhibit 13 to the Plan Supplement.
96. Estate means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for such Debtor in its
Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
97. Excess Backstop means the obligations, several and not joint, of the Excess
Backstop Parties, as described in ARTICLE IV.G.4(c)(iv) of the Plan, the Commitment Letters, and
the Excess Backstop Agreement.
98. Excess Backstop Agreement means the excess backstop agreement executed between
CCI, CCH I, CCH II and CCO, on the one hand, and each of the Excess Backstop Parties, on the other
hand (attached as Exhibit 14 to the Plan Supplement).
99. Excess Backstop Party means each Equity Backstop Party who committed to an
Equity Backstop in excess of the dollar amount corresponding to its Pro Rata Participation Amount,
the aggregate of which is set forth on Annex E.
100. Exchange means the exchange by existing Holders of CCH II Notes for New CCH II
Notes, as described in ARTICLE
IV.A.4(c)(i).
101. Exchange Cutback means, with respect to any existing Holder of CCH II Notes
electing to participate in the Exchange, the potential reduction of such Holders participation in
the Exchange, as described in the treatment section for Class H-4 of the Plan.
102. Executory Contract means a contract or lease to which one or more of the
Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under sections 365 or 1123 of the
Bankruptcy Code.
103. Exculpated Parties means the Debtors, each party who signed a Plan Support
Agreement, and the Creditors Committee, and each of their respective members, officers, directors,
agents, financial advisors, attorneys, employees, partners, Affiliates and representatives.
104. Federal Judgment Rate means the federal judgment rate in effect on the
Petition Date.
10
105. Fees means the reasonable fees, costs or charges provided for under the
applicable agreement.
106. Fee Payment Threshold means $600 million minus the sum of (i) any Cash payment
of interest made during the Chapter 11 Cases on the CCH II Notes that are exchanged for New CCH II
Notes pursuant to the Exchange and (ii) any prepayment of indebtedness for borrowed money or Cash
redemption payment for New Preferred Stock after the Effective Date.
107. File means to file with the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases, or in the
case of a Proof of Claim or Interest, to file with the Notice, Claims and Solicitation Agent.
108. Final Order means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court, or other court
of competent jurisdiction with respect to the subject matter, as entered on the docket in any
Chapter 11 Case or the docket of any court of competent jurisdiction, that has not been reversed,
stayed, modified or amended, and as to which the time to appeal, or seek certiorari or move for a
new trial, reargument or rehearing has expired and no appeal or petition for certiorari or other
proceedings for a new trial, reargument or rehearing has been timely taken, or as to which any
appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been timely Filed has been
withdrawn or resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from
which certiorari was sought or the new trial, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied,
resulted in no modification of such order or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice.
109. General Unsecured Claim means any and all Claims against any of the Debtors
that are not a/an (a) Administrative Expense Claim; (b) Professional Compensation and Reimbursement
Claim; (c) Priority Tax Claim; (d) Priority Non-Tax Claim; (e) Secured Claim; (f) Section 510(b)
Claim; (g) CCI Notes Claim; (h) CII Settlement Claim; (i) CII Shareholder Claim; (j) Holdco Notes
Claim; (k) CCH Notes Claim; (l) CIH Notes Claim; (m) CCH I Notes Claim; (n) CCH II Notes Claim; (o)
CCOH Credit Facility Claim; (p) CCOH Notes Claim; (q) CCO Credit Facility Claim; (r) CCO Swap
Agreements Claim; (s) CCO Notes Claim; or (t) Interest.
110. Holdco means Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC.
111. Holdco LLC Agreement means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company
Agreement for Holdco, a Delaware limited liability company, made and entered into effective as of
August 31, 2001.
112. Holdco Notes means:
(a) the 5.875% Mirror Convertible Senior Note of Holdco due November 16, 2009 issued
pursuant to the Holdco Mirror Notes Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2004, between CCI
and Holdco; and
(b) the 6.50% Mirror Convertible Senior Note of Holdco due October 1, 2027 issued
pursuant to the Holdco Mirror Notes Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2007, between CCI and
Holdco.
113. Holdco Notes Claim means any Claim against Holdco by the Holder of Holdco Notes
on account of Holdco Notes.
114. Holder means an Entity holding a Claim or Interest, as applicable.
115. Impaired means Claims in an Impaired Class.
116. Impaired Class means an Impaired Class within the meaning of section 1124 of
the Bankruptcy Code.
117. Incentive Program means the Charter Communications, Inc. Incentive Program
under the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan to provide incentives to certain management employees.
11
118. Indemnification Obligation means a Debtors obligation under an Executory
Contract or otherwise to indemnify directors, officers, or employees of such Debtor who served in
such capacity at any time, with respect to or based upon any act or omission taken or omitted in
any of such capacities, or for or on behalf of any Debtor, pursuant to and to the maximum extent
provided by the Debtors respective articles of incorporation, certificates of formation, bylaws,
similar corporate documents, and applicable law, as in effect as of the Effective Date.
119. Interest means any (a) equity Security in a Debtor, including all issued,
unissued, authorized or outstanding shares of stock together with any Warrants, equity-based awards
or contractual rights to purchase or acquire such equity Securities at any time and all rights
arising with respect thereto or (b) partnership, limited liability company or similar interest in a
Debtor.
120. Interim Compensation Order means the order entered pursuant to the Debtors
Motion for an Order Under 11 U.S.C. §§ 105(a) and 331 Establishing Procedures for Interim
Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses for Professionals, Filed on or about the Petition Date.
121. Key Executives means the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Marketing Officer,
Chief Technology Officer, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary, Chief Accounting Officer,
Treasurer, SVPIT, SVPBusiness Development, SVPCustomer Operations, SVPMedia,
PresidentWest Division and PresidentEast Division.
122. Lien has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.
123. Local Bankruptcy Rules means the Local Bankruptcy Rules for the Southern
District of New York.
124. Lock-Up Agreement means the lock-up agreement between the Reorganized Company
and Mr. Allen (attached as Exhibit 15 to the Plan Supplement).
125. Management Agreement means the Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated
as of June 19, 2003, between CCO and CCI.
126. Management Incentive Plan means the stock incentive plan, attached as Exhibit
25 to the Plan Supplement, adopted by the CCI Board of Directors in 2009, that provides for grants
of various awards, including but not limited to: nonqualified stock options, incentive stock
options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, performance units and performance
shares, share awards, phantom stock, restricted stock units and restricted stock, cash payments or
any combination of the above. Under the Management Incentive Plan, the maximum number of shares
that may be granted to participants, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances, will equal
no less than three percent (3%) of the fully diluted New Class A Stock on the Effective Date.
127. Mr. Allen means Paul G. Allen.
128. Mutual Services Agreement means the Second Amended and Restated Mutual Services
Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2003, between CCI and Holdco.
129. Net Proceeds means the aggregate total Cash proceeds from the issuance of New
CCH II Notes pursuant to the New CCH II Notes Commitment (if any), the Rights Offering and the
Overallotment Option (if exercised).
130. New CCH II Notes means the new 13.5% Senior Notes of CCH II and CCH II Capital
Corp. to be issued pursuant to a new indenture in the form of Exhibit 16 to the Plan Supplement.
131. New CCH II Notes Commitment means the agreement by a New CCH II Notes
Commitment Party in its Commitment Letter.
12
132. New CCH II Notes Commitment Fee means the Fee payable to the New CCH II
Commitment Parties with respect to the New CCH II Notes Commitment, as set forth in the Commitment
Letters.
133. New CCH II Notes Commitment Parties means the members of the Crossover
Committee listed on Annex D.
134. New Class A Stock means the new Class A common stock, par value $.001 per
share, of the Reorganized Company.
135. New Class B Stock means the new Class B common stock, par value $.001 per
share, of the Reorganized Company.
136. New Common Stock means, collectively, the New Class A Stock and New Class B
Stock.
137. New Preferred Stock means the Reorganized Companys Series A 15% Pay-in-Kind
Preferred Stock, the terms of which are set forth on Exhibit A to the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation.
138. New Value Consideration means consideration contributed (directly or
indirectly) by CCI in exchange for Interests in certain Debtors remaining in place.
139. New Value Interest means interests in certain Reorganized Debtors purchased for
Cash or other consideration, as provided for in the Plan.
140. Non-Released Parties means those Entities (other than Releasing Parties)
identified in the Plan Supplement as Non-Released Parties.
141. Notice, Claims and Solicitation Agent means Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC,
located at 2335 Alaska Avenue, El Segundo, California 90245, (888) 249-2792, retained as the
Debtors notice, claims and solicitation agent.
142. Overallotment Option means the option offered to the Excess Backstop Parties to
purchase additional shares of New Class A Stock pursuant to the Excess Backstop Agreement in an
aggregate amount equal to $400 million less the aggregate dollar amount of shares purchased
pursuant to the Excess Backstop.
143. Per Share Purchase Price means the Cash payment per share, reflecting a
discount of 25% to the Plan Value minus the Warrant Value per share, to be paid by each participant
in the Rights Offering and the Overallotment Option.
144. Periodic Distribution Date means the first Business Day that is as soon as
reasonably practicable occurring approximately ninety (90) days after the Distribution Date, and
thereafter, the first Business Day that is as soon as reasonably practicable occurring
approximately ninety (90) days after the immediately preceding Periodic Distribution Date.
145. Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other Entity.
146. Petition Date means the date on which the Debtors Filed their voluntary
petitions commencing these Chapter 11 Cases in the Bankruptcy Court.
147. Plan means this joint plan of reorganization, including the exhibits hereto or
contained in the Plan Supplement.
148. Plan Support Agreement means restructuring agreements, dated as of February 11,
2009, between certain Debtors (other than CII), on the one hand, and certain Holders of Claims, on
the other hand.
13
149. Plan Supplement means the compilation of documents and forms of documents and
exhibits to the Plan Filed herewith, as supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance
with the terms hereof, the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.
150. Plan Value means $665 million.
151. Post-Petition Interest means with respect to:
(a) the CCO Credit Facility, accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to the CCO Credit
Facility from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, as determined by the Bankruptcy
Court to be required by section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(b) the CCO Swap Agreements, accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to the applicable
ISDA Master Agreements from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, as determined by
the Bankruptcy Court to be required;
(c) the CCO Notes, accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to the applicable indenture
from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court to
be required by section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(d) the CCOH Credit Facility, accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to the CCOH Credit
Facility from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, as determined by the Bankruptcy
Court to be required by section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(e) the CCOH Notes, accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to the applicable indenture
from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court to
be required by section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(f) the CCH II Notes, accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to the applicable indenture
from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court to
be required;
(g) Secured Claims, interest accruing on such Claims from the Petition Date through
the Effective Date at the rate set forth in the contracts or other applicable documents
giving rise to such Claims (to the extent lawful) or, if the applicable instruments do not
specify a rate of interest, at the Federal Judgment Rate as provided for in 28 U.S.C. §
1961 as in effect on the Petition Date; and
(h) General Unsecured Claims, interest accruing on such Claims from the Petition Date
through the Effective Date at the Federal Judgment Rate as provided for in 28 U.S.C. § 1961
as in effect on the Petition Date, to the extent entitled thereto.
152. Priority Non-Tax Claims means any and all Claims entitled to priority in
payment as specified in section 507(a)(4), (5), (6), or (7) of the Bankruptcy Code.
153. Priority Tax Claims mean any and all Claims of a governmental unit of the kind
specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
154. Pro Rata means the proportion that an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears
to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in that Class, or the proportion that Allowed Claims in a
particular Class bear to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in that particular Class and in
other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claims under the Plan.
155. Pro Rata Participation Amount means, with respect to each Eligible CCH I Notes
Claim Holder, an amount expressed in shares of New Class A Stock equal to the product of (a) the
aggregate number of shares of New Class A Stock underlying Rights offered to all Eligible CCH I
Notes
Claim
Holders multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the principal amount of CCH I
Notes Claims held by such Eligible CCH I Notes
14
Claim Holder, and the denominator of which is the principal amount of CCH I Notes Claims held by
all Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders.
156. Professional means an Entity: (a) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order
in accordance with sections 327, 363 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for
services rendered prior to or on the Confirmation Date, pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330,
363 or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy
Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.
157. Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claim means a Claim by a
Professional seeking an award by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered or
reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Confirmation Date under sections 330,
331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4) or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
158. Professional Fee Escrow Account means an interest-bearing account in an amount
equal to any Professional fee reserve amount funded and maintained by the Reorganized Debtors on
and after the Effective Date solely for the purpose of paying all Allowed and unpaid fees and
expenses of Professionals in the Chapter 11 Cases.
159. Proof of Claim means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the
Chapter 11 Cases.
160. Rejection Damages Claim means any Claim on account of the rejection of an
Executory Contract pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or the repudiation of such
contract.
161. Releasing Parties means (a) the Debtors, (b) the parties who signed Plan
Support Agreements with a Debtor, and (c) any statutory committees appointed in the Chapter 11
Cases.
162. Reorganized CCH I means CCH I after the Effective
Date.
163. Reorganized CCH II means CCH II after the Effective
Date.
164. Reorganized CCO means CCO after the Effective Date.
165. Reorganized CII means CII after the Effective Date.
166. Reorganized Company or Reorganized CCI means CCI after the Effective
Date.
167. Reorganized Debtors means, collectively, the Debtors after the Effective
Date.
168. Reorganized Holdco means Holdco after the Effective Date.
169. Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement means the exchange agreement among CCI,
CII, Holdco and Mr. Allen, attached as Exhibit 17 to the Plan Supplement.
170. Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement means the Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Agreement of Reorganized Holdco, attached as Exhibit 18 to the Plan Supplement.
171. Requisite Holders means the members of the Crossover Committee holding a
majority in principal amount of the CCH I Notes held by all members of the Crossover Committee.
172. Rights means the rights to purchase New Class A Stock, as described in
ARTICLE G.4(c)(ii).
173. Rights Offering means the transaction described in ARTICLE VI.G.4(c), the terms
of which are set forth in the Rights Offering Documents, including without limitation the issuance
of shares to certain Holders of CCH I Notes Claims who are not Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders.
15
174. Rights Offering Amount means an amount equal to (a) $1.623 billion minus (b)
the excess, if any, of $450 million over the amount of the CCO Swap Agreements Claims.
175. Rights Offering Documents means the documents evidencing the offer and
procedures for the Rights Offering, which procedures shall be approved in connection with the
Bankruptcy Courts approval of the Disclosure Statement and are attached as Exhibit 19 to the Plan
Supplement.
176. Rights Offering Record Date means April 17, 2009, 12 days prior to the date for
which the Disclosure Statement hearing was originally scheduled.
177. Rollover Commitment means the commitment of the Rollover Commitment Parties.
178. Rollover Commitment Parties means the members of the Crossover Committee listed
on Annex C.
179. Rollover Fee means an aggregate commitment fee for the use of capital, payable
in Cash, in an amount equal to 1.5% of the principal amount plus interest on CCH II Notes exchanged
by such Holder pursuant to the Exchange, as consideration for participating in the Exchange.
180. Schedules means the schedules of assets and liabilities, schedules of Executory
Contracts, and statement of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the
Bankruptcy Code, the official bankruptcy forms, and the Bankruptcy Rules.
181. Section 510(b) Claims means any Claim arising from rescission of a purchase or
sale of a Security (including any Interest) of the Debtors, for damages arising from the purchase
or sale of such a Security, or for reimbursement or contribution allowed under section 502 of the
Bankruptcy Code on account of such Claim.
182. Secured Claim means, with respect to any Claim against any Debtorother than
CCO Credit Facility Claims, CCO Swap Agreements Claims, CCO Notes Claims, CCOH Credit Facility
Claims, and CCH I Notes Claimsthat portion, which, pursuant to section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code
is (a) secured by a valid, perfected, and enforceable security interest, Lien, mortgage or other
encumbrance, that is not subject to avoidance under applicable bankruptcy or nonbankruptcy law, in
or upon any right, title or interest of a Debtor in and to property of the relevant estate, to the
extent of the value of the Holders interest in such property as of the relevant determination date
or (b) Allowed as such pursuant to the terms of the Plan (subject to the occurrence of the
Effective Date).
183. Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
184. Security means any instrument that qualifies under section 2(a)(1) of the
Securities Act.
185. Servicer means an indenture trustee, agent, servicer or other authorized
representative of Holders of Claims or Interests recognized by the Debtors.
186. Specified Fees and Expenses means the Allen Management Receivable, the Allen
Fee Reimbursement, the Commitment Fees, and payments due under the VCP.
187. Target Amount means $1.477 billion, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the
Petition Date plus Post-Petition Interest on exchanged CCH II Notes, but excluding any call
premiums or any prepayment penalties.
188. Term Sheet means the term sheet attached to the Plan Support Agreements and the
Commitment Letters, to which CCI, among others, is a party, dated as of February 11, 2009.
189. Unclaimed Distribution means any distribution under the Plan on account of an
Allowed Claim or Interest to a Holder that has not: (a) accepted a particular distribution or, in
the case of
distributions made by check, negotiated such check; (b) given notice to the Reorganized
Debtors of an intent to accept a particular
16
distribution; (c) responded to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors requests for information
necessary to facilitate a particular distribution; or (d) taken any other action necessary to
facilitate such distribution.
190. Unimpaired has the meaning set forth in section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
191. VCP means the Value Creation Plan adopted by CCI on March 12, 2009 and attached
as Exhibit 20 to the Plan Supplement.
192. Warrant Value means $53 million, subject to update upon Confirmation and with
the consent of the Requisite Holders.
193. Warrants means, collectively, the CIH Warrants, the CCH Warrants and the CII
Settlement Claim Warrants.
B. Rules of Interpretation. For purposes of the Plan:
1. whenever from the context it is appropriate, each term, whether stated in the singular or
the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine,
feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender;
2. unless otherwise specified, any reference in the Plan or Plan Supplement to a contract,
instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on
particular terms and conditions means that such document shall be substantially in such form or
substantially on such terms and conditions, except that any contract, instrument, release,
indenture, or other agreement or document attached as an exhibit to the Plan Supplement shall be in
the form attached, subject to technical amendments prior to the Effective Date to correct
ambiguities, inconsistencies or errors, as applicable;
3. unless otherwise specified, any reference in the Plan to an existing document or exhibit,
whether or not filed with the Bankruptcy Court, shall mean such document or exhibit, as it may have
been or may be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms;
4. any reference to an Entity as a Holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entitys
successors and assigns;
5. unless otherwise specified, all references in the Plan to ARTICLES are references to
ARTICLES of the Plan;
6. unless otherwise specified, all references in the Plan to exhibits are references to
exhibits in the Plan Supplement;
7. the words herein, hereof, and hereto refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to
a particular portion of the Plan;
8. subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate of incorporation, bylaw, instrument,
release or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights and
obligations arising pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, applicable federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules;
9. captions and headings of the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are
not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan;
10. unless otherwise set forth in the Plan, the rules of construction set forth in section 102
of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply;
17
11. any term used in capitalized form in the Plan that is not otherwise defined but that is
used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable;
12. all references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references
to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Courts CM/ECF system;
13. all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean
as amended from time to time, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; and
14. any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtors after
the Effective Date in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the
Plan, all without further Bankruptcy Court order.
C. Computation of Time: In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, the
provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply.
18
ARTICLE II.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS
In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Expense Claims
and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and thus are excluded from the Classes of Claims
set forth in ARTICLE III. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the CII Settlement
Claim shall not be a Claim designated in this ARTICLE II.
A. Administrative Expense Claims. Except with respect to Administrative Expense Claims
that are Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims and except to the extent that a Holder
of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim shall be paid in
full in Cash on the later of the Distribution Date under the Plan, the date such Administrative
Expense Claim is Allowed, and the date such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim becomes due and
payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Allowed Administrative
Expense Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business shall be paid in full in
the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any
agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to, such transactions.
B. Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims. Except as provided in ARTICLE II.A
hereof, all Entities seeking awards by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered
or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Confirmation Date under sections
330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4) or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code shall (1) File, on or
before the date that is ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, their respective applications
for final allowances of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred
and (2) be paid in full, in Cash, in such amounts as are Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court in
accordance with the order relating to or Allowing any such Administrative Expense Claim. The
Reorganized Debtors are authorized to pay compensation for Professional services rendered and
reimbursement of expenses incurred after the Confirmation Date in the ordinary course and without
the need for Bankruptcy Court approval.
C. Priority Tax Claims. Each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive, on the
Distribution Date or such later date as such Allowed Priority Tax Claim becomes due and payable, at
the option of the Debtors, one of the following treatments on account of such Claim: (1) Cash in an
amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim; or (2) such other treatment as may
be agreed to by such Holder and the applicable Debtors or otherwise determined upon an order of the
Bankruptcy Court.
19
ARTICLE III.
CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
Pursuant to section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code, set forth below is a designation of Classes
of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors. A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class
for the purposes of voting on the Plan and receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the
extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in that Class and
such Claim or Interest has not been paid, released or otherwise settled prior to the Effective
Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the CII Settlement Claim shall not be a
Claim or Interest designated in this ARTICLE III.
A. CCI
1. Class A-1 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against
CCI.
2. Class A-2 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CCI.
3. Class A-3 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCI.
4. Class A-4 shall consist of CCI Notes Claims.
5. Class A-5 shall consist of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against CCI other than
all 510(b) Claims against CCI held by any CII Settlement Claim Party.
6. Class A-6 shall consist of all Interests in CCI other than all Interests in CCI held by any
CII Settlement Claim Party.
B. CII
1. Class B-1 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against
CII.
2. Class B-2 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CII.
3. Class B-3 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CII.
4. Class B-4 shall consist of CII Shareholder Claims.
C. Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC
1. Class C-1 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against Holdco,
Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
2. Class C-2 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against Holdco, Enstar
Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
3. Class C-3 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist against Holdco,
Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
4. Class C-4 shall consist of Holdco Notes Claims.
5. Class C-5 shall consist of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against
Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
6. Class C-6 shall consist of all Interests in Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and
Charter Gateway, LLC other than all Interests in Holdco held by any CII Settlement Claim Party.
20
D. CCHC
1. Class D-1 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against
CCHC.
2. Class D-2 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CCHC.
3. Class D-3 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCHC.
4. Class D-4 shall consist of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against
CCHC.
5. Class D-5 shall consist of all Interests in CCHC.
E. CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class E-1 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against CCH and
Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
2. Class E-2 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
3. Class E-3 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist against CCH and
Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
4. Class E-4 shall consist of CCH Notes Claims.
5. Class E-5 shall consist of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
6. Class E-6 shall consist of all Interests in CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corp.
F. CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class F-1 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against CIH and CCH I
Holdings Capital Corp.
2. Class F-2 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CIH and CCH I Holdings
Capital Corp.
3. Class F-3 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist against CIH and CCH
I Holdings Capital Corp.
4. Class F-4 shall consist of CIH Notes Claims.
5. Class F-5 shall consist of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against CIH and CCH I
Holdings Capital Corp.
6. Class F-6 shall consist of all Interests in CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital
Corp.
G. CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
1. Class G-1 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against CCH I and CCH
I Capital Corp.
21
2. Class G-2 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CCH I and CCH I
Capital Corp.
3. Class G-3 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist against CCH I and
CCH I Capital Corp.
4. Class G-4 shall consist of CCH I Notes Claims.
5. Class G-5 shall consist of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against CCH I and CCH I
Capital Corp.
6. Class G-6 shall consist of all Interests in CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
H. CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
1. Class H-1 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against CCH II and
CCH II Capital Corp.
2. Class H-2 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CCH II and CCH II
Capital Corp.
3. Class H-3 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist against CCH II and
CCH II Capital Corp.
4. Class H-4 shall consist of CCH II Notes Claims.
5. Class H-5 shall consist of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist against CCH II and CCH
II Capital Corp.
6. Class H-6 shall consist of all Interests in CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
I. CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class I-1 shall consist of CCOH Credit Facility Claims.
2. Class I-2 shall consist of CCOH Notes Claims.
3. Class I-3 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against CCOH and CCO
Holdings Capital Corp.
4. Class I-4 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CCOH and CCO Holdings
Capital Corp.
5. Class I-5 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist against CCOH and CCO
Holdings Capital Corp.
6. Class I-6 shall consist of all Interests in CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital
Corp.
22
J. CCO (and its direct and indirect subsidiaries)
The classifications set forth in Classes J-4 to J-9 shall be deemed to apply to CCO and each of its
direct and indirect subsidiaries.2
1. Class J-1 shall consist of CCO Credit Facility Claims.
2. Class J-2 shall consist of CCO Swap Agreements Claims.
3. Class J-3 shall consist of CCO Notes Claims.
4. Class J-4 shall consist of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist against CCO and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries.
5. Class J-5 shall consist of all Secured Claims that may exist against CCO and its direct and
indirect subsidiaries.
6. Class J-6 shall consist of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist against CCO and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries.
7. Class J-7 shall consist of all Interests in CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries
(other than CC VIII Preferred Units held by a CII Settlement Claim Party).
|
|
|
2 |
|
For the avoidance of doubt, Classes J-4 to J-7 shall apply to the Debtors listed on Exhibit
21 to the Plan Supplement. |
23
ARTICLE IV.
TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
To the extent a Class contains Allowed Claims or Interests with respect to a particular
Debtor, the treatment provided to each Class for distribution purposes is specified below. For the
avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, (a) CII shall not be liable
for any payment or distributions on account of Claims, Interests or amounts to be paid or owing by
or other obligations of any kind of the Debtors (other than CII) under or in connection with the
Plan and (b) the Debtors other than CII shall not be liable for any payment or distributions on
account of Claims, Interest of amounts to be paid or owing by or other obligations of any kind of
CII under or in connection with the Plan (other than the CII Settlement Claim).
A. CCI
1. Class A-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class A-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCI.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCI is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and
shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim
against CCI and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each
Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed
and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as
is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course
of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be
paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.
2. Class A-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class A-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist
against CCI.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCI is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be
deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCI and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the
sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CCI shall be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCI shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on
the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured
Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCI shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed
Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
|
3. Class A-3: General Unsecured Claims |
(a) Classification. Class A-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCI other than all General Unsecured Claims against CCI held by any CII Settlement Claim
Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCI is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
24
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCI and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at
the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCI shall be
reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii)
each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCI shall be paid in full in Cash on the
Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
4. Class A-4: CCI Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class A-4 consists of all CCI Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed CCI
Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. The CCI Notes Claims shall be deemed Allowed in the aggregate
amount of $497,489,463. On the Distribution Date, each Holder of an Allowed CCI Notes Claim shall
receive its Pro Rata share of (i) New Preferred Stock and (ii) Cash in an aggregate amount equal to
$24,549,331.
5. Class A-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class A-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CCI other than all Section 510(b) Claims against CCI held by any CII Settlement Claim
Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a Section
510(b) Claim against CCI is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed
conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims shall be cancelled, released, and extinguished and
the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall receive no distribution under the Plan on account of
such Claims.
6. Class A-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class A-6 consists of all Interests in CCI other than all
Interests in CCI held by any CII Settlement Claim Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class A-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Interest in CCI is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed
conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCI, whether represented by stock, preferred share
purchase rights or otherwise, shall be cancelled, released, and extinguished and the Holders of
such Interests shall receive no distribution under the Plan on account thereof.
B. CII
1. Class B-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class B-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CII.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class B-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CII is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and
shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CII and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each
Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the
25
Distribution Date under the Plan, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed, and the date
such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is
practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course of
business and which are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the
ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.
2. Class B-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class B-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist
against CII.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class B-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CII is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be
deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CII and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the
sole option of CII, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CII shall be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed
Secured Claim against CII shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later
of the Distribution Date under the Plan and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured
Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CII shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date under the Plan and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
3. Class B-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class B-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CII.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class B-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CII is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CII and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at
the sole option of the applicable Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CII
shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code
or (ii) each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CII shall be paid in full in Cash
on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
4. Class B-4: CII Shareholder Claims
(a) Classification. Class B-4 consists of CII Shareholder Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class B-4 is Impaired by the Plan. The Holder of an Allowed CII
Shareholder Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. The Holder of Allowed CII Shareholder Claims shall receive 100,000
newly issued shares of Class A Voting Common Stock of Reorganized CII on the Effective Date.
26
C. Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC
1. Class C-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively
to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC and the
applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed
Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of
the Distribution Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed
Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided,
however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business
and which are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary
course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.
2. Class C-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC
is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have
accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC and the applicable
Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i)
each Allowed Secured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway,
LLC shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy
Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications
Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest,
on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured
Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC shall receive the
collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the
Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon
thereafter as is practicable.
3. Class C-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC and the
applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the
Debtors, (i)
each Allowed General Unsecured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and
Charter Gateway, LLC shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of
the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) each Holder of
27
an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter
Gateway, LLC shall be paid in full in Cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is
practicable.
4. Class C-4: Holdco Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-4 consists of Holdco Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Holdco Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. The Holdco Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of
$497,489,463. The aggregate amount distributed under the Plan on account of Class C-4 Allowed
Holdco Notes Claims shall be consideration equal to $19,549,331, which consideration shall be
distributed as set forth in Class A-4 as CCI is the sole Holder of Holdco Notes Claims.
5. Class C-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class C-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a Section
510(b) Claim against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC is not
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the
Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims shall be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
6. Class C-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class C-6 consists of all Interests in Holdco, Enstar
Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC other than all Interests in Holdco held by any
CII Settlement Claim Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class C-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway, LLC is not
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the
Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and
Charter Gateway, LLC shall remain in place in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of
$2,000,000 to be contributed by CCI from the Rights Offering.
D. CCHC
1. Class D-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class D-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCHC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCHC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan
and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCHC and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder,
each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be paid in full in Cash, plus
Post-Petition Interest, on
the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the
date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax
28
Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that
Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are
not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of
business in accordance with the terms thereof.
2. Class D-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class D-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist
against CCHC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCHC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall
be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCHC and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the
sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CCHC shall be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCHC shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on
the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured
Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCHC shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed
Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
3. Class D-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class D-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCHC other than all General Unsecured Claims against CCHC held by any CII Settlement Claim
Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCHC is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCHC and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at
the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCHC shall be
reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii)
each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCHC shall be paid in full in Cash on the
Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
4. Class D-4: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class D-4 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CCHC.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a Section
510(b) Claim against CCHC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed
conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims shall be cancelled, released and extinguished
and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall receive no distribution under the Plan on account of
such Claims.
(a) Classification. Class D-5 consists of all Interests in CCHC.
29
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class D-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCHC is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be
deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCHC shall remain in place in exchange for New Value
Consideration in the amount of $2,000,000 to be contributed by CCI from the Rights Offering.
E. CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class E-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is not
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the
Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors
agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution
Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that
Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are
not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of
business in accordance with the terms thereof.
2. Class E-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled
to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to
less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed
Secured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. shall be paid
in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date
such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or
(iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings
Capital Corp. shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed
Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
3. Class E-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
30
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors
agree to less favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. shall
be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code or
(ii) each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH and Charter Communications
Holdings Capital Corp. shall be paid in full in Cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter
as is practicable.
4. Class E-4: CCH Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-4 consists of CCH Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCH Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. CCH Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of $599,379,759.
On the Distribution Date, each Holder of an Allowed CCH Notes Claim shall receive its Pro Rata
share of the CCH Warrants.
5. Class E-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class E-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a Section
510(b) Claim against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims shall be cancelled, released, and extinguished and
the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall receive no distribution under the Plan on account of
such Claims.
6. Class E-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class E-6 consists of all Interests in CCH and Charter
Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class E-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.
shall remain in place in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of $1,533,180 to be
contributed by CCI from the Rights Offering.
F. CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class F-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
31
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be
paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date
such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due
and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax
Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable
on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
the terms thereof.
2. Class F-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against
CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CIH and
CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the
later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or
as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CIH
and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim,
plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
3. Class F-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. shall be paid in full
in Cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
4. Class F-4: CIH Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-4 consists of CIH Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CIH Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
32
(c) Distributions. CIH Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of
$2,625,060,226. On the Distribution Date, each Holder of CIH Notes Claim shall receive its Pro Rata
share of the CIH Warrants.
5. Class F-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class F-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a Section
510(b) Claim against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims shall be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
6. Class F-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class F-6 consists of all Interests in CIH and CCH I Holdings
Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class F-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp. shall remain in
place in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of $8,932,440 to be contributed by CCI
from the Rights Offering.
G. CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
1. Class G-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be paid in full
in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority
Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable,
or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority
Non-Tax Claims that arise
in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable on or before the
Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms
thereof.
2. Class G-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. (but excluding any Secured Claim that is also a CCH I Notes Claim).
33
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable treatment
to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CCH I and
CCH I Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of
the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital
Corp. shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution
Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is
practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition Interest, on
the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured
Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
3. Class G-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in
accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. shall be paid in full in Cash on the
Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
4. Class G-4: CCH I Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-4 consists of CCH I Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCH I Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions.
(i) The CCH I Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of $4,170,040,378. On the
Distribution Date, each Holder of a CCH I Notes Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of New Class
A Stock in an aggregate amount to all such Holders equal to 100% of the New Class A Stock
outstanding as of the Effective Date, prior to giving effect to the Rights Offering, the issuance
of Warrants and any other distributions of New Class A Stock contemplated by the Plan, which New
Class A Stock (prior to such effects) shall be deemed to have an aggregate value equal to the Plan
Value minus the Warrant Value minus 3% of the equity value of the Reorganized Company, after giving
effect to the Rights Offering, but prior to the issuance of Warrants and equity-based awards
provided for by the Plan.
Each Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder shall also receive Rights pursuant to the Rights
Offering, as set forth below.
(ii) Rights Offering. Each Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holder shall be offered pursuant
to the Rights Offering Documents the right to purchase shares of New Class A Stock,
according to that Holders Pro Rata Participation Amount, for a Cash payment of the product of
the Per Share Purchase Price multiplied by such Pro Rata Participation Amount.
34
(iii) Equity Backstop by Members of the Crossover Committee. Pursuant to the
Commitment Letters, the Equity Backstop Parties have, severally and not jointly, committed to
purchase their respective Pro Rata Participation Amount in the Rights Offering.
(iv) Excess Backstop by the Excess Backstop Parties. Pursuant to the Commitment
Letters and the Excess Backstop Agreements, the Excess Backstop Parties have, severally and not
jointly, committed to purchase shares of New Class A Stock underlying Rights not exercised by
Eligible CCH I Notes Claim Holders other than the Equity Backstop Parties.
(v) Overallotment Option. Pursuant to the Commitment Letters and Excess Backstop
Agreements, each Excess Backstop Party shall be offered the Overallotment Option.
Each Holder of CCH I Notes Claims that affirmatively represents it is not an Eligible CCH I
Notes Claim Holder on a timely submitted investor certification shall receive an amount of New
Class A Stock equal to the value of the Rights that such Holder would have been offered if it were
an accredited investor or qualified institutional buyer participating in the Rights Offering.
5. Class G-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class G-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a Section
510(b) Claim against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims shall be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
6. Class G-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class G-6 consists of all Interests in CCH I and CCH I
Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class G-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or reject
the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp. shall remain in place
in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of $12,000,000 to be contributed by CCI from
the Rights Offering.
H. CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
1. Class H-1: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be paid in
full in Cash, plus Post-Petition
35
Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed
and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as
is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax Claims that arise in the ordinary course
of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be
paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.
2. Class H-2: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-2 consists of all Secured Claims that may exist against
CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against
CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH II
and CCH II Capital Corp. shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later
of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as
soon thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCH II
and CCH II Capital Corp. shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus
Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
3. Class H-3: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-3 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-3 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in
accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. shall be paid in full in Cash on the
Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
4. Class H-4: CCH II Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-4 consists of CCH II Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCH II Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. The CCH II Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of
$2,575,678,701, plus Post-Petition Interest. Each Holder of CCH II Notes Claims shall be paid in
full in Cash in an amount equal to the Allowed amount of its Claim plus Post-Petition Interest, on
the Distribution Date, unless such Holder is a Rollover Commitment Party or elects to exchange CCH
II Notes for New CCH II Notes pursuant to the Exchange by noting such election on such Holders
ballot. Each
Holder of an Allowed CCH II Notes Claim that elects to exchange as set forth above or is a
Rollover Commitment Party, shall receive the New CCH II Notes as set
36
forth below in a principal amount equal to the Allowed amount of its CCH II Notes Claim plus
Post-Petition Interest, subject to the Exchange Cutback set forth below. No partial Exchange of CCH
II Notes shall be allowed.
(i) Exchange. CCH II shall effectuate the Exchange pursuant to the Plan. The
aggregate principal amount of the New CCH II Notes shall be equal to the sum of (x) the Target
Amount and (y) $85 million. Each Holder of an Allowed CCH II Notes Claim that elects to exchange
CCH II Notes for New CCH II Notes pursuant to the Exchange, and each Rollover Commitment Party, in
each case subject to the Exchange Cutback, shall be entitled to receive (A) New CCH II Notes with a
principal amount equal to the Allowed principal amount of the CCH II Notes held by such Holder or
Rollover Commitment Party, (B) New CCH II Notes with a principal amount equal to the accrued but
unpaid interest on such CCH II Notes held by such Holder or Rollover Commitment Party to the
Petition Date, and (C) New CCH II Notes with a principal amount equal to Post-Petition Interest on
such CCH II Notes. No Holder or Rollover Commitment Party shall be entitled to receive any amounts
for any call premiums or prepayment penalty with respect to the CCH II Notes.
Rollover Commitment. Pursuant to the Commitment Letters, the Rollover Commitment
Parties have, severally and not jointly (in the respective amounts set forth on Annex C), committed
to exchange on the Effective Date an aggregate of $1.21 billion in principal amount of CCH II
Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the Petition Date, plus Post-Petition Interest, but
excluding any call premiums or any prepayment penalties, for New CCH II Notes pursuant to the
Exchange, subject to the Exchange Cutback.
Exchange Cutback. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the aggregate principal amount of
New CCH II Notes to be issued to Holders of CCH II Notes Claims (including the Rollover Commitment
Parties) electing to participate in the Exchange would exceed the Target Amount, then each
participating Holder (including the Rollover Commitment Parties) shall receive its pro rata portion
of the Target Amount of New CCH II Notes in the same proportion that the Allowed amount of CCH II
Notes sought to be exchanged by such Holder bears to the total Allowed amount of CCH II Notes
sought to be exchanged, and the remainder of such Holders Allowed CCH II Notes Claims shall be
paid in full in Cash on the Distribution Date.
(ii) New CCH II Notes Commitment. Pursuant to the Commitment Letters, the New CCH II
Notes Commitment Parties have, severally and not jointly (in the respective amounts set forth on
Annex D), committed to purchase additional New CCH II Notes in an aggregate principal amount of
$267 million. If the aggregate principal amount of New CCH II Notes to be issued to Holders
(including the Rollover Commitment Parties) electing to participate in the Exchange is less than
the Target Amount, then the New CCH II Notes Commitment shall be funded up to the extent of such
shortfall.
5. Class H-5: Section 510(b) Claims
(a) Classification. Class H-5 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims that may exist
against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of a Section
510(b) Claim against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or reject
the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Section 510(b) Claims shall be cancelled, released, and
extinguished and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall receive no distribution under the Plan
on account of such Claims.
6. Class H-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class H-6 consists of all Interests in CCH II and CCH II
Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class H-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan.
37
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp. shall remain in place
in exchange for New Value Consideration in the amount of $15,000,000 to be contributed by CCI from
the Rights Offering.
I. CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
1. Class I-1: CCOH Credit Facility Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-1 consists of CCOH Credit Facility Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCOH Credit Facility Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall
be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Each Allowed CCOH Credit Facility Claim shall be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
2. Class I-2: CCOH Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-2 consists of CCOH Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-2 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCOH Notes Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed
conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Each Allowed CCOH Notes Claim shall be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
3. Class I-3: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-3 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-3 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be
paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date
such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due
and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax
Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable
on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
the terms thereof.
4. Class I-4: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-4 consists of all Secured Claims (but excluding CCOH
Credit Facility Claims) that may exist against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-4 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
38
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less favorable
treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against
CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCOH and
CCO Holdings Capital Corp. shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later
of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as
soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCOH and
CCO Holdings Capital Corp. shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim, plus
Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim
becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
5. Class I-5: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class I-5 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. is entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. shall be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. shall be paid in full
in Cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
6. Class I-6: Interests
(a) Classification. Class I-6 consists of all Interests in CCOH and CCO Holdings
Capital Corp.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class I-6 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. is not entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. shall be
reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
J. CCO (and its direct and indirect subsidiaries)
1. Class J-1: CCO Credit Facility Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-1 consists of CCO Credit Facility Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-1 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCO Credit Facility Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be
deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Each Allowed CCO Credit Facility Claim shall be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors shall waive
and/or abjure any right to require any lender to make loans (whether term, incremental term,
revolving, or swingline loans) under the CCO Credit Facility, other than loans outstanding as of
the Effective Date.
2. Class J-2: CCO Swap Agreements Claims
39
(a) Classification. Class J-2 consists of CCO Swap Agreements Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-2 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCO Swap Agreements Claim against CCO is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan;
provided, however, the Debtors reserve their right to argue the proposed distribution to each
Holder of an Allowed CCO Swap Agreements Claim renders Class J-2 Unimpaired, not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan, and deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. CCO Swap Agreements Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount
determined by the Bankruptcy Court, plus Post-Petition Interest, but excluding any call premiums or
any prepayment penalties. Each Holder of an Allowed CCO Swap Agreements Claim shall be paid in full
in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the date such CCO
Swap Agreements Claim becomes an Allowed CCO Swap Agreements Claim, or as soon thereafter as is
practicable.
3. Class J-3: CCO Notes Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-3 consists of CCO Notes Claims.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-3 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed CCO Notes Claim is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed
conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Each Allowed CCO Notes Claim shall be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
4. Class J-4: Priority Non-Tax Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-4 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims that may exist
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-4 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries is not entitled
to vote to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax
Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be
paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date, the date
such Priority Non-Tax Claim is Allowed and the date such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes due
and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided, however, that Priority Non-Tax
Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors business and which are not due and payable
on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
the terms thereof.
5. Class J-5: Secured Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-5 consists of all Secured Claims (but excluding CCO
Credit Facility Claims, CCO Notes Claims and CCO Swap Agreements Claims) that may exist against CCO
and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-5 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Secured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries is not entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such
40
Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed Secured Claim against CCO and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries shall be reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim against CCO and
its direct and indirect subsidiaries shall be paid in full in Cash, plus Post-Petition Interest, on
the later of the Distribution Date and the date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured
Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each Holder of an Allowed Secured Claim
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries shall receive the collateral securing its
Allowed Secured Claim, plus Post-Petition Interest, on the later of the Distribution Date and the
date such Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
6. Class J-6: General Unsecured Claims
(a) Classification. Class J-6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims that may exist
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries other than all General Unsecured Claims
against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries held by any CII Settlement Claim Party.
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries is entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and the applicable Debtors agree to less
favorable treatment to such Holder, at the sole option of the Debtors, (i) each Allowed General
Unsecured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries shall be reinstated and
rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) each Holder of
an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries shall be
paid in full in Cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
7. Class J-7: Interests (other than CC VIII Preferred Units held by a CII Settlement Claim
Party)
(a) Classification. Class J-7 consists of all Interests in CCO and its direct and
indirect subsidiaries (other than CC VIII Preferred Units held by a CII Settlement Claim Party).
(b) Impairment and Voting. Class J-7 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each Holder of an
Allowed Interest against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (other than CC VIII Preferred
Units held by a CII Settlement Claim Party) is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan
and shall be deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
(c) Distributions. Interests in CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (other
than CC VIII Preferred Units held by a CII Settlement Claim Party) shall be reinstated and rendered
Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
41
ARTICLE V.
IDENTIFICATION OF IMPAIRED CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS; ACCEPTANCE OR
REJECTION OF THIS PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
A. Classes Entitled to Vote. The following Classes are Impaired by the Plan and thus are
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
Class A-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCI)
Class A-4 (CCI Notes Claims)
Class B-3 (General Unsecured Claims against
CII)
Class B-4 (CII Shareholder Claims)
Class C-3 (General Unsecured Claims against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and
Charter Gateway LLC)
Class C-4 (Holdco Notes Claims)
Class D-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCHC)
Class E-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corp.)
Class E-4 (CCH Notes Claims)
Class F-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital
Corp.)
Class F-4 (CIH Notes Claims)
Class G-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.)
Class G-4 (CCH I Notes Claims)
Class H-3 (General Unsecured Claims against CCH II and CCH II Capital
Corp.)
Class H-4 (CCH II Notes Claims)
Class I-5 (General Unsecured Claims against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.)
Class J-2 (CCO Swap Agreements Claims)
Class J-6 (General Unsecured Claims against CCO and its direct and indirect
subsidiaries)
B. Classes Not Entitled to Vote; Deemed to Accept. The following Classes are Unimpaired by
the Planand thus not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Planand shall be deemed
conclusively to have accepted the Plan.
Class A-1 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against
CCI)
Class A-2 (Secured Claims against CCI)
Class B-1 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against
CII)
Class B-2 (Secured Claims against CII)
Class C-1 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and
Charter Gateway LLC)
Class C-2 (Secured Claims against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter
Gateway LLC)
Class D-1 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against CCHC)
Class D-2 (Secured Claims against CCHC)
42
Class E-1 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corp.)
Class E-2 (Secured Claims against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.)
Class F-1 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital
Corp.)
Class F-2 (Secured Claims against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.
Class G-1 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against CCH I and CCH I Capital
Corp.)
Class G-2 (Secured Claims against CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.)
Class H-1 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against CCH II and CCH II Capital
Corp.)
Class H-2 (Secured Claims against CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.)
Class I-1 (CCOH Credit Facility
Claims)
Class I-2 (CCOH Notes Claims)
Class I-3 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.)
Class I-4 (Secured Claims against CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.)
Class I-6 (Interests in CCOH and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.)
Class J-1 (CCO Credit Facility
Claims)
Class J-3 (CCO Notes Claims)
Class J-4 (Priority Non-Tax Claims against CCO and its direct and indirect
subsidiaries)
Class J-5 (Secured Claims against CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries)
Class J-7 (Interests in CCO and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (other than CC VIII
Preferred Units held by a CII Settlement Claim Party))
C. Classes Not Entitled to Vote; Deemed to Reject. The following Classes are Impaired by
the Planbut not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Planand shall be deemed conclusively to
have rejected the Plan.
Class A-5 (Section 510(b) Claims against CCI other than all Section 510(b) Claims against CCI
held by any CII Settlement Claim Party)
Class A-6 (Interests in CCI other than all Interests in CCI held by any CII Settlement Claim
Party)
Class C-5 (Section 510(b) Claims against Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and
Charter Gateway LLC)
Class C-6 (Interests in Holdco, Enstar Communications Corporation, and Charter Gateway LLC
other than all Interests in Holdco held by any CII Settlement Claim Party)
Class D-4 (Section 510(b) Claims against CCHC)
Class D-5 (Interests in CCHC)
Class E-5 (Section 510(b) Claims against CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corp.)
Class E-6 (Interests in CCH and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corp.)
Class F-5 (Section 510(b) Claims against CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital
Corp.)
Class F-6 (Interests in CIH and CCH I Holdings Capital Corp.)
Class G-5 (Section 510(b) Claims against CCH I and CCH I Capital
Corp.)
Class G-6 (Interests in CCH I and CCH I Capital Corp.)
Class H-5 (Section 510(b) Claims against CCH II and CCH II Capital
Corp.)
Class H-6 (Interests in CCH II and CCH II Capital Corp.)
43
D. Nonconsensual Confirmation. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, if
any Impaired Class shall not accept the Plan by the requisite statutory majority provided in
section 1126(c) or (d) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve the right to amend the Plan
(subject to the Plan Support Agreements and conditions to the Effective Date set forth below) or
undertake to have the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code or both.
44
ARTICLE VI.
PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
A. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions. Cash Distributions under the Plan shall be
funded from: (1) operations, (2) the New CCH II Notes Commitment (as described in ARTICLE IV.H.4
above), and (3) the Rights Offering (as described in ARTICLE IV.G.4 above).
1. Use of Net Proceeds. CCI shall utilize the Net Proceeds as follows: (a) to pay the
expenses of the Rights Offering; (b) to contribute to CCH II an amount sufficient to fund the Cash
payments due on the CCH II Notes Claims; (c) to contribute to CCO to pay the CCO Swap Agreements
Claims; (d) to contribute, as necessary, to Holdco, CCHC, CCH, CIH, CCH I, and CCH II in
consideration for New Value Interests; (e) to pay Administrative Expense Claims and to make other
payments as needed to confirm the Plan and to cause the Effective Date to occur; and (f) to pay the
fees and expenses described in ARTICLE VI.A.2 below in the manner and order provided therein.
Subject to ARTICLE VI.A.2 below, plus Professional Fees, the remaining Net Proceeds, if any, will
be contributed to CCO on the Effective Date to fund CCOs working capital requirements following
the Effective Date.
2. Specified Fees and Expenses.
(a) Allen Management Receivable. As partial consideration for the settlement and
compromise of the CII Settlement Claim, the Debtors (other than CII) shall pay to Mr. Allen (or his
designees) the Allen Management Receivable, in Cash, as provided in clause (d) below.
(b) Allen Fee Reimbursement. As partial consideration for the settlement and
compromise of the CII Settlement Claim, the Debtors (other than CII) shall pay to Mr. Allen (or his
designees) the Allen Fee Reimbursement, in Cash, as provided in clause (d) below.
(c) Other Fees and Expenses.
Each participating Holder (including the Rollover Commitment Parties) shall receive from the
Debtors (other than CII) the Rollover Fee for the use of capital, in Cash, as provided in clause
(d) below.
Each New CCH II Notes Commitment Party shall receive from the Debtors (other than CII) the New
CCH II Notes Commitment Fee (if such fee is payable), for the use of capital, in Cash, as provided
in clause (d) below; provided, that such New CCH II Notes Commitment Party shall not have
terminated its Commitment Letter with respect to the New CCH II Notes Commitment on or prior to the
Effective Date.
Each Equity Backstop Party shall receive from the Debtors (other than CII) the Equity Backstop
Fee (if such fee is payable), for the use of capital, in Cash, as provided in clause (d) below;
provided, that such Equity Backstop Party shall not have terminated its Commitment Letter
with respect to the Equity Backstop on or prior to the Effective Date.
(d) Priority of Payments. On the Effective Date, the Allen Management Receivable shall
be paid in Cash to the extent of Available Cash. If the Allen Management Receivable is not paid in
full on the Effective Date, then any unpaid portion thereof shall be paid in Cash within 30 days
after the end of the first calendar quarter following the Effective Date to the extent of Available
Cash on the last day of such calendar quarter, and within 20 days after the end of each following
calendar quarter to the extent of Available Cash on the last day of each such following calendar
quarter, until the Allen Management Receivable is paid in full.
On the Effective Date (or when the Overallotment Option is received by the Reorganized
Company), following payment of the Allen Management Receivable in full, the Commitment Fees, the
Allen Fee Reimbursement, and the VCP shall be paid in Cash to the extent of any remaining Available
Cash; provided, however, that, if there is not sufficient Available Cash for payment of the
Commitment Fees, the Allen Fee Reimbursement, and the VCP in full on the Effective Date, then
payment of such fees on such date shall be reduced pro rata based on the amount of each such fee in
proportion to the total amount of the Commitment Fees, the Allen
45
Fee Reimbursement, and the VCP. If the Commitment Fees, the Allen Fee Reimbursement, and the VCP
are not paid in full on the Effective Date, then any unpaid portion thereof shall be paid in Cash
within 20 days after the end of the first calendar quarter following the Effective Date in which
the Allen Management Receivable is paid in full in Cash if there is Available Cash on the last day
of such calendar quarter; provided, however, that, in the discretion of the Board
of Directors, the Allen Fee Reimbursement, the Commitment Fees, and the VCP on a pari passu basis
may be paid regardless of sufficient Available Cash. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall
the Commitment Fees (or any portion thereof), the Allen Fee Reimbursement (or any portion thereof)
or the VCP (or any portion thereof) be paid unless and until the Allen Management Receivable has
been paid in full.
If all Specified Fees and Expenses have not been paid in full on the Effective Date, Cash in
the full amount of the unpaid portion of the Specified Fees and Expenses shall be retained by CCI
pending payment, subject to the good faith determination of the Reorganized Company to contribute
all or any portion of such retained amount to direct or indirect subsidiaries. If such amounts are
contributed, alternative arrangements for actual funding by the Reorganized Company shall be made
by the Reorganized Company.
B. Reorganized Company Equity Interests. The Reorganized Companys equity interests shall
consist of New Class A Stock, New Class B Stock, New Preferred Stock and Warrants.
1. New Class A Stock. Shares of New Class A Stock shall be issued to (a)
participants in the Rights Offering, (b) Equity Backstop Parties upon the exercise of
the Overallotment Option (if exercised), (c) Holders of Claims with respect to CCH I
Notes, (d) the Allen Entities upon exchange of their Reorganized Holdco equity
pursuant to the Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement, (e) holders of Warrants upon
exercise of such Warrants, and (f) holders of equity-based awards issued under the
Management Incentive Plan.
CCI shall cause the New Class A Stock to be listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as
promptly as practicable but in no event prior to the later of (x) the 46th day following the
Effective Date, and (y) October 15, 2009 (unless Mr. Allen and the Reorganized Company agree to an
earlier date), and the Reorganized Company shall maintain such listing thereafter.
2. New Class B Stock. The New Class B Stock issued to Mr. Allen or other
Authorized Class B Holders shall be identical to the New Class A Stock except with
respect to certain voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each share of New Class B
Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes such that the aggregate number of votes
attributable to the shares of New Class B Stock held by the Authorized Class B Holders
shall equal 35% of the combined voting power of the capital stock of the Reorganized
Company. Subject to the Lock-Up Agreement, each holder of New Class B Stock shall have
the right to convert its shares of New Class B Stock into shares of New Class A Stock
on a one-for-one basis. In addition, on or after January 1, 2011, Reorganized CCI
shall have the right to cause shares of New Class B Stock to convert into shares of
New Class A Stock on a one-for-one basis pursuant to and in accordance with the
provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. New Class B Stock
shall be subject to restrictions on conversion and transfer pursuant to the Lock-Up
Agreement.
3. New Preferred Stock. Shares of New Preferred Stock shall be issued to
Holders of CCI Notes Claims. The New Preferred Stock will not be publicly listed or
traded.
4. Warrants. Warrants to be issued pursuant to the Plan consist solely of CIH
Warrants, CCH Warrants and CII Settlement Claim Warrants.
5. Registration Rights. Holders of New Common Stock shall be entitled to registration
rights pursuant to the Equity Registration Rights Agreement.
6. Post-Confirmation Restrictions. For a period of at least six (6)
months following the Effective Date,
the Reorganized Company, Reorganized Holdco, Reorganized CCO and each of their
respective direct and indirect subsidiaries shall not negotiate, enter into
agreements, understandings or arrangements or consummate transactions in the
aggregate in excess of $500 million in total value to the extent that such
transactions shall occur at a price in excess of 110% of either the value implied
by the Plan or the appraised values, if any such appraisal is obtained pursuant to
ARTICLE VI.C.2. Any transactions occurring at a price that implies a value of 110%
or lower
46
than both of such value implied by the Plan and such appraised values (if
obtained) shall not be subject to restriction and shall not be taken into account in
determining whether the $500 million limitation has been exceeded.
C. CII Settlement Claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, on the Effective
Date, the following consideration shall be transferred by the Debtors (other than CII) to Mr. Allen
(or his designees which, in the case of New Class B Stock, shall be limited to Authorized Class B
Holders) on account of the CII Settlement Claim: (a) shares of New Class B Stock representing, as
of the Effective Date, (i) 2% of the equity value of the Reorganized Company, after giving effect
to the Rights Offering, but prior to the issuance of the Warrants and equity-based awards under the
Management Incentive Plan, and (ii) 35% of the combined voting power of the capital stock of
Reorganized CCI; (b) the CII Settlement Claim Warrants; (c) $85 million principal amount of New CCH
II Notes, which shall be deemed transferred from Holders of CCH I Notes Claims automatically and
without further action by any party; (d) Cash in the amount of $25 million on account of the Allen
Management Receivable; (e) $150 million in Cash; and (f) Cash of up to $20 million on account of
the Allen Fee Reimbursement. In addition, on the Effective Date, CII shall retain a 1% direct
equity interest in Reorganized Holdco, including the right to exchange such interest into New Class
A Stock, pursuant to the Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement, and Mr. Allen shall retain all of
the Interests in Reorganized CII. Furthermore, on the Effective Date, the 7,282,183 CC VIII
Preferred Units held by the CII shall be deemed transferred, automatically and without further
action by any party, to Reorganized CCI.
1. Bankruptcy Rule 9019. The treatment set forth above and the rights and obligations
accorded elsewhere in this Plan on account of the CII Settlement Claim shall constitute the
compromise and settlement under Bankruptcy Rule 9019 by and among the Debtors (other than CII), on
the one hand, and the CII Settlement Claim Parties, on the other hand, that fully resolves any and
all legal, contractual and equitable rights, claims and remedies between such parties in exchange
for the consideration to be given to such parties. For the avoidance of doubt, CCH I Claims and CIH
Claims held by CII shall be treated identically to similar Claims held by Persons other than CII.
2. Independent Appraisal. Within 30 days after the Effective Date, at Mr. Allens
request, Reorganized CCI, Reorganized Holdco and Reorganized CCO shall obtain (at their expense) an
independent appraisal of the fair market value of Reorganized Holdcos and Reorganized CCOs (and
their respective subsidiaries) tangible and intangible assets as of the Effective Date that will
include a reasonable allocation of value on an asset-by-asset basis, including any and all below
market financing arrangements as may be appropriate. The appraisal firm and scope of the appraisal
shall be reasonably acceptable to Mr. Allen and Reorganized CCI, Reorganized Holdco and Reorganized
CCO, but shall at all times be retained by and act under the direction of Reorganized CCI,
Reorganized Holdco and Reorganized CCO, consulting with Mr. Allen.
3. Retained Interest; Preservation of Exchange Right. As partial consideration for the
settlement and compromise of the CII Settlement Claim, CII will retain a 1% equity interest in
Reorganized Holdco and shall hold such interest pursuant to and in accordance with the Reorganized
Holdco LLC Agreement. After the Effective Date, CII or its transferee that is an Allen Entity shall
have the right to exchange all or a portion of their Reorganized Holdco equity for New Class A
Stock pursuant to the terms of the Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement.
There shall be no restrictions on the Allen Entities ability to liquidate or sell CII
following consummation of the Plan; provided, that CII shall have transferred all interests
in Reorganized Holdco to one or more Allen Entities (or to Reorganized CCI pursuant to the
Reorganized Holdco Exchange Agreement) prior to or as part of such liquidation or sale as provided
in the Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement.
4. Other Matters. The Parties agree to use reasonable best efforts to ensure that Plan
Confirmation and the Effective Date occur in the same calendar year. The Debtors shall not seek to
schedule, and shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to avoid scheduling the hearing to
confirm the Plan during the month of December.
5. Post-Effective Date Lock-Up Agreement. Shares of New Class B Stock received by Mr.
Allen under the Plan shall be subject to restrictions on transfer and conversion as set forth in
the Lock-Up Agreement.
47
For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, CII shall not be
liable for any payment or distributions on account of Claims, Interests or amounts to be paid or
owing by or other obligations of any kind of the Debtors (other than CII) under or in connection
with the Plan.
D. Section 1145 Exemption. Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offering,
issuance, and distribution of any Securities pursuant to the Plan and any and all settlement
agreements incorporated herein shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration
requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable law requiring registration
prior to the offering, issuance, distribution or sale of Securities. In addition, except as
otherwise provided in the Plan, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, any Securities
contemplated by the Plan and any and all settlement agreements incorporated therein will be freely
tradable by the recipients thereof, subject to (a) the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the
Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities
Act, and compliance with any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if
any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments; (b) the
restrictions, if any, on the transferability of such Securities and instruments; and (c) applicable
regulatory approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of New Class A Stock issued to Eligible
CCH I Notes Claim Holders pursuant to the Rights Offering and New CCH II Notes issued to Rollover
Commitment Parties and New CCH II Note Commitment Parties shall be issued pursuant to the exemption
provided under section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The holders of such equity and debt securities
and certain other affiliates of the Reorganized Company shall receive registration rights as set
forth in the Equity Registration Rights Agreement and the Debt Registration Rights Agreement,
respectively.
E. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor shall
continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate Entity, limited liability
company, partnership or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation,
limited liability company, partnership or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the
applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and
pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents)
in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and
bylaws (or other formation documents) are amended by the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such
documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be pursuant to the Plan and require no further
action or approval.
F. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan
or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated therein, on the Effective Date, all
property in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors
pursuant to the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens,
Claims, charges or other encumbrances (except for Liens, if any, granted to secure any indebtedness
that is Unimpaired by the Plan). On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in
the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire or dispose of
property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests or Causes of Action without supervision or
approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy
Rules.
G. Discharge of Debtors. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date
and effective as of the Effective Date: (1) the rights afforded in the Plan and the treatment of
all Claims and Interests shall be in exchange for and in complete satisfaction, discharge and
release of all Claims and Interests of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on
such Claims from and after the Petition Date, against the Debtors, or any of their assets, property
or Estates; (2) the Plan shall bind all Holders of Claims and Interests, notwithstanding whether
any such Holders failed to vote to accept or reject the Plan or voted to reject the Plan; (3) all
Claims against and Interests in the Debtors shall be satisfied, discharged and released in full,
and the Debtors liability with respect thereto shall be extinguished completely, including any
liability of the kind specified under section 502(g) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (4) all Entities
shall be precluded from asserting against the Debtors, the Debtors Estates, the Reorganized
Debtors, each of their successors and assigns, and each of their assets and properties, any other
Claims or Interests based upon any documents, instruments or any act or omission, transaction or
other activity of any kind or nature that occurred prior to the Effective Date. All debt under the
Plan that shall be surrendered, redeemed, exchanged or cancelled shall be deemed for all purposes,
including income tax purposes, to be outstanding until the Effective Date, and such debt shall not
be deemed surrendered, redeemed, exchanged or cancelled on any date earlier than the Effective
Date.
48
H. Restructuring Transactions. On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable
thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to
effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by or necessary to effectuate the
Plan, including: (1) certain transactions in conjunction with the Effective Date in accordance with
Exhibit 22 to the Plan Supplement; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or
other documents of merger, consolidation or reorganization containing terms that are consistent
with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law; (3) the execution
and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption or delegation of any
property, right, liability, duty or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan; (4)
the filing of appropriate certificates of incorporation,
merger or consolidation with the appropriate governmental authorities pursuant to applicable law;
and (5) all other actions that the Reorganized Debtors determine are necessary or appropriate.
I. Corporate Action. Each of the matters provided for by the Plan involving the corporate
structure of the Debtors or corporate or related actions to be taken by or required of the
Reorganized Debtors shall, as of the Effective Date, be deemed to have occurred and be effective as
provided in the Plan (except to the extent otherwise indicated), and shall be authorized, approved,
and, to the extent taken prior to the Effective Date, ratified in all respects without any
requirement of further action by Holders of Claims or Interests, directors of the Debtors or any
other Entity. Without limiting the foregoing, such actions may include: the adoption and (as
applicable) filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and
Restated Bylaws; the adoption of the Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement; the appointment of officers
and (as applicable) directors for the Reorganized Debtors; and the adoption, implementation, and
amendment of the Management Incentive Plan.
J. Post-Effective Date Governance. The Reorganized Debtors shall enter into such agreements
and amend their corporate governance documents to the extent necessary to implement the terms and
conditions of the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, as of the Effective Date,
Reorganized CCI shall be governed by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the
Amended and Restated Bylaws. On and as of the Effective Date, the Rights Agreement between CCI and
Mellon Investor Services LLC, dated as of August 14, 2007, as amended thereafter, shall be
automatically terminated.
K. Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Holdco LLC Agreement shall be in effect and
govern Holdco for the period up to and including the Effective Date. At the Effective Date, the
Holdco LLC Agreement shall be amended and restated and the Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement shall
be in effect as of the day immediately following the Effective Date for federal, state, local and
foreign income tax purposes. Reorganized Holdco shall effect a closing of the books as of the
Effective Date, and the provisions of the Holdco LLC Agreement, taking into account each members
Percentage Interest (as defined in the Holdco LLC Agreement) immediately before the transactions
contemplated by this Plan, shall govern with respect to allocations of items of income, gain, loss,
credit and deduction for the period up to and including the Effective Date, including any items of
income, gain, loss, credit and deduction arising on the Effective Date and/or arising as a result
of the transactions effective as of the Effective Date as contemplated by this Plan. Reorganized
Holdco shall not make the election under section 108(i) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (or any similar election under state or local law), with respect to any cancellation of
indebtedness income relating to the consummation of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the Reorganized Holdco LLC Agreement, in the event of any dispute, challenge, audit or
examination of Holdcos tax affairs for any period prior to or including the Effective Date, the
consent of Mr. Allen shall be required to settle any such dispute and Mr. Allen and CII shall be
entitled to participate alongside Reorganized CCI in any such examinations, judicial
determinations, and administrative proceedings, with respect to any portion of the dispute relating
to the period prior to and including the Effective Date.
L. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions. On and after the Effective Date, the
Reorganized Debtors, and the officers and members of the boards of directors or managers, as
applicable, thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file or record such
contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such
actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms
and conditions of the Plan and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on
behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorizations, or consents
except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.
M. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes and Recording Fees. Pursuant to section 1146(a)
of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfer from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any Entity
pursuant to, in contemplation
49
of, or in connection with the Plan or pursuant to: (1) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or
exchange of any debt, equity Security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors;
(2) the creation, modification, consolidation, or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust or other
security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (3) the
making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; or (4) the making, delivery, or
recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection
with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer
executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related
to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee,
intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform
Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax
or governmental assessment, and the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents
shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and to accept for filing and
recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax
or governmental assessment.
N. Board Representation. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the
Amended and Restated Bylaws shall provide that the Board of Directors shall be fixed at 11 members.
Each projected holder of 10% or more of the voting power of the Reorganized Company on the
Effective Date (and giving effect to the Overallotment Option) based on such holders pro rata
share of New Class A Stock (i) to be received in respect of its CCH I Notes Claims, (ii) to be
purchased pursuant to its exercise of Rights and (iii) to be purchased pursuant to the exercise by
such holder of its Overallotment Option, if any, on or prior to the date that is five business days
prior to the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, shall have the right to appoint one member
of the initial Board of Directors upon emergence for each 10% of the voting power attributable to
such holders New Class A Stock. Mr. Allen shall have the right to appoint four (4) of the eleven
(11) members of the initial Board of Directors, and Neil Smit, the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Reorganized Company, will also serve on the Reorganized Companys Board of
Directors. The identity of these members will be disclosed on Exhibit 23 to the Plan Supplement
prior to the hearing on Confirmation of the Plan. Subject to the Amended and Restated Bylaws
relating to the filling of vacancies, if any, on the Board of Directors, the members of the Board
of Directors as constituted on the Effective Date will continue to serve at least until the first
annual meeting of stockholders after the Effective Date, which meeting shall not take place until
at least 12 months after the Effective Date. Starting at such first annual meeting of stockholders
and so long as shares of New Class B Stock are outstanding, holders of New Class B Stock shall have
the right to elect 35% of the members of the Board of Directors (rounded up to the next whole
number), and all other members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by majority vote of New
Class A Stock and New Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.
The members of the Board of Directors elected by holders of New Class B Stock shall have no
less than proportionate representation on each committee of the Board of Directors, except for any
committee (1) required by applicable stock exchange rules to be comprised solely of independent
directors or (2) formed solely for the purpose of reviewing, recommending and/or authorizing any
transaction in which holders of Class B Stock or their affiliates (other than Reorganized CCI or
its subsidiaries) are interested parties. In addition, CCIs current Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Operating Officer will continue in their same positions.
O. Senior Management. The CEO and the COO of the Reorganized Company shall be the same as
the CEO and COO of CCI on the date hereof. The CEO and COO shall receive Cash and bonus
compensation and benefits on substantially the same terms as (but not less economically favorable
than) those contained in their respective employment agreements in effect on the date hereof. The
CEO shall receive (1) long-term incentive compensation having substantially the same value as the
long-term incentive compensation contained in his employment agreement in effect on the date
hereof, and (2) a waiver with respect to the retention bonus clawback provision contained in his
employment agreement in effect on the date hereof.
Key Executives of the Reorganized Debtors shall be determined by the Board of Directors in
consultation with the CEO. The Reorganized Debtors shall provide Key Executives with Cash and
bonus compensation and benefits consistent with (but not less economically favorable than) such Key
Executives respective employment agreements in effect on the date hereof.
P. Management Incentive Plan and VCP. The Reorganized Company shall be deemed to have
adopted the Management Incentive Plan and VCP on the Effective Date.
50
Q. Employee and Retiree Benefits. Except with respect to any rejected employment
agreements, on and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may: (1) honor, in the
ordinary course of business, any contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans for, among
other things, compensation (including equity based and bonus compensation), health care benefits,
disability benefits, deferred compensation benefits, travel benefits, savings, severance benefits,
retirement benefits, welfare benefits, workers compensation insurance, and accidental death and
dismemberment insurance for the directors, officers, and employees of any of the Debtors who served
in such capacity at any time; and (2) honor, in the ordinary course of business, Claims of
employees employed as of the Effective Date for accrued vacation time arising prior to the Petition
Date; provided, however, that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors performance of
any employment agreement that is not a rejected employment agreement will not entitle any Person to
any benefit or alleged entitlement under any policy, program or plan that has expired or been
terminated before the Effective Date, or restore, reinstate, or revive any such benefit or alleged
entitlement under any such policy, program, or plan. Nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or
otherwise alter the Reorganized Debtors defenses, claims, Causes of Action, or other rights with
respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, on and after the Effective Date,
all retiree benefits (as that term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any,
shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.
R. Creation of Professional Fee Escrow Account. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized
Debtors shall establish the Professional Fee Escrow Account and reserve an amount necessary to pay
all of the Accrued Professional Compensation.
S. Preservation of Rights of Action. Subject to the releases set forth in ARTICLE X.D and
ARTICLE X.E below, and in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized
Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all
Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions
specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors rights to commence,
prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the
Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in
accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity may rely on the absence
of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause
of Action against them as any indication that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable,
will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against them. The Debtors or Reorganized
Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action
against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. Unless any Causes of Action
against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised or settled
in the Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all Causes of
Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of
res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial,
equitable or otherwise) or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a
consequence of the Confirmation or the Effective Date.
Further, subject to the releases set forth in ARTICLE X.D and ARTICLE X.D below, the
Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the foregoing Causes of Action notwithstanding the
rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the
Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action that a
Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be. The
applicable Reorganized Debtor, through its authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and
may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the
exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce,
abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action
and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or
further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
51
ARTICLE VII.
TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS
A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts. With the exception of Executory
Contracts between a Debtor (other than CII) and a CII Settlement Claim Party, which shall be deemed
rejected unless set forth in clause (b) of the definition of CII Settlement Claim, each of the
Debtors Executory Contracts, including the Management Agreement, the Mutual Services Agreement,
and the Employment Agreements (subject to the conditions in ARTICLES VI.O and VII.A), shall be
deemed assumed as of the Effective Date, unless listed on Exhibit 24 to the Plan Supplement and
mutually agreed to by the Debtors, the Requisite Holders, and Mr. Allen.
The Employment Agreements of the CEO and COO shall be modified as set forth in ARTICLE VI.O
and be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date.
The Employment Agreements of the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Restructuring Officer, General
Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Chief Marketing Officer, and Chief Technology Officer as of the
Petition Date shall be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date, contingent upon amending such
Employment Agreements, to the extent applicable, to: (i) conform the definition of Change in
Control to the corresponding definition in the VCP; (ii) provide that Good Reason shall not
exist under the Employment Agreements by virtue of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases or the
implementation of the Plan; and (iii) include an acknowledgement that, contingent upon the VCP
becoming effective as set forth in the Plan, no awards will be granted in 2009 under the Incentive
Program in place as of the Petition Date.
The Employment Agreements of the Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer, SVPIT, SVPBusiness
Development, SVPCustomer Operations, SVPMedia, PresidentWest Division and PresidentEast
Division shall be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date, contingent upon amending such Employment
Agreements to: (i) conform the definition of Change in Control to the corresponding definition in
the VCP; and (ii) provide that Good Reason shall not exist under the Employment Agreements by
virtue of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases or the implementation of
the Plan.
Except as expressly provided otherwise, the Plan shall give effect to any subordination rights
as required by section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute a Bankruptcy Court order approving the
assumptions or rejections of such Executory Contracts as set forth in the Plan, all pursuant to
sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Unless otherwise indicated, all assumptions or
rejections of such Executory Contracts in the Plan are effective as of the Effective Date. Each
such Executory Contract assumed pursuant to the Plan or by Bankruptcy Court order but not assigned
to a third party prior to the Effective Date shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the
applicable contracting Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may
have been modified by such order. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors
or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right, with the consent of the Requisite Holders
and Mr. Allen, to alter, amend, modify or supplement the Exhibit of Executory Contracts identified
in the Plan Supplement.
B. Indemnification Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the
obligations of the Debtors as provided in the Debtors respective certificates of incorporation,
bylaws, applicable law or other applicable agreements as of the Petition Date to indemnify, defend,
reimburse, exculpate, advance fees and expenses to, or limit the liability of directors or officers
who were directors or officers of such Debtor at any time prior to the Effective Date,
respectively, against any claims or causes of action, whether direct or derivative, liquidated or
unliquidated, fixed or contingent, disputed or undisputed, matured or unmatured, known or unknown,
foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, shall survive confirmation of the Plan, remain
unaffected thereby after the Effective Date and not be discharged, irrespective of whether such
indemnification, defense, advancement, reimbursement, exculpation or limitation is owed in
connection with an event occurring before or after the Petition Date. Any Claim based on the
Debtors obligations herein shall not be a Disputed Claim or subject to any objection in either
case by reason of section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code.
52
As of the Effective Date, each Debtors bylaws shall provide for the indemnification, defense,
reimbursement, exculpation, and/or limitation of liability of, and advancement of fees and expenses
to, directors and officers who were directors or officers of such Debtor, at any time prior to the
Effective Date at least to the same extent as the bylaws of each of the Respective Debtors on the
Petition Date, against any claims or causes of action whether direct or derivative, liquidated or
unliquidated, fixed or contingent, disputed or undisputed, matured or unmatured, known or unknown,
foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, and none of the Reorganized Debtors shall amend
and/or restate its certificate of incorporation or bylaws before or after the Effective Date to
terminate or materially adversely affect any of the Reorganized Debtors obligations or such
directors or officers rights.
In addition, after the Effective Date, none of the Reorganized Debtors shall terminate or
otherwise reduce the coverage under any directors and officers insurance policies (including any
tail policy) in effect on the Petition Date, with respect to conduct occurring prior thereto, and
all directors and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time prior to the
Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any such policy for the full term of such
policy regardless of whether such directors and/or officers remain in such positions after the
Effective Date.
C. Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts. With respect to each of the Debtors
Executory Contracts to be assumed, the Debtors shall have designated a proposed Cure, and the
assumption of such Executory Contract may be conditioned upon the disposition of all issues with
respect to Cure. Any provisions or terms of the Debtors Executory Contracts to be assumed pursuant
to the Plan that are, or may be, alleged to be in default, shall be satisfied solely by Cure or by
an agreed-upon waiver of Cure. Except with respect to Executory Contracts in which the Debtors and
the applicable counterparties have stipulated in writing to payment of Cure, all requests for
payment of Cure that differ from the amounts proposed by the Debtors must be Filed with the Notice,
Claims and Solicitation Agent on or before the Cure Bar Date. The Cure Bar Date shall not apply to
any franchise or Executory Contract with a state or local franchise authority. Any request for
payment of Cure that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed automatically and forever barred from
assertion and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any
objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the
Bankruptcy Court, and any Claim for Cure shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged
upon payment by the applicable Debtor of the amount listed on the Debtors proposed Cure schedule,
notwithstanding anything included in the Schedules or in any Proof of Claim to the contrary;
provided, however, that nothing shall prevent the applicable Reorganized Debtor from paying any
Cure despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to File such request for payment of such
Cure. The Reorganized Debtors also may settle any Cure without further notice to or action, order,
or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
If the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, object to any Cure or any other matter
related to
assumption, the Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amount of such Cure and any
related issues. If there is a dispute regarding such Cure, the ability of the applicable
Reorganized Debtor or any assignee to provide adequate assurance of future performance within the
meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining to assumption, then
Cure shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving such
dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by
the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract. Any
counterparty to an Executory Contract that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption of any
Executory Contract will be deemed to have consented to such assumption. The Debtors or Reorganized
Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right, with the consent of the Requisite Holders and Mr. Allen,
either to reject or nullify the assumption of any Executory Contract no later than thirty days
after a Final Order determining the Cure or any request for adequate assurance of future
performance required to assume such Executory Contract.
Assumption of any Executory Contract pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, except any Executory
Contract with a state or local franchise authority shall result in the full release and
satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of
provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other
bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract at any time prior to the
effective date of assumption. Any Proof of Claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract that
has been assumed shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action,
order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
53
D. Claims Based on Rejection or Repudiation of Executory Contracts. Unless otherwise
provided by a Bankruptcy Court order, any Proofs of Claim asserting Claims arising from the
rejection or repudiation of the Debtors Executory Contracts pursuant to the Plan or otherwise must
be Filed with the Notice, Claims and Solicitation Agent no later than thirty days after the later
of the Effective Date or the effective date of rejection or repudiation. Any Proofs of Claim
arising from the rejection or repudiation of the Debtors Executory Contracts that are not timely
Filed shall be disallowed automatically, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be
enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor without the need for any objection by the Reorganized
Debtors or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and any Claim
arising out of the rejection or repudiation of the Executory Contract shall be deemed fully
satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim
to the contrary.
E. Reservation of Rights. Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any contract or lease in
the Plan Supplement, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the
Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or that any Reorganized
Debtor has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease
is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors or Reorganized
Debtors, as applicable, shall have thirty (30) days following entry of a Final Order resolving such
dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease.
F. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur,
the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any consensual request to extend the
deadline for assuming or rejecting unexpired leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy
Code.
54
ARTICLE VIII.
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
A. Allowance of Claims and Interests. After the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor
shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim or
Interest immediately prior to the Effective Date.
B. Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities. Except as otherwise specifically
provided in the Plan, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the sole
authority: (1) to File, withdraw or litigate to judgment, objections to Claims or Interests; (2) to
settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order or approval
by the Bankruptcy Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such
settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order or approval by the
Bankruptcy Court.
C. Estimation of Claims and Interests. Before or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or
Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may (but are not required to) at any time request that the
Bankruptcy Court estimate any Disputed Claim or Interest that is contingent or unliquidated
pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code for any reason, regardless of whether any party
previously has objected to such Claim or Interest or whether the Bankruptcy Court has
ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any
such Claim or Interest, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or Interest
or during the appeal relating to such objection. Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the
Plan, a Claim or Interest that has been expunged from the Claims Register, but that either is
subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at
zero dollars, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the Bankruptcy
Court estimates any contingent or unliquidated Claim or Interest, that estimated amount shall
constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim or Interest for all purposes under the Plan
(including for purposes of distributions), and the relevant Reorganized Debtor may elect to pursue
any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim or Interest.
D. Adjustment to Claims and Interests Without Objection. Any Claim or Interest that has
been paid or satisfied, or any Claim or Interest that has been amended or superseded, may be
adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register by the Reorganized Debtors without a claims objection
having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the
Bankruptcy Court. Beginning on the end of the first full calendar quarter that is at least 90 days
after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall publish every calendar quarter a list of
all Claims or Interests that have been paid, satisfied, amended or superseded during such prior
calendar quarter.
E. Disallowance of Claims or Interests. Any Claims or Interests held by Entities from
which property is recoverable under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is
a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549 or
724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the
Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims and Interests may not receive any distributions on
account of such Claims and Interests until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity
have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums
due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Reorganized
Debtors. All Claims Filed on account of an Indemnification Obligation to a director, officer or
employee shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims Register as of the Effective Date
to the extent such Indemnification Obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may
be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the
Bankruptcy Court. All Claims Filed on account of an employee benefit shall be deemed satisfied and
expunged from the Claims Register as of the Effective Date to the extent the Reorganized Debtors
elect to honor such employee benefit, without any further notice to or action, order or approval of
the Bankruptcy Court.
F. Offer of Judgment. The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to serve upon a Holder of a
Claim an offer to allow judgment to be taken on account of such Claim, and, pursuant to Bankruptcy
Rules 7068 and 9014, Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 68 shall apply to such offer of judgment. To
the extent the Holder of a Claim or Interest must pay the costs incurred by the Reorganized Debtors
after the making of such offer, the Reorganized Debtors are entitled to setoff such amounts against
the amount of any distribution to be paid to such Holder without any further notice to or action,
order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
55
G. Amendments to Claims. On or after the Effective Date, a Claim may not be Filed or
amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors, and any
such new or amended Claim Filed shall be deemed disallowed in full and expunged without any further
action.
56
ARTICLE IX.
PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS
A. Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed As of the Effective Date.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a Final Order, or as agreed to by the relevant parties,
distributions under the Plan on account of Claims and Interests Allowed on or before the Effective
Date shall be made on the Distribution Date; provided, however, that (1) Allowed
Administrative Expense Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary
course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases or assumed by the Debtors prior to the Effective
Date shall be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and
conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business or industry
practice, and (2) Allowed Priority Tax Claims, unless otherwise agreed, shall be paid in full in
Cash on the Distribution Date.
B. Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed After the Effective Date.
1. Payments and Distributions on Disputed Claims. Except as otherwise
provided in the Plan, a Final
Order, or as agreed to by the relevant parties, distributions under the Plan on account of Disputed
Claims that become
Allowed after the Effective Date shall be made on the Periodic Distribution Date that is at least
thirty (30) days after the Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest; provided, however,
that (a) Disputed Administrative Expense Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtors
in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases or assumed by the Debtors on or
before the Effective Date that become Allowed after the Effective Date shall be paid or performed
in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling
agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice and (b) Disputed Priority
Tax Claims that become Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date, unless otherwise
agreed, shall be paid in full in Cash on the Periodic Distribution Date that is at least thirty
(30) days after the Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.
2. Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims. Notwithstanding any
provision otherwise in the Plan and except as otherwise agreed by the relevant parties: (a) no
partial payments and no partial distributions shall be made with respect to a Disputed Claim until
all such disputes in connection with such Disputed Claim have been resolved by settlement or Final
Order and (b) any Entity that holds both an Allowed Claim and a Disputed Claim shall not receive
any distribution on the Allowed Claim unless and until all objections to the Disputed Claim have
been resolved by settlement or Final Order and the Claims have been Allowed.
C. Delivery of Distributions.
1. Record Date for Distributions. On the Effective Date, the Claims Register shall be
closed and any party responsible for making distributions shall instead be authorized and entitled
to recognize only those record Holders listed on the Claims Register as of the close of business on
the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Claim or Interest, other than one based on
a publicly-traded Certificate is transferred twenty or fewer days before the Effective Date, the
Distribution Agent shall make distributions to the transferee only to the extent practical and in
any event only if the relevant transfer form contains an unconditional and explicit certification
and waiver of any objection to the transfer by the transferor.
2. Distribution Agent. The Distribution Agent shall make all distributions required
under the Plan, except that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests governed by a
separate agreement and administered by a Servicer shall be deposited with the appropriate Servicer,
at which time such distributions shall be deemed complete, and the Servicer shall deliver such
distributions in accordance with the Plan and the terms of the governing agreement.
3. Delivery of Distributions in General. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan,
and notwithstanding any authority to the contrary, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and
Interests shall be made to Holders of record as of the Effective Date by the Distribution Agent or
a Servicer, as appropriate: (a) in accordance with Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 4, as modified
and made applicable by Bankruptcy Rule 7004; (b) to the signatory set forth on any of the Proofs of
Claim or Interest Filed by such Holder or other representative identified therein (or at the last
known addresses of such Holder if no Proof of Claim or Interest is Filed or if the
57
Debtors have been notified in writing of a change of address); (c) at the addresses set forth in
any written notices of address changes delivered to the Distribution Agent after the date of any
related Proof of Claim or Interest; (d) at the addresses reflected in the Schedules if no Proof of
Claim or Interest has been Filed and the Distribution Agent has not received a written notice of a
change of address; or (e) on any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holders
behalf. Distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims and Interests shall not be
subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or like legal process, so that each Holder of an Allowed
Claim or Interest shall have and receive the benefit of the distributions in the manner set forth
in the Plan. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Distribution Agent, as applicable, shall
not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any distributions under the Plan except for gross
negligence or willful misconduct.
4. Compliance Matters. In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the
Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting
requirements imposed on them by any governmental unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan
shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in
the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall be authorized to
take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting
requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to
generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending
receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other
mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right
to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage
garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.
5. Undeliverable Distributions. If any distribution to a Holder of an Allowed Claim or
Interest is returned to a Distribution Agent as undeliverable, no further distributions shall be
made to such Holder unless and until such Distribution Agent is notified in writing of such
Holders then-current address, at which time all currently due missed distributions shall be made
to such Holder on the next Periodic Distribution Date. Undeliverable distributions shall remain in
the possession of the Reorganized Debtors until such time as a distribution becomes deliverable, or
such distribution reverts to the Reorganized Debtors and shall not be supplemented with any
interest, dividends or other accruals of any kind.
6. Reversion. Any distribution under the Plan that is an Unclaimed
Distribution for a period of six (6) months after distribution shall be deemed
unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and such Unclaimed
Distribution shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. Upon such revesting, the Claim
or Interest of any Holder or its successors with respect to such property shall be
cancelled, discharged, and forever barred notwithstanding any applicable federal or
state escheat, abandoned or unclaimed property laws to the contrary. The provisions of
the Plan regarding undeliverable distributions and Unclaimed Distributions shall apply
with equal force to distributions that are issued by the Debtors, made pursuant to any
indenture or Certificate (but only with respect to the distribution by the Servicer to
Holders that are entitled to be recognized under the relevant indenture or Certificate
and not with respect to Entities to whom those recognized Holders distribute),
notwithstanding any provision in such indenture or Certificate to the contrary and
notwithstanding any otherwise applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned or
unclaimed property law.
7. Manner of Payment Pursuant to the Plan. Any payment in Cash to be made pursuant to
the Plan shall be made at the election of the Reorganized Debtors by check or by wire transfer.
Checks issued by the Distribution Agent or applicable Servicer on account of Allowed Claims and
Interests shall be null and void if not negotiated within ninety (90) days after issuance, but may
be requested to be reissued until the distribution revests in the Reorganized Debtors.
8. Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities. On the Effective Date or as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter, each Holder of a Certificate shall be deemed to have
surrendered such Certificate to the Distribution Agent or a Servicer (to the extent the relevant
Claim or Interest is governed by an agreement and administered by a Servicer). Such surrendered
Certificate shall be cancelled solely with respect to the Debtors, and such cancellation shall not
alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties vis-à-vis one another with respect
to such Certificate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this paragraph shall not
apply to Certificates evidencing Claims that are rendered Unimpaired under the Plan.
58
D. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.
1. Claims Paid by Third Parties. The Notice, Claims and Solicitation
Agent shall reduce in full a Claim, and such Claim shall be disallowed without a
Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order
or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim
receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or
Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a
Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives
payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such
Claim, such Holder shall, within two weeks of receipt thereof, repay or return the
distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the Holders total
recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the
amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The
failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the
Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal
Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the two-week grace
period specified above until the amount is repaid.
2. Claims Payable by Third Parties. No distributions under the Plan
shall be made on account of an
Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors insurance policies until the Holder
of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the
extent that one or more of the Debtors insurers agrees to satisfy in full a Claim (if and to the
extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers
agreement, such Claim may be expunged to the extent of any agreed upon satisfaction on the Claims
Register by the Notice, Claims and Solicitation Agent without a Claims objection having to be Filed
and without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
E. Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest. Except as otherwise provided in the
Plan (e.g,, in Class H-4), the aggregate consideration paid to Holders with respect to their
Allowed Claims shall be treated pursuant to the Plan as allocated first to the principal amount of
such Allowed Claim (to the extent thereof) and, thereafter, to the interest, if any, accrued
through the Effective Date.
59
ARTICLE X.
EFFECT OF PLAN CONFIRMATION
A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests. Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy
Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the distributions, rights, and
treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release,
effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature
whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date,
whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and
Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property
shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and
Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective
Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate
to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a
termination of employment or a termination of any employee or retiree benefit program, regardless
of whether such termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date, any contingent or
non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the
Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the
Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (1) a Proof of Claim or Interest based upon such
debt, right or Interest is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(2) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502
of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. Any
default by the Debtors or their Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed
immediately prior to or on account of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed Cured on
the Effective Date. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of
all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.
B. Compromise and Settlement of Claims and Controversies. Pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy
Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits
provided pursuant to the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise
of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and subordination
rights that a Holder of a Claim may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Interest, or any
distribution to be made on account of such an Allowed Claim or Interest. The entry of the
Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts approval of the compromise or settlement
of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that
such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders
of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and reasonable. In accordance with the provisions
of the Plan, pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019(a), without
any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective
Date, the Reorganized Debtors may compromise and settle Claims against them and Causes of Action
against other Entities.
C. CCO Credit Facility. Without reservation or qualification, the Debtors (1) irrevocably waive and
abjure any right to engage in any additional borrowing under the reinstated CCO Credit Facility,
and (2) commit to Cash collateralize, if required by section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, by the
Effective Date, any letters of credit issued pursuant to the CCO Credit Facility that remain
outstanding as of the Effective Date.
D. Releases by the Debtors. On the Effective Date and effective as of the Effective Date, for the
good and valuable consideration provided by each of the Debtor Releasees (as defined below),
including: (1) the discharge of debt and all other good and valuable consideration paid pursuant to
the Plan; (2) the obligations of the Holders of Claims party to Plan Support Agreements to provide
the support necessary for the Effective Date of the Plan; and (3) the services of the Debtors
present and former officers and directors in facilitating the expeditious implementation of the
restructuring contemplated by the Plan, each of the Debtors shall provide a full discharge and
release to each Releasing Party, including each other Debtor, and each of their respective members,
officers, directors, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, employees, partners, affiliates and
representatives (collectively, the Debtor Releasees (and each such Debtor Releasee so released
shall be deemed
released and discharged by the Debtors)) and their respective properties from any and all Causes of
Action, whether known or unknown, whether for tort, fraud, contract, violations of federal or state
securities laws or otherwise, arising from or related in any way to the Debtors, including those
that any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors would have been legally entitled to assert against a
Debtor Releasee in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or that any Holder of a
Claim or Interest or other Entity, would
60
have been legally entitled to assert on behalf of any of the Debtors or any of their Estates,
including those in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan to the fullest extent of the
law; provided, however, that the foregoing Debtor Release shall not operate to waive or release
any person or Entity other than a Releasing Party from any causes of action expressly set forth in
and preserved by the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors will not release any Causes of Action that they may have now or in the future
against the Non-Released Parties.
E. Third Party Releases. On the Effective Date and effective as of the Effective Date,
the Holders of Claims and Interests shall be deemed to provide a full discharge and
release to the Debtor Releasees and their respective property from any and all Causes of
Action, whether known or unknown, whether for tort, contract, violations of federal or
state securities laws or otherwise, arising from or related in any way to the Debtors,
including those in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan; provided, that the
foregoing Third Party Release shall not operate to waive or release any person or Entity
(other than a Debtor Releasee) from any Causes of Action expressly set forth in and
preserved by the Plan, the Plan Supplement or related documents, and provided further that
the foregoing Third Party Release shall not impair the rights (a) to which an Allowed
Unimpaired Claim entitles the Holder of such Allowed Unimpaired Claim or (b) of a Holder
of a General Unsecured Claim as to any General Unsecured Claim. Notwithstanding anything
in the Plan to the contrary, the Releasing Parties will not release any Causes of Action
that they, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have now or in the future against
the Non-Released Parties. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy
Courts approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third Party Release, and
further, shall constitute its finding that the Third Party Release is: (1) in exchange
for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Debtor Releasees, a good faith
settlement and compromise of the claims released by the Third Party Release; (2) in the
best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims; (3) fair, equitable and
reasonable; (4) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (5) a bar
to any of the Holders of Claims and Interests asserting any claim released by the Third
Party Release against any of the Debtor Releasees.
Nothing in the Confirmation Order or the Plan shall affect a release of any claim by the
United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever,
including any claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code, federal securities laws, the
environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority
against the Released Parties, nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order or the Plan enjoin the
United States Government or any of its agencies or any state or local authority from bringing any
claim, suit, action or other proceedings against the Released Parties for any liability whatsoever,
including without limitation any claim, suit or action arising under the Internal Revenue Code,
federal securities laws, the environmental laws or any criminal laws of the United States
Government or any of its agencies or any state or local authority, nor shall anything in the
Confirmation Order or the Plan exculpate any party from any liability to the United States
Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever, including any
liabilities arising under the Internal Revenue Code, federal securities laws, the environmental
laws or any criminal laws of the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and
local authority against the Released Parties. This paragraph, however, shall in no way affect or
limit the discharge granted to the Debtors under sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code.
F. Injunction. From and after the Effective Date, all Entities are permanently enjoined from
commencing or continuing in any manner, any Cause of Action released or to be released pursuant to
the Plan or the Confirmation Order.
G. Exculpation. The Exculpated Parties shall neither have, nor incur any liability to any Entity
for any pre-petition or post-petition act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with, or
related to
formulating, negotiating, preparing, disseminating, implementing, administering, confirming or
effecting the Effective Date of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or any contract, instrument,
release or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Plan or any
other pre-petition or post-petition act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with or in
contemplation of the restructuring of the Company; provided, that the foregoing provisions of this
exculpation shall have no effect on the liability of any Entity that results from any such act or
omission that is determined in a final order to have constituted gross negligence or willful
misconduct; provided, further, that each Exculpated Party shall be entitled to rely upon
61
the advice of counsel concerning his, her or its duties pursuant to, or in connection with, the
Plan; provided further, that the foregoing Exculpation shall not apply to any acts or omissions
expressly set forth in and preserved by the Plan, the Plan Supplement or related documents, except
for acts or omissions of Releasing Parties.
H. Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment. Consistent with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code
and the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental Units,
shall not discriminate against the Reorganized Debtors or deny, revoke, suspend or refuse to renew
a license, permit, charter, franchise or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to,
discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtors or another Entity with
whom such Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because one of the Debtors has been a
debtor under chapter 11, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or
during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtor is granted or denied a discharge) or has not paid
a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.
I. Setoffs and Recoupment. The Debtors may setoff against or recoup from any Claims of
any nature whatsoever that the Debtors may have against the claimant, but neither the
failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or
release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of any such Claim it may have against
such claimant.
In no event shall any Holder of Claims or Interests be entitled to setoff any Claim or
Interest against any Claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors unless
such Holder has Filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court requesting the authority to perform such
setoff on or before the Confirmation Date, and notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim
or Interest or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff
pursuant to section 553 or otherwise.
In no event shall any Holder of Claims or Interests be entitled to recoup any Claim or
Interest against any Claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors
unless such Holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to
the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of
Claim or Interest or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of
recoupment.
J. Release of Liens. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan (including as to reinstated debt) or
in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan,
on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan
and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that
is Allowed as of the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other
security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released, and discharged, and
all of the right, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens,
pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtor and its successors and
assigns.
K. Document Retention. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may maintain
documents in accordance with their current document retention policy, as may be altered, amended,
modified or supplemented by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business.
L. Reimbursement or Contribution. If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or
contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the
extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim shall
be forever disallowed notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the
Effective Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as noncontingent or (2) the relevant Holder of
a Claim has Filed a noncontingent Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has
been entered determining such Claim as no longer contingent.
62
ARTICLE XI.
ALLOWANCE AND PAYMENT OF CERTAIN ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS
A. Professional Claims.
1. Final Fee Applications. All final requests for Professional Compensation and
Reimbursement
Claims shall be Filed no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. After notice and a hearing in
accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior Bankruptcy Court
orders, the Allowed amounts of such Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims shall be
determined by the Bankruptcy Court.
2. Payment of Interim Amounts. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Professionals shall
be paid pursuant to the Interim Compensation Order.
3. Professional Fee Escrow Account. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized
Debtors (other than Reorganized CII) shall fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account
with Cash equal to the aggregate Professional Fee Reserve Amount for all
Professionals. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust for
the Professionals with respect to whom fees or expenses have been held back pursuant
to the Interim Compensation Order. Such funds shall not be considered property of the
Reorganized Debtors. The remaining amount of Professional Compensation and
Reimbursement Claims owing to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such
Professionals by the Reorganized Debtors (other than Reorganized CII) from the
Professional Fee Escrow Account, without interest or other earnings therefrom, when
such Claims are Allowed by a Bankruptcy Court order. When all Claims by Professional
have been paid in full, amounts remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account, if
any, shall be paid to the Reorganized Debtors (other than Reorganized CII).
4. Professional Fee Reserve Amount. To receive payment for unbilled fees and expenses incurred
through the Effective Date, on or before the Effective Date, the Professionals shall estimate their
Accrued Professional Compensation prior to and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such
estimate to the Debtors (other than CII). If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the
Reorganized Debtors (other than Reorganized CII) may estimate the unbilled fees and expenses of
such Professional; provided, however, that such estimate shall not be considered an admission with
respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional. The total amount so estimated as of the
Effective Date shall comprise the Professional Fee Reserve Amount.
5. Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the
Plan, from and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor shall, in the ordinary course of
business and without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court,
pay in Cash the reasonable legal, Professional or other fees and expenses incurred by that
Reorganized Debtor after the Effective Date pursuant to the Plan. Upon the Effective Date, any
requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code
in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and
each Reorganized Debtor may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business
without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
6. Substantial Contribution Compensation and Expenses. Except as otherwise specifically
provided in the Plan, any Entity that requests compensation or expense reimbursement for making a
substantial contribution in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b)(3), (4), and (5) of
the Bankruptcy Code must File an application and serve such application on counsel for the Debtors
or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and as otherwise required by the Bankruptcy Court, the
Bankruptcy Code, and the Bankruptcy Rules.
7. Indenture Trustee, Administrative Agent, and Collateral Trustee Fees, and
Indemnification Obligations. Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court or
specifically provided for in the Plan, all reasonable fees and expenses of the
indenture trustees, administrative agents, and collateral trustees (and their counsel,
agents, and advisors) that are provided for under the respective indentures or credit
agreements shall be paid in full in Cash without a reduction to the recoveries of
applicable Holders of Allowed Claims as soon as reasonably practicable after the
Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any fees or expenses of
the indenture trustees, the administrative agents, and the collateral trustees are not
paid (including, without limitation, any fees or expenses incurred in connection with
any unresolved litigation relating to Disputed Claims),
63
the indenture trustees, the administrative agents, and the collateral trustees may assert their
charging liens against any recoveries received on behalf of their respective Holders for payment of
such unpaid amounts. The contractual indemnification obligations of the Debtors (other than CII) to
these Professionals shall be reinstated as unsecured obligations of the Reorganized Debtors (other
than Reorganized CII). All disputes related to the fees and expenses of the indenture trustees,
administrative agents, and collateral trustees (and their counsel, agents, and advisors) shall be
subject to the jurisdiction of and decided by the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, this Article XI.A.7 will not apply to Claims rendered Unimpaired by the Plan.
8. Other Fees. The Debtors (other than CII) shall promptly pay the reasonable,
documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP, Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin Capital, Inc., and UBS Securities LLC, the legal
and financial advisors engaged by the Crossover Committee, without Paul, Weiss,
Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin Capital, Inc., or UBS
Securities LLC having to file fee applications to receive payment for such fees and
expenses.
The Debtors (other than CII) shall pay the reasonable, documented out-of-pocket fees and
expenses incurred by the members of the Crossover Committee in connection with the negotiation of
the Plan, as well as their due diligence review and the approval and consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the Plan, without such members of the Crossover Committee having to
file fee applications to receive payment for such fees and expenses.
The Debtors (other than CII) shall pay the reasonable, documented out-of-pocket fees incurred
by the members of the Creditors Committee.
B. Other Administrative Expense Claims. All requests for payment of an Administrative Expense Claim
must be Filed with the Notice, Claims and Solicitation Agent and served upon counsel to the Debtors
or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. The Reorganized Debtors may settle and pay any
Administrative Expense Claim in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or
action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that any party with standing
objects to an Administrative Expense Claim, the Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amount
of such Administrative Expense Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an
Administrative Expense Claim need be Filed with respect to an Administrative Expense Claim
previously Allowed by Final Order.
64
ARTICLE XII.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE
A. Conditions Precedent to Effective Date. The following shall be satisfied or waived as conditions
precedent to the Effective Date.
1. The Bankruptcy Court shall have approved the Disclosure Statement, in a manner acceptable
to the Debtors, the Requisite Holders and Mr. Allen, as containing adequate information with
respect to the Plan within the meaning of section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.
2. The final version of the Plan, the Plan Supplement and all of the documents and exhibits
contained therein shall have been Filed and approved in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
the Debtors, the Requisite Holders and Mr. Allen.
3. The Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation Order, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Debtors, the Requisite Holders and Mr. Allen, and such order shall not have
been stayed or modified or vacated on appeal.
4. All governmental, regulatory, and material third party approvals and
consents, including
Bankruptcy Court approval, necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated herein shall
have been obtained and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have
expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would
restrain, prevent or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such transactions.
5. All consents, approvals and waivers necessary in connection with the transactions
contemplated herein with respect to Franchises (as defined in the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. Sections 151 et seq.) or similar authorizations for the provision of cable
television service in areas serving no less than 80% of CCIs individual basic subscribers in the
aggregate at such time shall have been obtained, unless the condition set forth in this clause
shall have been waived by the Requisite Holders and Mr. Allen.
6. The Confirmation Date shall have occurred.
7. The Debtors shall have received the funds contemplated by the Commitment
Letters and the New
CCH II Notes Commitment Parties shall have fulfilled all of the obligations under the Commitment
Letters.
B. Waiver of Conditions Precedent. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the
consent of the Requisite Holders and Mr. Allen, may waive any of the conditions to the Effective
Date set forth above at any time, without any notice to parties in interest and without any further
notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and without any formal action other
than proceeding to confirm the Plan. The failure of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as
applicable, the Requisite Holders or Mr. Allen to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be
deemed a waiver of any other rights, and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right, which
may be asserted at any time.
C. Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date. Each of the conditions to the
Effective Date must be satisfied or duly waived, and the Effective Date must occur within 180 days
after Confirmation, or by such later date established by Bankruptcy Court order. If the Effective
Date has not occurred within 180 days of Confirmation, then upon motion by a party-in-interest made
before the Effective Date and a hearing, the Confirmation Order may be vacated by the Bankruptcy
Court; provided, however, that notwithstanding the Filing of such motion to vacate, the
Confirmation Order may not be vacated if the Effective Date occurs before the Bankruptcy Court
enters an order granting such motion. If the Confirmation Order is vacated, then except as
provided in any order of the Bankruptcy Court vacating the Confirmation Order, the Plan will be
null and void in all respects, including the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests
pursuant to the Plan and section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code and the assumptions,
assignments or rejections of Executory Contracts, and nothing contained in the Plan or Disclosure
Statement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests or Causes of
65
Action; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other Entity; or (3) constitute
an admission, acknowledgment, offer or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or any other Entity.
66
ARTICLE XIII.
MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN
A. Modification or Amendments. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, and subject
to the Plan Support Agreements and conditions to the Effective Date, the Debtors reserve the right
to modify the Plan and seek Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code. Subject to certain
restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule
3019 and those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan, each of the Debtors expressly
reserves its respective rights to revoke or withdraw or to alter, amend or modify materially the
Plan with respect to such Debtor, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent
necessary, may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to so alter, amend or modify the Plan,
or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Disclosure
Statement or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes
and intent of the Plan, subject to the terms of the Plan Support Agreement and conditions to the
Effective Date. Upon its Filing, the Plan Supplement may be inspected in the office of the clerk of
the Bankruptcy Court or its designee during normal business hours, at the Bankruptcy Courts
website at www.nysb.uscourts.gov, and at the Debtors private website at
http://www.kccllc.net/charter. The documents contained in the Plan Supplement are an integral part
of the Plan and shall be approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order.
B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications. Entry of a Confirmation Order shall mean that all
modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to
section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation
under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.
C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan. Subject to the Plan Support Agreements and conditions to the
Effective Date, the Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the
Confirmation Date and to file subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw
the Plan, or if Confirmation or the Effective Date does not occur, then: (1) the Plan shall be
null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the
fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests),
assumption or rejection of executory contracts effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement
executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void with the exception of the Plan Support
Agreements; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any
Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity; or
(c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or
any other Entity.
67
ARTICLE XIV.
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
A. Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date,
the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or
related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the
Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:
1. Allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority,
Secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any
request for payment of any Administrative Expense Claim and the resolution of any and all
objections to the Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or
Interests;
2. Decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part,
any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals
authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;
3. Resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and
assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract to which a Debtor is party or with
respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary,
liquidate, any Cure or Claims arising therefrom, including Cure or Claims pursuant to
section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any
Executory Contract that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract
or lease is or was executory or expired;
4. Ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests are accomplished
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;
5. Adjudicate, decide or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated
matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be
pending on the Effective Date;
6. Adjudicate, decide or resolve any and all matters related to Causes of
Action;
7. Adjudicate, decide or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of
the Bankruptcy Code;
8. Enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement,
or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and
other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;
9. Enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or
1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;
10. Resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes or Causes of Action that may arise in
connection with the interpretation or enforcement of the Plan or any Entitys obligations incurred
in connection with the Plan;
11. Issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders or take such other actions as may be
necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with enforcement of the Plan;
12. Resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes or Causes of Action with respect to the
releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in the Plan and enter such orders as may be
necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;
13. Resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the
repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a
Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid;
68
14. Enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order
is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked or vacated;
15. Determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the
Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or
other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;
16. Enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;
17. Adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the
Plan;
18. Consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile
any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;
19. Determine requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority pursuant
to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;
20. Hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation,
or enforcement of the Plan, or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under agreements,
documents or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;
21. Hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with
sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;
22. Hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, or scope of the Debtors
discharge, including any dispute relating to any liability arising out of the termination of
employment or the termination of any employee or retiree benefit program, regardless of whether
such termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date;
23. Enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and
24. Hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.
69
ARTICLE XV.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Immediate Binding Effect. Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(g), or 7062 or
otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and the Plan Supplement
shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized
Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether Holders of such
Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are
subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the
Plan or herein, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties
to Executory Contracts with the Debtors.
B. Additional Documents. On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may File with the Bankruptcy
Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and
further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as
applicable, and all Holders of Claims or Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and
all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any
agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate
the provisions and intent of the Plan.
C. Payment of Statutory Fees. All fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code,
as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a hearing pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code,
shall be paid for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are
converted, dismissed or closed, whichever occurs first.
D. Reservation of Rights. Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force
or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation Order. None of the Filing of the
Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor
with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be
deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the Holders of
Claims or Interests prior to the Effective Date.
E. Successors and Assigns. The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to
in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor,
administrator, successor or assign, affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney,
beneficiaries or guardian, if any, of each Entity.
F. Service of Documents.
1. After the Effective Date, any pleading, notice, or other document required by the Plan to
be served on or delivered to the Reorganized Debtors shall be served on:
70
|
|
|
Debtors
|
|
Counsel to Debtors |
|
|
|
Charter Communications, Inc.
|
|
Kirkland & Ellis LLP |
12405 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100
|
|
153 East 53rd Street |
St. Louis, Missouri 63131-3660
|
|
New York, New York 10022-4611 |
Attn.: Gregory L. Doody, Esq.
|
|
Attn.: Richard M. Cieri, Esq. |
|
|
Paul M. Basta, Esq. |
|
|
Stephen E. Hessler, Esq. |
|
|
|
|
|
- and - |
|
|
|
|
|
Kirkland & Ellis LLP |
|
|
200 East Randolph Street |
|
|
Chicago, Illinois 60601-6636 |
|
|
Attn.: Ray C. Schrock, Esq. |
|
|
|
Counsel to CII
|
|
United States Trustee |
|
|
|
Togut, Segal & Segal, LLP
|
|
Office of the United States Trustee |
One Penn Plaza
|
|
for the Southern District of New York |
New York, New York 10119
|
|
33 Whitehall Street, 21st Floor |
Attn.: Albert Togut, Esq.
|
|
New York, New York 10004 |
Frank Oswald, Esq.
|
|
Attn.: Paul K. Schwartzberg, Esq. |
|
|
|
Counsel to the Agent for the Debtors Prepetition
|
|
Counsel to the Crossover Committee |
First Lien Facility |
|
|
|
|
|
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
|
|
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP |
425 Lexington Avenue
|
|
1285 Avenue of the Americas |
New York, New York 10017
|
|
New York, New York 10019-6064 |
Attn.: Peter V. Pantaleo, Esq.
|
|
Attn.: Alan W. Kornberg, Esq. |
|
|
Kenneth M. Schneider, Esq. |
|
|
|
Counsel to the Creditors Committee |
|
|
|
|
|
Ropes & Gray LLP |
|
|
1211 Avenue of the Americas |
|
|
New York, New York 10036-8704 |
|
|
Attn.: Mark R. Somerstein, Esq. |
|
|
Keith H. Wofford, Esq. |
|
|
2. After the Effective Date, the Debtors have authority to send a notice to Entities that to
continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, they must File a renewed request to
receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Debtors are
authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to
those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.
3. In accordance with Bankruptcy Rules 2002 and 3020(c), within ten (10) Business Days of the
date of entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors shall serve the Notice of Confirmation by
United States mail, first class postage prepaid, by hand, or by overnight courier service to all
parties served with the Confirmation Hearing Notice; provided, however, that no notice or service
of any kind shall be required to be mailed or made upon any Entity to whom the Debtors mailed a
Confirmation Hearing Notice, but received such notice returned marked undeliverable as addressed,
moved, left no forwarding address or forwarding order expired, or similar reason, unless the
Debtors have been informed in writing by such Entity, or are otherwise aware, of that Entitys new
address. To supplement the notice described in the preceding sentence, within twenty days of the
date of the Confirmation Order the Debtors shall publish the Notice of Confirmation once in The
Wall Street Journal (National Edition). Mailing and publication of the Notice of Confirmation in
the time and manner set forth in the this paragraph shall be good and sufficient notice under the
particular circumstances and in accordance with the requirements of Bankruptcy Rules 2002 and
3020(c), and no further notice is necessary.
G. Term of Injunctions or Stays. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation
Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362
of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date
(excluding any injunctions or stays contained in
71
the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date.
All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force
and effect in accordance with their terms.
H. Entire Agreement. On the Effective Date, the Plan and the Plan Supplement supersede all previous
and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and
representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.
I. Governing Law. Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the
Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the
State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the
rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents,
instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise
set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control),
and corporate governance matters; provided, however, that corporate governance matters relating to
Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated in New York shall be governed by
the laws of the state of incorporation of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as
applicable.
J. Exhibits. All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and
are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the
Plan, such exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement shall be Filed with the
Bankruptcy Court on or before the Plan Supplement Filing Date. After the exhibits and documents are
Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall have been available upon written request to the
Debtors counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the
Debtors private website at http://www.kccllc.net/charter or the Bankruptcy Courts website at
www.nysb.uscourts.gov. To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of the
Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the non-exhibit or non-document portion of
the Plan shall control.
K. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions upon Confirmation. If, prior to Confirmation, any term or
provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it
valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the
term or provision held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then
be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or
interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and
effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or
interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide
that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance
with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan
and may not be deleted or modified without the consent of the Debtors, the Crossover Committee, and
Mr. Allen; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.
L. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full
administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by
Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court to close the Chapter 11
Cases.
M. Waiver or Estoppel. Each Holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any
right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be
Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, Secured or not subordinated by virtue of an
agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not
disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or papers Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to
the Confirmation Date.
N. Conflicts. Except as set forth in the Plan, to the extent that any provision of the Disclosure
Statement, the Plan Supplement, or any other order (other than the Confirmation Order) referenced
in the Plan (or any exhibits, appendices, supplements, or amendments to any of the foregoing),
conflict with or are in any way inconsistent with any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern
and control.
72
New York, New York
Dated: , ___2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(for itself and all other Debtors, except
CII) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHARTER INVESTMENT, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
EXHIBIT B
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ORDER
112
EXHIBIT C
REORGANIZED DEBTORS PROJECTIONS
113
EXHIBIT D
REORGANIZED DEBTORS VALUATION
114
EXHIBIT E
LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS
115
EXHIBIT F
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES
116